728x90

원문출처 : https://sangchul.kr/entry/%EB%A6%AC%EB%88%85%EC%8A%A4-%EC%9A%B0%EB%B6%84%ED%88%AC-%ED%99%98%EA%B2%BD%EC%97%90%EC%84%9C-Squid-%EB%B0%8F-Webmin%EC%9D%84-%EC%84%A4%EC%B9%98%ED%95%98%EB%8A%94-%EB%B0%A9%EB%B2%95

 

우분투에서 Squid 및 Webmin을 설치하는 방법

우분투에서 Squid 및 Webmin을 설치하는 방법 테스트 환경 $ lsb_release -d Description:Ubuntu 22.04.2 LTS Squid 설치 sudo apt-get update sudo apt-get install -y squid vim /etc/squid/squid.conf cat /etc/squid/squid.conf | egrep -v '^$|^#' $

sangchul.kr

 

우분투에서 Squid 및 Webmin을 설치하는 방법

테스트 환경

$ lsb_release -d
Description:	Ubuntu 22.04.2 LTS

Squid 설치

sudo apt-get update
sudo apt-get install -y squid
vim /etc/squid/squid.conf
cat /etc/squid/squid.conf | egrep -v '^$|^#'
$ cat /etc/squid/squid.conf | egrep -v '^$|^#'
acl localnet src 0.0.0.1-0.255.255.255	# RFC 1122 "this" network (LAN)
acl localnet src 10.0.0.0/8		# RFC 1918 local private network (LAN)
acl localnet src 100.64.0.0/10		# RFC 6598 shared address space (CGN)
acl localnet src 169.254.0.0/16 	# RFC 3927 link-local (directly plugged) machines
acl localnet src 172.16.0.0/12		# RFC 1918 local private network (LAN)
acl localnet src 192.168.0.0/16		# RFC 1918 local private network (LAN)
acl localnet src fc00::/7       	# RFC 4193 local private network range
acl localnet src fe80::/10      	# RFC 4291 link-local (directly plugged) machines
acl SSL_ports port 443
acl Safe_ports port 80		# http
acl Safe_ports port 21		# ftp
acl Safe_ports port 443		# https
acl Safe_ports port 70		# gopher
acl Safe_ports port 210		# wais
acl Safe_ports port 1025-65535	# unregistered ports
acl Safe_ports port 280		# http-mgmt
acl Safe_ports port 488		# gss-http
acl Safe_ports port 591		# filemaker
acl Safe_ports port 777		# multiling http
http_access deny !Safe_ports
http_access deny CONNECT !SSL_ports
http_access allow localhost manager
http_access deny manager
include /etc/squid/conf.d/*.conf
http_access allow localhost
http_access deny all
http_port 3128
coredump_dir /var/spool/squid
refresh_pattern ^ftp:		1440	20%	10080
refresh_pattern ^gopher:	1440	0%	1440
refresh_pattern -i (/cgi-bin/|\?) 0	0%	0
refresh_pattern \/(Packages|Sources)(|\.bz2|\.gz|\.xz)$ 0 0% 0 refresh-ims
refresh_pattern \/Release(|\.gpg)$ 0 0% 0 refresh-ims
refresh_pattern \/InRelease$ 0 0% 0 refresh-ims
refresh_pattern \/(Translation-.*)(|\.bz2|\.gz|\.xz)$ 0 0% 0 refresh-ims
refresh_pattern .		0	20%	4320

squid.conf

더보기
vim squid.conf
#       WELCOME TO SQUID 5.2
#       ----------------------------
#
#       This is the documentation for the Squid configuration file.
#       This documentation can also be found online at:
#               http://www.squid-cache.org/Doc/config/
#
#       You may wish to look at the Squid home page and wiki for the
#       FAQ and other documentation:
#               http://www.squid-cache.org/
#               http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq
#               http://wiki.squid-cache.org/ConfigExamples
#
#       This documentation shows what the defaults for various directives
#       happen to be.  If you don't need to change the default, you should
#       leave the line out of your squid.conf in most cases.
#
#       In some cases "none" refers to no default setting at all,
#       while in other cases it refers to the value of the option
#       - the comments for that keyword indicate if this is the case.
#

#  Configuration options can be included using the "include" directive.
#  Include takes a list of files to include. Quoting and wildcards are
#  supported.
#
#  For example,
#
#  include /path/to/included/file/squid.acl.config
#
#  Includes can be nested up to a hard-coded depth of 16 levels.
#  This arbitrary restriction is to prevent recursive include references
#  from causing Squid entering an infinite loop whilst trying to load
#  configuration files.
#
#  Values with byte units
#
#       Squid accepts size units on some size related directives. All
#       such directives are documented with a default value displaying
#       a unit.
#
#       Units accepted by Squid are:
#               bytes - byte
#               KB - Kilobyte (1024 bytes)
#               MB - Megabyte
#               GB - Gigabyte
#
#  Values with time units
#
#       Time-related directives marked with either "time-units" or
#       "time-units-small" accept a time unit. The supported time units are:
#
#               nanosecond (time-units-small only)
#               microsecond (time-units-small only)
#               millisecond
#               second
#               minute
#               hour
#               day
#               week
#               fortnight
#               month - 30 days
#               year - 31557790080 milliseconds (just over 365 days)
#               decade
#
#  Values with spaces, quotes, and other special characters
#
#       Squid supports directive parameters with spaces, quotes, and other
#       special characters. Surround such parameters with "double quotes". Use
#       the configuration_includes_quoted_values directive to enable or
#       disable that support.
#
#       Squid supports reading configuration option parameters from external
#       files using the syntax:
#               parameters("/path/filename")
#       For example:
#               acl allowlist dstdomain parameters("/etc/squid/allowlist.txt")
#
#  Conditional configuration
#
#       If-statements can be used to make configuration directives
#       depend on conditions:
#
#           if <CONDITION>
#               ... regular configuration directives ...
#           [else
#               ... regular configuration directives ...]
#           endif
#
#       The else part is optional. The keywords "if", "else", and "endif"
#       must be typed on their own lines, as if they were regular
#       configuration directives.
#
#       NOTE: An else-if condition is not supported.
#
#       These individual conditions types are supported:
#
#           true
#               Always evaluates to true.
#           false
#               Always evaluates to false.
#           <integer> = <integer>
#               Equality comparison of two integer numbers.
#
#
#  SMP-Related Macros
#
#       The following SMP-related preprocessor macros can be used.
#
#       ${process_name} expands to the current Squid process "name"
#       (e.g., squid1, squid2, or cache1).
#
#       ${process_number} expands to the current Squid process
#       identifier, which is an integer number (e.g., 1, 2, 3) unique
#       across all Squid processes of the current service instance.
#
#       ${service_name} expands into the current Squid service instance
#       name identifier which is provided by -n on the command line.
#
#  Logformat Macros
#
#       Logformat macros can be used in many places outside of the logformat
#       directive. In theory, all of the logformat codes can be used as %macros,
#       where they are supported. In practice, a %macro expands as a dash (-) when
#       the transaction does not yet have enough information and a value is needed.
#
#       There is no definitive list of what tokens are available at the various
#       stages of the transaction.
#
#       And some information may already be available to Squid but not yet
#       committed where the macro expansion code can access it (report
#       such instances!). The macro will be expanded into a single dash
#       ('-') in such cases. Not all macros have been tested.
#

#  TAG: broken_vary_encoding
#       This option is not yet supported by Squid-3.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: cache_vary
#       This option is not yet supported by Squid-3.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: error_map
#       This option is not yet supported by Squid-3.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: external_refresh_check
#       This option is not yet supported by Squid-3.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: location_rewrite_program
#       This option is not yet supported by Squid-3.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: refresh_stale_hit
#       This option is not yet supported by Squid-3.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: dns_v4_first
#       Remove this line. Squid no longer supports preferential treatment of DNS A records.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: cache_peer_domain
#       Replace with dstdomain ACLs and cache_peer_access.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: ie_refresh
#       Remove this line. The behaviour enabled by this is no longer needed.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: sslproxy_cafile
#       Remove this line. Use tls_outgoing_options cafile= instead.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: sslproxy_capath
#       Remove this line. Use tls_outgoing_options capath= instead.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: sslproxy_cipher
#       Remove this line. Use tls_outgoing_options cipher= instead.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: sslproxy_client_certificate
#       Remove this line. Use tls_outgoing_options cert= instead.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: sslproxy_client_key
#       Remove this line. Use tls_outgoing_options key= instead.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: sslproxy_flags
#       Remove this line. Use tls_outgoing_options flags= instead.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: sslproxy_options
#       Remove this line. Use tls_outgoing_options options= instead.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: sslproxy_version
#       Remove this line. Use tls_outgoing_options options= instead.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: hierarchy_stoplist
#       Remove this line. Use always_direct or cache_peer_access ACLs instead if you need to prevent cache_peer use.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: log_access
#       Remove this line. Use acls with access_log directives to control access logging
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: log_icap
#       Remove this line. Use acls with icap_log directives to control icap logging
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: ignore_ims_on_miss
#       Remove this line. The HTTP/1.1 feature is now configured by 'cache_miss_revalidate'.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: balance_on_multiple_ip
#       Remove this line. Squid performs a 'Happy Eyeballs' algorithm, this multiple-IP algorithm is not longer relevant.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: chunked_request_body_max_size
#       Remove this line. Squid is now HTTP/1.1 compliant.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: dns_v4_fallback
#       Remove this line. Squid performs a 'Happy Eyeballs' algorithm, the 'fallback' algorithm is no longer relevant.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: emulate_httpd_log
#       Replace this with an access_log directive using the format 'common' or 'combined'.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: forward_log
#       Use a regular access.log with ACL limiting it to MISS events.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: ftp_list_width
#       Remove this line. Configure FTP page display using the CSS controls in errorpages.css instead.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: ignore_expect_100
#       Remove this line. The HTTP/1.1 feature is now fully supported by default.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: log_fqdn
#       Remove this option from your config. To log FQDN use %>A in the log format.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: log_ip_on_direct
#       Remove this option from your config. To log server or peer names use %<A in the log format.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: maximum_single_addr_tries
#       Replaced by connect_retries. The behaviour has changed, please read the documentation before altering.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: referer_log
#       Replace this with an access_log directive using the format 'referrer'.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: update_headers
#       Remove this line. The feature is supported by default in storage types where update is implemented.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: url_rewrite_concurrency
#       Remove this line. Set the 'concurrency=' option of url_rewrite_children instead.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: useragent_log
#       Replace this with an access_log directive using the format 'useragent'.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: dns_testnames
#       Remove this line. DNS is no longer tested on startup.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: extension_methods
#       Remove this line. All valid methods for HTTP are accepted by default.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: zero_buffers
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: incoming_rate
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: server_http11
#       Remove this line. HTTP/1.1 is supported by default.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: upgrade_http0.9
#       Remove this line. ICY/1.0 streaming protocol is supported by default.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: zph_local
#       Alter these entries. Use the qos_flows directive instead.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: header_access
#       Since squid-3.0 replace with request_header_access or reply_header_access
#       depending on whether you wish to match client requests or server replies.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: httpd_accel_no_pmtu_disc
#       Since squid-3.0 use the 'disable-pmtu-discovery' flag on http_port instead.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: wais_relay_host
#       Replace this line with 'cache_peer' configuration.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: wais_relay_port
#       Replace this line with 'cache_peer' configuration.
#Default:
# none

# OPTIONS FOR SMP
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

#  TAG: workers
#       Number of main Squid processes or "workers" to fork and maintain.
#       0: "no daemon" mode, like running "squid -N ..."
#       1: "no SMP" mode, start one main Squid process daemon (default)
#       N: start N main Squid process daemons (i.e., SMP mode)
#
#       In SMP mode, each worker does nearly all what a single Squid daemon
#       does (e.g., listen on http_port and forward HTTP requests).
#Default:
# SMP support disabled.

#  TAG: cpu_affinity_map
#       Usage: cpu_affinity_map process_numbers=P1,P2,... cores=C1,C2,...
#
#       Sets 1:1 mapping between Squid processes and CPU cores. For example,
#
#           cpu_affinity_map process_numbers=1,2,3,4 cores=1,3,5,7
#
#       affects processes 1 through 4 only and places them on the first
#       four even cores, starting with core #1.
#
#       CPU cores are numbered starting from 1. Requires support for
#       sched_getaffinity(2) and sched_setaffinity(2) system calls.
#
#       Multiple cpu_affinity_map options are merged.
#
#       See also: workers
#Default:
# Let operating system decide.

#  TAG: shared_memory_locking   on|off
#       Whether to ensure that all required shared memory is available by
#       "locking" that shared memory into RAM when Squid starts. The
#       alternative is faster startup time followed by slightly slower
#       performance and, if not enough RAM is actually available during
#       runtime, mysterious crashes.
#
#       SMP Squid uses many shared memory segments. These segments are
#       brought into Squid memory space using an mmap(2) system call. During
#       Squid startup, the mmap() call often succeeds regardless of whether
#       the system has enough RAM. In general, Squid cannot tell whether the
#       kernel applies this "optimistic" memory allocation policy (but
#       popular modern kernels usually use it).
#
#       Later, if Squid attempts to actually access the mapped memory
#       regions beyond what the kernel is willing to allocate, the
#       "optimistic" kernel simply kills Squid kid with a SIGBUS signal.
#       Some of the memory limits enforced by the kernel are currently
#       poorly understood: We do not know how to detect and check them. This
#       option ensures that the mapped memory will be available. 
#
#       This option may have a positive performance side-effect: Locking
#       memory at start avoids runtime paging I/O. Paging slows Squid down.
#
#       Locking memory may require a large enough RLIMIT_MEMLOCK OS limit,
#       CAP_IPC_LOCK capability, or equivalent.
#Default:
# shared_memory_locking off

#  TAG: hopeless_kid_revival_delay      time-units
#       Normally, when a kid process dies, Squid immediately restarts the
#       kid. A kid experiencing frequent deaths is marked as "hopeless" for
#       the duration specified by this directive. Hopeless kids are not
#       automatically restarted.
#
#       Currently, zero values are not supported because they result in
#       misconfigured SMP Squid instances running forever, endlessly
#       restarting each dying kid. To effectively disable hopeless kids
#       revival, set the delay to a huge value (e.g., 1 year).
#
#       Reconfiguration also clears all hopeless kids designations, allowing
#       for manual revival of hopeless kids.
#Default:
# hopeless_kid_revival_delay 1 hour

# OPTIONS FOR AUTHENTICATION
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

#  TAG: auth_param
#       This is used to define parameters for the various authentication
#       schemes supported by Squid.
#
#               format: auth_param scheme parameter [setting]
#
#       The order in which authentication schemes are presented to the client is
#       dependent on the order the scheme first appears in config file. IE
#       has a bug (it's not RFC 2617 compliant) in that it will use the basic
#       scheme if basic is the first entry presented, even if more secure
#       schemes are presented. For now use the order in the recommended
#       settings section below. If other browsers have difficulties (don't
#       recognize the schemes offered even if you are using basic) either
#       put basic first, or disable the other schemes (by commenting out their
#       program entry).
#
#       Once an authentication scheme is fully configured, it can only be
#       shutdown by shutting squid down and restarting. Changes can be made on
#       the fly and activated with a reconfigure. I.E. You can change to a
#       different helper, but not unconfigure the helper completely.
#
#       Please note that while this directive defines how Squid processes
#       authentication it does not automatically activate authentication.
#       To use authentication you must in addition make use of ACLs based
#       on login name in http_access (proxy_auth, proxy_auth_regex or
#       external with %LOGIN used in the format tag). The browser will be
#       challenged for authentication on the first such acl encountered
#       in http_access processing and will also be re-challenged for new
#       login credentials if the request is being denied by a proxy_auth
#       type acl.
#
#       WARNING: authentication can't be used in a transparently intercepting
#       proxy as the client then thinks it is talking to an origin server and
#       not the proxy. This is a limitation of bending the TCP/IP protocol to
#       transparently intercepting port 80, not a limitation in Squid.
#       Ports flagged 'transparent', 'intercept', or 'tproxy' have
#       authentication disabled.
#
#       === Parameters common to all schemes. ===
#
#       "program" cmdline
#               Specifies the command for the external authenticator.
#
#               By default, each authentication scheme is not used unless a
#               program is specified.
#
#               See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/Features/AddonHelpers for
#               more details on helper operations and creating your own.
#
#       "key_extras" format
#               Specifies a string to be append to request line format for
#               the authentication helper. "Quoted" format values may contain
#               spaces and logformat %macros. In theory, any logformat %macro
#               can be used. In practice, a %macro expands as a dash (-) if
#               the helper request is sent before the required macro
#               information is available to Squid.
#
#               By default, Squid uses request formats provided in
#               scheme-specific examples below (search for %credentials).
#
#               The expanded key_extras value is added to the Squid credentials
#               cache and, hence, will affect authentication. It can be used to
#               autenticate different users with identical user names (e.g.,
#               when user authentication depends on http_port).
#
#               Avoid adding frequently changing information to key_extras. For
#               example, if you add user source IP, and it changes frequently
#               in your environment, then max_user_ip ACL is going to treat
#               every user+IP combination as a unique "user", breaking the ACL
#               and wasting a lot of memory on those user records. It will also
#               force users to authenticate from scratch whenever their IP
#               changes.
#
#       "realm" string
#               Specifies the protection scope (aka realm name) which is to be
#               reported to the client for the authentication scheme. It is
#               commonly part of the text the user will see when prompted for
#               their username and password.
#
#               For Basic the default is "Squid proxy-caching web server".
#               For Digest there is no default, this parameter is mandatory.
#               For NTLM and Negotiate this parameter is ignored.
#
#       "children" numberofchildren [startup=N] [idle=N] [concurrency=N]
#               [queue-size=N] [on-persistent-overload=action]
#               [reservation-timeout=seconds]
#
#               The maximum number of authenticator processes to spawn. If
#               you start too few Squid will have to wait for them to process
#               a backlog of credential verifications, slowing it down. When
#               password verifications are done via a (slow) network you are
#               likely to need lots of authenticator processes.
#
#               The startup= and idle= options permit some skew in the exact
#               amount run. A minimum of startup=N will begin during startup
#               and reconfigure. Squid will start more in groups of up to
#               idle=N in an attempt to meet traffic needs and to keep idle=N
#               free above those traffic needs up to the maximum.
#
#               The concurrency= option sets the number of concurrent requests
#               the helper can process.  The default of 0 is used for helpers
#               who only supports one request at a time. Setting this to a
#               number greater than 0 changes the protocol used to include a
#               channel ID field first on the request/response line, allowing
#               multiple requests to be sent to the same helper in parallel
#               without waiting for the response.
#
#               Concurrency must not be set unless it's known the helper
#               supports the input format with channel-ID fields.
#
#               The queue-size option sets the maximum number of queued
#               requests. A request is queued when no existing child can
#               accept it due to concurrency limit and no new child can be
#               started due to numberofchildren limit. The default maximum is
#               2*numberofchildren. Squid is allowed to temporarily exceed the
#               configured maximum, marking the affected helper as
#               "overloaded". If the helper overload lasts more than 3
#               minutes, the action prescribed by the on-persistent-overload
#               option applies.
#
#               The on-persistent-overload=action option specifies Squid
#               reaction to a new helper request arriving when the helper
#               has been overloaded for more that 3 minutes already. The number
#               of queued requests determines whether the helper is overloaded
#               (see the queue-size option).
#
#               Two actions are supported:
#
#                 die   Squid worker quits. This is the default behavior.
#
#                 ERR   Squid treats the helper request as if it was
#                       immediately submitted, and the helper immediately
#                       replied with an ERR response. This action has no effect
#                       on the already queued and in-progress helper requests.
#
#               NOTE: NTLM and Negotiate schemes do not support concurrency
#                       in the Squid code module even though some helpers can.
#
#               The reservation-timeout=seconds option allows NTLM and Negotiate
#               helpers to forget about clients that abandon their in-progress
#               connection authentication without closing the connection. The
#               timeout is measured since the last helper response received by
#               Squid for the client. Fractional seconds are not supported.
#
#               After the timeout, the helper will be used for other clients if
#               there are no unreserved helpers available. In the latter case,
#               the old client attempt to resume authentication will not be
#               forwarded to the helper (and the client should open a new HTTP
#               connection and retry authentication from scratch).
#
#               By default, reservations do not expire and clients that keep
#               their connections open without completing authentication may
#               exhaust all NTLM and Negotiate helpers.
#
#       "keep_alive" on|off
#               If you experience problems with PUT/POST requests when using
#               the NTLM or Negotiate schemes then you can try setting this
#               to off. This will cause Squid to forcibly close the connection
#               on the initial request where the browser asks which schemes
#               are supported by the proxy.
#
#               For Basic and Digest this parameter is ignored.
#
#       "utf8" on|off
#               Useful for sending credentials to authentication backends that
#               expect UTF-8 encoding (e.g., LDAP).
#
#               When this option is enabled, Squid uses HTTP Accept-Language
#               request header to guess the received credentials encoding
#               (ISO-Latin-1, CP1251, or UTF-8) and then converts the first
#               two encodings into UTF-8.
#
#               When this option is disabled and by default, Squid sends
#               credentials in their original (i.e. received) encoding.
#
#               This parameter is only honored for Basic and Digest schemes.
#               For Basic, the entire username:password credentials are
#               checked and, if necessary, re-encoded. For Digest -- just the
#               username component. For NTLM and Negotiate schemes, this
#               parameter is ignored.
#
#
#       === Example Configuration ===
#
#       This configuration displays the recommended authentication scheme
#       order from most to least secure with recommended minimum configuration
#       settings for each scheme:
#
##auth_param negotiate program <uncomment and complete this line to activate>
##auth_param negotiate children 20 startup=0 idle=1
##
##auth_param digest program <uncomment and complete this line to activate>
##auth_param digest children 20 startup=0 idle=1
##auth_param digest realm Squid proxy-caching web server
##auth_param digest nonce_garbage_interval 5 minutes
##auth_param digest nonce_max_duration 30 minutes
##auth_param digest nonce_max_count 50
##
##auth_param ntlm program <uncomment and complete this line to activate>
##auth_param ntlm children 20 startup=0 idle=1
##
##auth_param basic program <uncomment and complete this line>
##auth_param basic children 5 startup=5 idle=1
##auth_param basic credentialsttl 2 hours
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: authenticate_cache_garbage_interval
#       The time period between garbage collection across the username cache.
#       This is a trade-off between memory utilization (long intervals - say
#       2 days) and CPU (short intervals - say 1 minute). Only change if you
#       have good reason to.
#Default:
# authenticate_cache_garbage_interval 1 hour

#  TAG: authenticate_ttl
#       The time a user & their credentials stay in the logged in
#       user cache since their last request. When the garbage
#       interval passes, all user credentials that have passed their
#       TTL are removed from memory.
#Default:
# authenticate_ttl 1 hour

#  TAG: authenticate_ip_ttl
#       If you use proxy authentication and the 'max_user_ip' ACL,
#       this directive controls how long Squid remembers the IP
#       addresses associated with each user.  Use a small value
#       (e.g., 60 seconds) if your users might change addresses
#       quickly, as is the case with dialup.   You might be safe
#       using a larger value (e.g., 2 hours) in a corporate LAN
#       environment with relatively static address assignments.
#Default:
# authenticate_ip_ttl 1 second

# ACCESS CONTROLS
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

#  TAG: external_acl_type
#       This option defines external acl classes using a helper program
#       to look up the status
#
#         external_acl_type name [options] FORMAT /path/to/helper [helper arguments]
#
#       Options:
#
#         ttl=n         TTL in seconds for cached results (defaults to 3600
#                       for 1 hour)
#
#         negative_ttl=n
#                       TTL for cached negative lookups (default same
#                       as ttl)
#
#         grace=n       Percentage remaining of TTL where a refresh of a
#                       cached entry should be initiated without needing to
#                       wait for a new reply. (default is for no grace period)
#
#         cache=n       The maximum number of entries in the result cache. The
#                       default limit is 262144 entries.  Each cache entry usually
#                       consumes at least 256 bytes. Squid currently does not remove
#                       expired cache entries until the limit is reached, so a proxy
#                       will sooner or later reach the limit. The expanded FORMAT
#                       value is used as the cache key, so if the details in FORMAT
#                       are highly variable, a larger cache may be needed to produce
#                       reduction in helper load.
#
#         children-max=n
#                       Maximum number of acl helper processes spawned to service
#                       external acl lookups of this type. (default 5)
#
#         children-startup=n
#                       Minimum number of acl helper processes to spawn during
#                       startup and reconfigure to service external acl lookups
#                       of this type. (default 0)
#
#         children-idle=n
#                       Number of acl helper processes to keep ahead of traffic
#                       loads. Squid will spawn this many at once whenever load
#                       rises above the capabilities of existing processes.
#                       Up to the value of children-max. (default 1)
#
#         concurrency=n concurrency level per process. Only used with helpers
#                       capable of processing more than one query at a time.
#
#         queue-size=N  The queue-size option sets the maximum number of
#                       queued requests. A request is queued when no existing
#                       helper can accept it due to concurrency limit and no
#                       new helper can be started due to children-max limit.
#                       If the queued requests exceed queue size, the acl is
#                       ignored. The default value is set to 2*children-max.
#
#         protocol=2.5  Compatibility mode for Squid-2.5 external acl helpers.
#
#         ipv4 / ipv6   IP protocol used to communicate with this helper.
#                       The default is to auto-detect IPv6 and use it when available.
#
#
#       FORMAT is a series of %macro codes. See logformat directive for a full list
#       of the accepted codes. Although note that at the time of any external ACL
#       being tested data may not be available and thus some %macro expand to '-'.
#
#       In addition to the logformat codes; when processing external ACLs these
#       additional macros are made available:
#
#         %ACL          The name of the ACL being tested.
#
#         %DATA         The ACL arguments specified in the referencing config
#                       'acl ... external' line, separated by spaces (an
#                       "argument string"). see acl external.
#
#                       If there are no ACL arguments %DATA expands to '-'.
#
#                       If you do not specify a DATA macro inside FORMAT,
#                       Squid automatically appends %DATA to your FORMAT.
#                       Note that Squid-3.x may expand %DATA to whitespace
#                       or nothing in this case.
#
#                       By default, Squid applies URL-encoding to each ACL
#                       argument inside the argument string. If an explicit
#                       encoding modifier is used (e.g., %#DATA), then Squid
#                       encodes the whole argument string as a single token
#                       (e.g., with %#DATA, spaces between arguments become
#                       %20).
#
#       If SSL is enabled, the following formating codes become available:
#
#         %USER_CERT            SSL User certificate in PEM format
#         %USER_CERTCHAIN       SSL User certificate chain in PEM format
#         %USER_CERT_xx         SSL User certificate subject attribute xx
#         %USER_CA_CERT_xx      SSL User certificate issuer attribute xx
#
#
#       NOTE: all other format codes accepted by older Squid versions
#               are deprecated.
#
#
#       General request syntax:
#
#         [channel-ID] FORMAT-values
#
#
#       FORMAT-values consists of transaction details expanded with
#       whitespace separation per the config file FORMAT specification
#       using the FORMAT macros listed above.
#
#       Request values sent to the helper are URL escaped to protect
#       each value in requests against whitespaces.
#
#       If using protocol=2.5 then the request sent to the helper is not
#       URL escaped to protect against whitespace.
#
#       NOTE: protocol=3.0 is deprecated as no longer necessary.
#
#       When using the concurrency= option the protocol is changed by
#       introducing a query channel tag in front of the request/response.
#       The query channel tag is a number between 0 and concurrency-1.
#       This value must be echoed back unchanged to Squid as the first part
#       of the response relating to its request.
#
#
#       The helper receives lines expanded per the above format specification
#       and for each input line returns 1 line starting with OK/ERR/BH result
#       code and optionally followed by additional keywords with more details.
#
#
#       General result syntax:
#
#         [channel-ID] result keyword=value ...
#
#       Result consists of one of the codes:
#
#         OK
#               the ACL test produced a match.
#
#         ERR
#               the ACL test does not produce a match.
#
#         BH
#               An internal error occurred in the helper, preventing
#               a result being identified.
#
#       The meaning of 'a match' is determined by your squid.conf
#       access control configuration. See the Squid wiki for details.
#
#       Defined keywords:
#
#         user=         The users name (login)
#
#         password=     The users password (for login= cache_peer option)
#
#         message=      Message describing the reason for this response.
#                       Available as %o in error pages.
#                       Useful on (ERR and BH results).
#
#         tag=          Apply a tag to a request. Only sets a tag once,
#                       does not alter existing tags.
#
#         log=          String to be logged in access.log. Available as
#                       %ea in logformat specifications.
#
#         clt_conn_tag= Associates a TAG with the client TCP connection.
#                       Please see url_rewrite_program related documentation
#                       for this kv-pair.
#
#       Any keywords may be sent on any response whether OK, ERR or BH.
#
#       All response keyword values need to be a single token with URL
#       escaping, or enclosed in double quotes (") and escaped using \ on
#       any double quotes or \ characters within the value. The wrapping
#       double quotes are removed before the value is interpreted by Squid.
#       \r and \n are also replace by CR and LF.
#
#       Some example key values:
#
#               user=John%20Smith
#               user="John Smith"
#               user="J. \"Bob\" Smith"
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: acl
#       Defining an Access List
#
#       Every access list definition must begin with an aclname and acltype, 
#       followed by either type-specific arguments or a quoted filename that
#       they are read from.
#
#          acl aclname acltype argument ...
#          acl aclname acltype "file" ...
#
#       When using "file", the file should contain one item per line.
#
#
#       ACL Options
#
#       Some acl types supports options which changes their default behaviour:
#
#       -i,+i   By default, regular expressions are CASE-SENSITIVE. To make them
#               case-insensitive, use the -i option. To return case-sensitive
#               use the +i option between patterns, or make a new ACL line
#               without -i.
#
#       -n      Disable lookups and address type conversions.  If lookup or
#               conversion is required because the parameter type (IP or
#               domain name) does not match the message address type (domain
#               name or IP), then the ACL would immediately declare a mismatch
#               without any warnings or lookups.
#
#       -m[=delimiters]
#               Perform a list membership test, interpreting values as
#               comma-separated token lists and matching against individual
#               tokens instead of whole values. 
#               The optional "delimiters" parameter specifies one or more
#               alternative non-alphanumeric delimiter characters.
#               non-alphanumeric delimiter characters.
#
#       --      Used to stop processing all options, in the case the first acl
#               value has '-' character as first character (for example the '-'
#               is a valid domain name)
#
#       Some acl types require suspending the current request in order
#       to access some external data source.
#       Those which do are marked with the tag [slow], those which
#       don't are marked as [fast].
#       See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl
#       for further information
#
#       ***** ACL TYPES AVAILABLE *****
#
#       acl aclname src ip-address/mask ...     # clients IP address [fast]
#       acl aclname src addr1-addr2/mask ...    # range of addresses [fast]
#       acl aclname dst [-n] ip-address/mask ...        # URL host's IP address [slow]
#       acl aclname localip ip-address/mask ... # IP address the client connected to [fast]
#
#if USE_SQUID_EUI
#       acl aclname arp      mac-address ...
#       acl aclname eui64    eui64-address ...
#         # [fast]
#         # MAC (EUI-48) and EUI-64 addresses use xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx notation.
#         #
#         # The 'arp' ACL code is not portable to all operating systems.
#         # It works on Linux, Solaris, Windows, FreeBSD, and some other
#         # BSD variants.
#         #
#         # The eui_lookup directive is required to be 'on' (the default)
#         # and Squid built with --enable-eui for MAC/EUI addresses to be
#         # available for this ACL.
#         #
#         # Squid can only determine the MAC/EUI address for IPv4
#         # clients that are on the same subnet. If the client is on a
#         # different subnet, then Squid cannot find out its address.
#         #
#         # IPv6 protocol does not contain ARP. MAC/EUI is either
#         # encoded directly in the IPv6 address or not available.
#endif
#       acl aclname clientside_mark mark[/mask] ...
#         # matches CONNMARK of an accepted connection [fast]
#         # DEPRECATED. Use the 'client_connection_mark' instead.
#
#       acl aclname client_connection_mark mark[/mask] ...
#         # matches CONNMARK of an accepted connection [fast]
#         #
#         # mark and mask are unsigned integers (hex, octal, or decimal).
#         # If multiple marks are given, then the ACL matches if at least
#         # one mark matches.
#         #
#         # Uses netfilter-conntrack library.
#         # Requires building Squid with --enable-linux-netfilter.
#         #
#         # The client, various intermediaries, and Squid itself may set
#         # CONNMARK at various times. The last CONNMARK set wins. This ACL
#         # checks the mark present on an accepted connection or set by
#         # Squid afterwards, depending on the ACL check timing. This ACL
#         # effectively ignores any mark set by other agents after Squid has
#         # accepted the connection.
#
#       acl aclname srcdomain   .foo.com ...
#         # reverse lookup, from client IP [slow]
#       acl aclname dstdomain [-n] .foo.com ...
#         # Destination server from URL [fast]
#       acl aclname srcdom_regex [-i] \.foo\.com ...
#         # regex matching client name [slow]
#       acl aclname dstdom_regex [-n] [-i] \.foo\.com ...
#         # regex matching server [fast]
#         #
#         # For dstdomain and dstdom_regex a reverse lookup is tried if a IP
#         # based URL is used and no match is found. The name "none" is used
#         # if the reverse lookup fails.
#
#       acl aclname src_as number ...
#       acl aclname dst_as number ...
#         # [fast]
#         # Except for access control, AS numbers can be used for
#         # routing of requests to specific caches. Here's an
#         # example for routing all requests for AS#1241 and only
#         # those to mycache.mydomain.net:
#         # acl asexample dst_as 1241
#         # cache_peer_access mycache.mydomain.net allow asexample
#         # cache_peer_access mycache_mydomain.net deny all
#
#       acl aclname peername myPeer ...
#       acl aclname peername_regex [-i] regex-pattern ...
#         # [fast]
#         # match against a named cache_peer entry
#         # set unique name= on cache_peer lines for reliable use.
#
#       acl aclname time [day-abbrevs] [h1:m1-h2:m2]
#         # [fast]
#         #  day-abbrevs:
#         #     S - Sunday
#         #     M - Monday
#         #     T - Tuesday
#         #     W - Wednesday
#         #     H - Thursday
#         #     F - Friday
#         #     A - Saturday
#         #  h1:m1 must be less than h2:m2
#
#       acl aclname url_regex [-i] ^http:// ...
#         # regex matching on whole URL [fast]
#       acl aclname urllogin [-i] [^a-zA-Z0-9] ...
#         # regex matching on URL login field
#       acl aclname urlpath_regex [-i] \.gif$ ...
#         # regex matching on URL path [fast]
#
#       acl aclname port 80 70 21 0-1024...   # destination TCP port [fast]
#                                             # ranges are alloed
#       acl aclname localport 3128 ...        # TCP port the client connected to [fast]
#                                             # NP: for interception mode this is usually '80'
#
#       acl aclname myportname 3128 ...       # *_port name [fast]
#
#       acl aclname proto HTTP FTP ...        # request protocol [fast]
# 
#       acl aclname method GET POST ...       # HTTP request method [fast]
#
#       acl aclname http_status 200 301 500- 400-403 ... 
#         # status code in reply [fast]
#
#       acl aclname browser [-i] regexp ...
#         # pattern match on User-Agent header (see also req_header below) [fast]
#
#       acl aclname referer_regex [-i] regexp ...
#         # pattern match on Referer header [fast]
#         # Referer is highly unreliable, so use with care
#
#       acl aclname ident [-i] username ...
#       acl aclname ident_regex [-i] pattern ...
#         # string match on ident output [slow]
#         # use REQUIRED to accept any non-null ident.
#
#       acl aclname proxy_auth [-i] username ...
#       acl aclname proxy_auth_regex [-i] pattern ...
#         # perform http authentication challenge to the client and match against
#         # supplied credentials [slow]
#         #
#         # takes a list of allowed usernames.
#         # use REQUIRED to accept any valid username.
#         #
#         # Will use proxy authentication in forward-proxy scenarios, and plain
#         # http authenticaiton in reverse-proxy scenarios
#         #
#         # NOTE: when a Proxy-Authentication header is sent but it is not
#         # needed during ACL checking the username is NOT logged
#         # in access.log.
#         #
#         # NOTE: proxy_auth requires a EXTERNAL authentication program
#         # to check username/password combinations (see
#         # auth_param directive).
#         #
#         # NOTE: proxy_auth can't be used in a transparent/intercepting proxy
#         # as the browser needs to be configured for using a proxy in order
#         # to respond to proxy authentication.
#
#       acl aclname snmp_community string ...
#         # A community string to limit access to your SNMP Agent [fast]
#         # Example:
#         #
#         #     acl snmppublic snmp_community public
#
#       acl aclname maxconn number
#         # This will be matched when the client's IP address has
#         # more than <number> TCP connections established. [fast]
#         # NOTE: This only measures direct TCP links so X-Forwarded-For
#         # indirect clients are not counted.
#
#       acl aclname max_user_ip [-s] number
#         # This will be matched when the user attempts to log in from more
#         # than <number> different ip addresses. The authenticate_ip_ttl
#         # parameter controls the timeout on the ip entries. [fast]
#         # If -s is specified the limit is strict, denying browsing
#         # from any further IP addresses until the ttl has expired. Without
#         # -s Squid will just annoy the user by "randomly" denying requests.
#         # (the counter is reset each time the limit is reached and a
#         # request is denied)
#         # NOTE: in acceleration mode or where there is mesh of child proxies,
#         # clients may appear to come from multiple addresses if they are
#         # going through proxy farms, so a limit of 1 may cause user problems.
#
#       acl aclname random probability
#         # Pseudo-randomly match requests. Based on the probability given.
#         # Probability may be written as a decimal (0.333), fraction (1/3)
#         # or ratio of matches:non-matches (3:5).
#
#       acl aclname req_mime_type [-i] mime-type ...
#         # regex match against the mime type of the request generated
#         # by the client. Can be used to detect file upload or some
#         # types HTTP tunneling requests [fast]
#         # NOTE: This does NOT match the reply. You cannot use this
#         # to match the returned file type.
#
#       acl aclname req_header header-name [-i] any\.regex\.here
#         # regex match against any of the known request headers.  May be
#         # thought of as a superset of "browser", "referer" and "mime-type"
#         # ACL [fast]
#
#       acl aclname rep_mime_type [-i] mime-type ...
#         # regex match against the mime type of the reply received by
#         # squid. Can be used to detect file download or some
#         # types HTTP tunneling requests. [fast]
#         # NOTE: This has no effect in http_access rules. It only has
#         # effect in rules that affect the reply data stream such as
#         # http_reply_access.
#
#       acl aclname rep_header header-name [-i] any\.regex\.here
#         # regex match against any of the known reply headers. May be
#         # thought of as a superset of "browser", "referer" and "mime-type"
#         # ACLs [fast]
#
#       acl aclname external class_name [arguments...]
#         # external ACL lookup via a helper class defined by the
#         # external_acl_type directive [slow]
#
#       acl aclname user_cert attribute values...
#         # match against attributes in a user SSL certificate
#         # attribute is one of DN/C/O/CN/L/ST or a numerical OID [fast]
#
#       acl aclname ca_cert attribute values...
#         # match against attributes a users issuing CA SSL certificate
#         # attribute is one of DN/C/O/CN/L/ST or a numerical OID  [fast]
#
#       acl aclname ext_user [-i] username ...
#       acl aclname ext_user_regex [-i] pattern ...
#         # string match on username returned by external acl helper [slow]
#         # use REQUIRED to accept any non-null user name.
#
#       acl aclname tag tagvalue ...
#         # string match on tag returned by external acl helper [fast]
#         # DEPRECATED. Only the first tag will match with this ACL.
#         # Use the 'note' ACL instead for handling multiple tag values.
#
#       acl aclname hier_code codename ...
#         # string match against squid hierarchy code(s); [fast]
#         #  e.g., DIRECT, PARENT_HIT, NONE, etc.
#         #
#         # NOTE: This has no effect in http_access rules. It only has
#         # effect in rules that affect the reply data stream such as
#         # http_reply_access.
#
#       acl aclname note [-m[=delimiters]] name [value ...]
#         # match transaction annotation [fast]
#         # Without values, matches any annotation with a given name.
#         # With value(s), matches any annotation with a given name that
#         # also has one of the given values.
#         # If the -m flag is used, then the value of the named
#         # annotation is interpreted as a list of tokens, and the ACL
#         # matches individual name=token pairs rather than whole
#         # name=value pairs. See "ACL Options" above for more info.
#         # Annotation sources include note and adaptation_meta directives
#         # as well as helper and eCAP responses.
#
#       acl aclname annotate_transaction [-m[=delimiters]] key=value ...
#       acl aclname annotate_transaction [-m[=delimiters]] key+=value ...
#         # Always matches. [fast]
#         # Used for its side effect: This ACL immediately adds a
#         # key=value annotation to the current master transaction.
#         # The added annotation can then be tested using note ACL and
#         # logged (or sent to helpers) using %note format code.
#         #
#         # Annotations can be specified using replacement and addition
#         # formats. The key=value form replaces old same-key annotation
#         # value(s). The key+=value form appends a new value to the old
#         # same-key annotation. Both forms create a new key=value
#         # annotation if no same-key annotation exists already. If
#         # -m flag is used, then the value is interpreted as a list
#         # and the annotation will contain key=token pair(s) instead of the
#         # whole key=value pair.
#         #
#         # This ACL is especially useful for recording complex multi-step
#         # ACL-driven decisions. For example, the following configuration
#         # avoids logging transactions accepted after aclX matched:
#         #
#         #  # First, mark transactions accepted after aclX matched
#         #  acl markSpecial annotate_transaction special=true
#         #  http_access allow acl001
#         #  ...
#         #  http_access deny acl100
#         #  http_access allow aclX markSpecial
#         #
#         #  # Second, do not log marked transactions:
#         #  acl markedSpecial note special true
#         #  access_log ... deny markedSpecial
#         #
#         #  # Note that the following would not have worked because aclX
#         #  # alone does not determine whether the transaction was allowed:
#         #  access_log ... deny aclX # Wrong!
#         #
#         # Warning: This ACL annotates the transaction even when negated
#         # and even if subsequent ACLs fail to match. For example, the
#         # following three rules will have exactly the same effect as far
#         # as annotations set by the "mark" ACL are concerned:
#         #
#         #  some_directive acl1 ... mark # rule matches if mark is reached
#         #  some_directive acl1 ... !mark     # rule never matches
#         #  some_directive acl1 ... mark !all # rule never matches
#
#       acl aclname annotate_client [-m[=delimiters]] key=value ...
#       acl aclname annotate_client [-m[=delimiters]] key+=value ...
#         #
#         # Always matches. [fast]
#         # Used for its side effect: This ACL immediately adds a
#         # key=value annotation to the current client-to-Squid
#         # connection. Connection annotations are propagated to the current
#         # and all future master transactions on the annotated connection.
#         # See the annotate_transaction ACL for details.
#         #
#         # For example, the following configuration avoids rewriting URLs
#         # of transactions bumped by SslBump:
#         #
#         #  # First, mark bumped connections:
#         #  acl markBumped annotate_client bumped=true
#         #  ssl_bump peek acl1
#         #  ssl_bump stare acl2
#         #  ssl_bump bump acl3 markBumped
#         #  ssl_bump splice all
#         #
#         #  # Second, do not send marked transactions to the redirector:
#         #  acl markedBumped note bumped true
#         #  url_rewrite_access deny markedBumped
#         #
#         #  # Note that the following would not have worked because acl3 alone
#         #  # does not determine whether the connection is going to be bumped:
#         #  url_rewrite_access deny acl3 # Wrong!
#
#       acl aclname adaptation_service service ...
#         # Matches the name of any icap_service, ecap_service,
#         # adaptation_service_set, or adaptation_service_chain that Squid
#         # has used (or attempted to use) for the master transaction.
#         # This ACL must be defined after the corresponding adaptation
#         # service is named in squid.conf. This ACL is usable with
#         # adaptation_meta because it starts matching immediately after
#         # the service has been selected for adaptation.
#
#       acl aclname transaction_initiator initiator ...
#         # Matches transaction's initiator [fast]
#         #
#         # Supported initiators are:
#         #  esi: matches transactions fetching ESI resources
#         #  certificate-fetching: matches transactions fetching
#         #     a missing intermediate TLS certificate
#         #  cache-digest: matches transactions fetching Cache Digests
#         #     from a cache_peer
#         #  htcp: matches HTCP requests from peers
#         #  icp: matches ICP requests to peers
#         #  icmp: matches ICMP RTT database (NetDB) requests to peers
#         #  asn: matches asns db requests
#         #  internal: matches any of the above
#         #  client: matches transactions containing an HTTP or FTP
#         #     client request received at a Squid *_port
#         #  all: matches any transaction, including internal transactions
#         #     without a configurable initiator and hopefully rare
#         #     transactions without a known-to-Squid initiator
#         #
#         # Multiple initiators are ORed.
#
#       acl aclname has component
#         # matches a transaction "component" [fast]
#         #
#         # Supported transaction components are:
#         #  request: transaction has a request header (at least)
#         #  response: transaction has a response header (at least)
#         #  ALE: transaction has an internally-generated Access Log Entry
#         #       structure; bugs notwithstanding, all transaction have it
#         #
#         # For example, the following configuration helps when dealing with HTTP
#         # clients that close connections without sending a request header:
#         #
#         #  acl hasRequest has request
#         #  acl logMe note important_transaction
#         #  # avoid "logMe ACL is used in context without an HTTP request" warnings
#         #  access_log ... logformat=detailed hasRequest logMe
#         #  # log request-less transactions, instead of ignoring them
#         #  access_log ... logformat=brief !hasRequest
#         #
#         # Multiple components are not supported for one "acl" rule, but
#         # can be specified (and are ORed) using multiple same-name rules:
#         #
#         #  # OK, this strange logging daemon needs request or response,
#         #  # but can work without either a request or a response:
#         #  acl hasWhatMyLoggingDaemonNeeds has request
#         #  acl hasWhatMyLoggingDaemonNeeds has response
#
#acl aclname at_step step
#         # match against the current request processing step [fast]
#         # Valid steps are:
#         #   GeneratingCONNECT: Generating HTTP CONNECT request headers
#
#       acl aclname any-of acl1 acl2 ...
#         # match any one of the acls [fast or slow]
#         # The first matching ACL stops further ACL evaluation.
#         #
#         # ACLs from multiple any-of lines with the same name are ORed.
#         # For example, A = (a1 or a2) or (a3 or a4) can be written as
#         #   acl A any-of a1 a2
#         #   acl A any-of a3 a4
#         #
#         # This group ACL is fast if all evaluated ACLs in the group are fast
#         # and slow otherwise.
#
#       acl aclname all-of acl1 acl2 ... 
#         # match all of the acls [fast or slow]
#         # The first mismatching ACL stops further ACL evaluation.
#         #
#         # ACLs from multiple all-of lines with the same name are ORed.
#         # For example, B = (b1 and b2) or (b3 and b4) can be written as
#         #   acl B all-of b1 b2
#         #   acl B all-of b3 b4
#         #
#         # This group ACL is fast if all evaluated ACLs in the group are fast
#         # and slow otherwise.
#
#       Examples:
#               acl macaddress arp 09:00:2b:23:45:67
#               acl myexample dst_as 1241
#               acl password proxy_auth REQUIRED
#               acl fileupload req_mime_type -i ^multipart/form-data$
#               acl javascript rep_mime_type -i ^application/x-javascript$
#
#Default:
# ACLs all, manager, localhost, to_localhost, and CONNECT are predefined.
#
#
# Recommended minimum configuration:
#

# Example rule allowing access from your local networks.
# Adapt to list your (internal) IP networks from where browsing
# should be allowed
acl localnet src 0.0.0.1-0.255.255.255  # RFC 1122 "this" network (LAN)
acl localnet src 10.0.0.0/8             # RFC 1918 local private network (LAN)
acl localnet src 100.64.0.0/10          # RFC 6598 shared address space (CGN)
acl localnet src 169.254.0.0/16         # RFC 3927 link-local (directly plugged) machines
acl localnet src 172.16.0.0/12          # RFC 1918 local private network (LAN)
acl localnet src 192.168.0.0/16         # RFC 1918 local private network (LAN)
acl localnet src fc00::/7               # RFC 4193 local private network range
acl localnet src fe80::/10              # RFC 4291 link-local (directly plugged) machines

acl SSL_ports port 443
acl Safe_ports port 80          # http
acl Safe_ports port 21          # ftp
acl Safe_ports port 443         # https
acl Safe_ports port 70          # gopher
acl Safe_ports port 210         # wais
acl Safe_ports port 1025-65535  # unregistered ports
acl Safe_ports port 280         # http-mgmt
acl Safe_ports port 488         # gss-http
acl Safe_ports port 591         # filemaker
acl Safe_ports port 777         # multiling http

#  TAG: proxy_protocol_access
#       Determine which client proxies can be trusted to provide correct
#       information regarding real client IP address using PROXY protocol.
#
#       Requests may pass through a chain of several other proxies
#       before reaching us. The original source details may by sent in:
#               * HTTP message Forwarded header, or
#               * HTTP message X-Forwarded-For header, or
#               * PROXY protocol connection header.
#
#       This directive is solely for validating new PROXY protocol
#       connections received from a port flagged with require-proxy-header.
#       It is checked only once after TCP connection setup.
#
#       A deny match results in TCP connection closure.
#
#       An allow match is required for Squid to permit the corresponding
#       TCP connection, before Squid even looks for HTTP request headers.
#       If there is an allow match, Squid starts using PROXY header information
#       to determine the source address of the connection for all future ACL
#       checks, logging, etc.
#
#       SECURITY CONSIDERATIONS:
#
#               Any host from which we accept client IP details can place
#               incorrect information in the relevant header, and Squid
#               will use the incorrect information as if it were the
#               source address of the request.  This may enable remote
#               hosts to bypass any access control restrictions that are
#               based on the client's source addresses.
#
#       This clause only supports fast acl types.
#       See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.
#Default:
# all TCP connections to ports with require-proxy-header will be denied

#  TAG: follow_x_forwarded_for
#       Determine which client proxies can be trusted to provide correct
#       information regarding real client IP address.
#
#       Requests may pass through a chain of several other proxies
#       before reaching us. The original source details may by sent in:
#               * HTTP message Forwarded header, or
#               * HTTP message X-Forwarded-For header, or
#               * PROXY protocol connection header.
#
#       PROXY protocol connections are controlled by the proxy_protocol_access
#       directive which is checked before this.
#
#       If a request reaches us from a source that is allowed by this
#       directive, then we trust the information it provides regarding
#       the IP of the client it received from (if any).
#
#       For the purpose of ACLs used in this directive the src ACL type always
#       matches the address we are testing and srcdomain matches its rDNS.
#
#       On each HTTP request Squid checks for X-Forwarded-For header fields.
#       If found the header values are iterated in reverse order and an allow
#       match is required for Squid to continue on to the next value.
#       The verification ends when a value receives a deny match, cannot be
#       tested, or there are no more values to test.
#       NOTE: Squid does not yet follow the Forwarded HTTP header.
#
#       The end result of this process is an IP address that we will
#       refer to as the indirect client address.  This address may
#       be treated as the client address for access control, ICAP, delay
#       pools and logging, depending on the acl_uses_indirect_client,
#       icap_uses_indirect_client, delay_pool_uses_indirect_client, 
#       log_uses_indirect_client and tproxy_uses_indirect_client options.
#
#       This clause only supports fast acl types.
#       See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.
#
#       SECURITY CONSIDERATIONS:
#
#               Any host from which we accept client IP details can place
#               incorrect information in the relevant header, and Squid
#               will use the incorrect information as if it were the
#               source address of the request.  This may enable remote
#               hosts to bypass any access control restrictions that are
#               based on the client's source addresses.
#
#       For example:
#
#               acl localhost src 127.0.0.1
#               acl my_other_proxy srcdomain .proxy.example.com
#               follow_x_forwarded_for allow localhost
#               follow_x_forwarded_for allow my_other_proxy
#Default:
# X-Forwarded-For header will be ignored.

#  TAG: acl_uses_indirect_client        on|off
#       Controls whether the indirect client address
#       (see follow_x_forwarded_for) is used instead of the
#       direct client address in acl matching.
#
#       NOTE: maxconn ACL considers direct TCP links and indirect
#             clients will always have zero. So no match.
#Default:
# acl_uses_indirect_client on

#  TAG: delay_pool_uses_indirect_client on|off
#       Controls whether the indirect client address
#       (see follow_x_forwarded_for) is used instead of the
#       direct client address in delay pools.
#Default:
# delay_pool_uses_indirect_client on

#  TAG: log_uses_indirect_client        on|off
#       Controls whether the indirect client address
#       (see follow_x_forwarded_for) is used instead of the
#       direct client address in the access log.
#Default:
# log_uses_indirect_client on

#  TAG: tproxy_uses_indirect_client     on|off
#       Controls whether the indirect client address
#       (see follow_x_forwarded_for) is used instead of the
#       direct client address when spoofing the outgoing client.
#
#       This has no effect on requests arriving in non-tproxy
#       mode ports.
#
#       SECURITY WARNING: Usage of this option is dangerous
#       and should not be used trivially. Correct configuration
#       of follow_x_forwarded_for with a limited set of trusted
#       sources is required to prevent abuse of your proxy.
#Default:
# tproxy_uses_indirect_client off

#  TAG: spoof_client_ip
#       Control client IP address spoofing of TPROXY traffic based on
#       defined access lists.
#
#       spoof_client_ip allow|deny [!]aclname ...
#
#       If there are no "spoof_client_ip" lines present, the default
#       is to "allow" spoofing of any suitable request.
#
#       Note that the cache_peer "no-tproxy" option overrides this ACL.
#
#       This clause supports fast acl types.
#       See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.
#Default:
# Allow spoofing on all TPROXY traffic.

#  TAG: http_access
#       Allowing or Denying access based on defined access lists
#
#       To allow or deny a message received on an HTTP, HTTPS, or FTP port:
#       http_access allow|deny [!]aclname ...
#
#       NOTE on default values:
#
#       If there are no "access" lines present, the default is to deny
#       the request.
#
#       If none of the "access" lines cause a match, the default is the
#       opposite of the last line in the list.  If the last line was
#       deny, the default is allow.  Conversely, if the last line
#       is allow, the default will be deny.  For these reasons, it is a
#       good idea to have an "deny all" entry at the end of your access
#       lists to avoid potential confusion.
#
#       This clause supports both fast and slow acl types.
#       See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.
#
#Default:
# Deny, unless rules exist in squid.conf.
#

#
# Recommended minimum Access Permission configuration:
#
# Deny requests to certain unsafe ports
http_access deny !Safe_ports

# Deny CONNECT to other than secure SSL ports
http_access deny CONNECT !SSL_ports

# Only allow cachemgr access from localhost
http_access allow localhost manager
http_access deny manager

# We strongly recommend the following be uncommented to protect innocent
# web applications running on the proxy server who think the only
# one who can access services on "localhost" is a local user
#http_access deny to_localhost

#
# INSERT YOUR OWN RULE(S) HERE TO ALLOW ACCESS FROM YOUR CLIENTS
#
include /etc/squid/conf.d/*.conf

# Example rule allowing access from your local networks.
# Adapt localnet in the ACL section to list your (internal) IP networks
# from where browsing should be allowed
#http_access allow localnet
http_access allow localhost

# And finally deny all other access to this proxy
http_access deny all

#  TAG: adapted_http_access
#       Allowing or Denying access based on defined access lists
#
#       Essentially identical to http_access, but runs after redirectors
#       and ICAP/eCAP adaptation. Allowing access control based on their
#       output.
#
#       If not set then only http_access is used.
#Default:
# Allow, unless rules exist in squid.conf.

#  TAG: http_reply_access
#       Allow replies to client requests. This is complementary to http_access.
#
#       http_reply_access allow|deny [!] aclname ...
#
#       NOTE: if there are no access lines present, the default is to allow
#       all replies.
#
#       If none of the access lines cause a match the opposite of the
#       last line will apply. Thus it is good practice to end the rules
#       with an "allow all" or "deny all" entry.
#
#       This clause supports both fast and slow acl types.
#       See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.
#Default:
# Allow, unless rules exist in squid.conf.

#  TAG: icp_access
#       Allowing or Denying access to the ICP port based on defined
#       access lists
#
#       icp_access  allow|deny [!]aclname ...
#
#       NOTE: The default if no icp_access lines are present is to
#       deny all traffic. This default may cause problems with peers
#       using ICP.
#
#       This clause only supports fast acl types.
#       See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.
#
## Allow ICP queries from local networks only
##icp_access allow localnet
##icp_access deny all
#Default:
# Deny, unless rules exist in squid.conf.

#  TAG: htcp_access
#       Allowing or Denying access to the HTCP port based on defined
#       access lists
#
#       htcp_access  allow|deny [!]aclname ...
#
#       See also htcp_clr_access for details on access control for
#       cache purge (CLR) HTCP messages.
#
#       NOTE: The default if no htcp_access lines are present is to
#       deny all traffic. This default may cause problems with peers
#       using the htcp option.
#
#       This clause only supports fast acl types.
#       See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.
#
## Allow HTCP queries from local networks only
##htcp_access allow localnet
##htcp_access deny all
#Default:
# Deny, unless rules exist in squid.conf.

#  TAG: htcp_clr_access
#       Allowing or Denying access to purge content using HTCP based
#       on defined access lists.
#       See htcp_access for details on general HTCP access control.
#
#       htcp_clr_access  allow|deny [!]aclname ...
#
#       This clause only supports fast acl types.
#       See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.
#
## Allow HTCP CLR requests from trusted peers
#acl htcp_clr_peer src 192.0.2.2 2001:DB8::2
#htcp_clr_access allow htcp_clr_peer
#htcp_clr_access deny all
#Default:
# Deny, unless rules exist in squid.conf.

#  TAG: miss_access
#       Determines whether network access is permitted when satisfying a request.
#
#       For example;
#           to force your neighbors to use you as a sibling instead of
#           a parent.
#
#               acl localclients src 192.0.2.0/24 2001:DB8::a:0/64
#               miss_access deny  !localclients
#               miss_access allow all
#
#       This means only your local clients are allowed to fetch relayed/MISS
#       replies from the network and all other clients can only fetch cached
#       objects (HITs).
#
#       The default for this setting allows all clients who passed the
#       http_access rules to relay via this proxy.
#
#       This clause only supports fast acl types.
#       See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.
#Default:
# Allow, unless rules exist in squid.conf.

#  TAG: ident_lookup_access
#       A list of ACL elements which, if matched, cause an ident
#       (RFC 931) lookup to be performed for this request.  For
#       example, you might choose to always perform ident lookups
#       for your main multi-user Unix boxes, but not for your Macs
#       and PCs.  By default, ident lookups are not performed for
#       any requests.
#
#       To enable ident lookups for specific client addresses, you
#       can follow this example:
#
#       acl ident_aware_hosts src 198.168.1.0/24
#       ident_lookup_access allow ident_aware_hosts
#       ident_lookup_access deny all
#
#       Only src type ACL checks are fully supported.  A srcdomain
#       ACL might work at times, but it will not always provide
#       the correct result.
#
#       This clause only supports fast acl types.
#       See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.
#Default:
# Unless rules exist in squid.conf, IDENT is not fetched.

#  TAG: reply_body_max_size     size [acl acl...]
#       This option specifies the maximum size of a reply body. It can be
#       used to prevent users from downloading very large files, such as
#       MP3's and movies. When the reply headers are received, the
#       reply_body_max_size lines are processed, and the first line where
#       all (if any) listed ACLs are true is used as the maximum body size
#       for this reply.
#
#       This size is checked twice. First when we get the reply headers,
#       we check the content-length value.  If the content length value exists
#       and is larger than the allowed size, the request is denied and the
#       user receives an error message that says "the request or reply
#       is too large." If there is no content-length, and the reply
#       size exceeds this limit, the client's connection is just closed
#       and they will receive a partial reply.
#
#       WARNING: downstream caches probably can not detect a partial reply
#       if there is no content-length header, so they will cache
#       partial responses and give them out as hits.  You should NOT
#       use this option if you have downstream caches.
#
#       WARNING: A maximum size smaller than the size of squid's error messages
#       will cause an infinite loop and crash squid. Ensure that the smallest
#       non-zero value you use is greater that the maximum header size plus
#       the size of your largest error page.
#
#       If you set this parameter none (the default), there will be
#       no limit imposed.
#
#       Configuration Format is:
#               reply_body_max_size SIZE UNITS [acl ...]
#       ie.
#               reply_body_max_size 10 MB
#
#Default:
# No limit is applied.

#  TAG: on_unsupported_protocol
#       Determines Squid behavior when encountering strange requests at the
#       beginning of an accepted TCP connection or the beginning of a bumped
#       CONNECT tunnel. Controlling Squid reaction to unexpected traffic is
#       especially useful in interception environments where Squid is likely
#       to see connections for unsupported protocols that Squid should either
#       terminate or tunnel at TCP level.
# 
#               on_unsupported_protocol <action> [!]acl ...
# 
#       The first matching action wins. Only fast ACLs are supported.
#
#       Supported actions are:
# 
#       tunnel: Establish a TCP connection with the intended server and
#               blindly shovel TCP packets between the client and server.
#
#       respond: Respond with an error message, using the transfer protocol
#               for the Squid port that received the request (e.g., HTTP
#               for connections intercepted at the http_port). This is the
#               default.
#
#       Squid expects the following traffic patterns:
#
#         http_port: a plain HTTP request
#         https_port: SSL/TLS handshake followed by an [encrypted] HTTP request
#         ftp_port: a plain FTP command (no on_unsupported_protocol support yet!)
#         CONNECT tunnel on http_port: same as https_port
#         CONNECT tunnel on https_port: same as https_port
#
#       Currently, this directive has effect on intercepted connections and
#       bumped tunnels only. Other cases are not supported because Squid
#       cannot know the intended destination of other traffic.
#
#       For example:
#         # define what Squid errors indicate receiving non-HTTP traffic:
#         acl foreignProtocol squid_error ERR_PROTOCOL_UNKNOWN ERR_TOO_BIG
#         # define what Squid errors indicate receiving nothing:
#         acl serverTalksFirstProtocol squid_error ERR_REQUEST_START_TIMEOUT
#         # tunnel everything that does not look like HTTP:
#          on_unsupported_protocol tunnel foreignProtocol
#         # tunnel if we think the client waits for the server to talk first:
#         on_unsupported_protocol tunnel serverTalksFirstProtocol
#         # in all other error cases, just send an HTTP "error page" response:
#         on_unsupported_protocol respond all
#
#       See also: squid_error ACL
#Default:
# Respond with an error message to unidentifiable traffic

#  TAG: auth_schemes
#       Use this directive to customize authentication schemes presence and
#       order in Squid's Unauthorized and Authentication Required responses.
#
#               auth_schemes scheme1,scheme2,... [!]aclname ...
#
#       where schemeN is the name of one of the authentication schemes
#       configured using auth_param directives. At least one scheme name is
#       required. Multiple scheme names are separated by commas. Either
#       avoid whitespace or quote the entire schemes list.
#
#       A special "ALL" scheme name expands to all auth_param-configured
#       schemes in their configuration order. This directive cannot be used
#       to configure Squid to offer no authentication schemes at all.
#
#       The first matching auth_schemes rule determines the schemes order
#       for the current Authentication Required transaction. Note that the
#       future response is not yet available during auth_schemes evaluation.
#
#       If this directive is not used or none of its rules match, then Squid
#       responds with all configured authentication schemes in the order of
#       auth_param directives in the configuration file.
#
#       This directive does not determine when authentication is used or
#       how each authentication scheme authenticates clients.
#
#       The following example sends basic and negotiate authentication
#       schemes, in that order, when requesting authentication of HTTP
#       requests matching the isIE ACL (not shown) while sending all
#       auth_param schemes in their configuration order to other clients:
#
#               auth_schemes basic,negotiate isIE
#               auth_schemes ALL all # explicit default
#
#       This directive supports fast ACLs only.
#
#       See also: auth_param.
#Default:
# use all auth_param schemes in their configuration order

# NETWORK OPTIONS
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

#  TAG: http_port
#       Usage:  port [mode] [options]
#               hostname:port [mode] [options]
#               1.2.3.4:port [mode] [options]
#
#       The socket addresses where Squid will listen for HTTP client
#       requests.  You may specify multiple socket addresses.
#       There are three forms: port alone, hostname with port, and
#       IP address with port.  If you specify a hostname or IP
#       address, Squid binds the socket to that specific
#       address. Most likely, you do not need to bind to a specific
#       address, so you can use the port number alone.
#
#       If you are running Squid in accelerator mode, you
#       probably want to listen on port 80 also, or instead.
#
#       The -a command line option may be used to specify additional
#       port(s) where Squid listens for proxy request. Such ports will
#       be plain proxy ports with no options.
#
#       You may specify multiple socket addresses on multiple lines.
#
#       Modes:
#
#          intercept    Support for IP-Layer NAT interception delivering
#                       traffic to this Squid port.
#                       NP: disables authentication on the port.
#
#          tproxy       Support Linux TPROXY (or BSD divert-to) with spoofing
#                       of outgoing connections using the client IP address.
#                       NP: disables authentication on the port.
#
#          accel        Accelerator / reverse proxy mode
#
#          ssl-bump     For each CONNECT request allowed by ssl_bump ACLs,
#                       establish secure connection with the client and with
#                       the server, decrypt HTTPS messages as they pass through
#                       Squid, and treat them as unencrypted HTTP messages,
#                       becoming the man-in-the-middle.
#
#                       The ssl_bump option is required to fully enable
#                       bumping of CONNECT requests.
#
#       Omitting the mode flag causes default forward proxy mode to be used.
#
#
#       Accelerator Mode Options:
#
#          defaultsite=domainname
#                       What to use for the Host: header if it is not present
#                       in a request. Determines what site (not origin server)
#                       accelerators should consider the default.
#
#          no-vhost     Disable using HTTP/1.1 Host header for virtual domain support.
#
#          protocol=    Protocol to reconstruct accelerated and intercepted
#                       requests with. Defaults to HTTP/1.1 for http_port and
#                       HTTPS/1.1 for https_port.
#                       When an unsupported value is configured Squid will
#                       produce a FATAL error.
#                       Values: HTTP or HTTP/1.1, HTTPS or HTTPS/1.1
#
#          vport        Virtual host port support. Using the http_port number
#                       instead of the port passed on Host: headers.
#
#          vport=NN     Virtual host port support. Using the specified port
#                       number instead of the port passed on Host: headers.
#
#          act-as-origin
#                       Act as if this Squid is the origin server.
#                       This currently means generate new Date: and Expires:
#                       headers on HIT instead of adding Age:.
#
#          ignore-cc    Ignore request Cache-Control headers.
#
#                       WARNING: This option violates HTTP specifications if
#                       used in non-accelerator setups.
#
#          allow-direct Allow direct forwarding in accelerator mode. Normally
#                       accelerated requests are denied direct forwarding as if
#                       never_direct was used.
#
#                       WARNING: this option opens accelerator mode to security
#                       vulnerabilities usually only affecting in interception
#                       mode. Make sure to protect forwarding with suitable
#                       http_access rules when using this.
#
#
#       SSL Bump Mode Options:
#           In addition to these options ssl-bump requires TLS/SSL options.
#
#          generate-host-certificates[=<on|off>]
#                       Dynamically create SSL server certificates for the
#                       destination hosts of bumped CONNECT requests.When 
#                       enabled, the cert and key options are used to sign
#                       generated certificates. Otherwise generated
#                       certificate will be selfsigned.
#                       If there is a CA certificate lifetime of the generated 
#                       certificate equals lifetime of the CA certificate. If
#                       generated certificate is selfsigned lifetime is three 
#                       years.
#                       This option is enabled by default when ssl-bump is used.
#                       See the ssl-bump option above for more information.
#
#          dynamic_cert_mem_cache_size=SIZE
#                       Approximate total RAM size spent on cached generated
#                       certificates. If set to zero, caching is disabled. The
#                       default value is 4MB.
#
#       TLS / SSL Options:
#
#          tls-cert=    Path to file containing an X.509 certificate (PEM format)
#                       to be used in the TLS handshake ServerHello.
#
#                       If this certificate is constrained by KeyUsage TLS
#                       feature it must allow HTTP server usage, along with
#                       any additional restrictions imposed by your choice
#                       of options= settings.
#
#                       When OpenSSL is used this file may also contain a
#                       chain of intermediate CA certificates to send in the
#                       TLS handshake.
#
#                       When GnuTLS is used this option (and any paired
#                       tls-key= option) may be repeated to load multiple
#                       certificates for different domains.
#
#                       Also, when generate-host-certificates=on is configured
#                       the first tls-cert= option must be a CA certificate
#                       capable of signing the automatically generated
#                       certificates.
#
#          tls-key=     Path to a file containing private key file (PEM format)
#                       for the previous tls-cert= option.
#
#                       If tls-key= is not specified tls-cert= is assumed to
#                       reference a PEM file containing both the certificate
#                       and private key.
#
#          cipher=      Colon separated list of supported ciphers.
#                       NOTE: some ciphers such as EDH ciphers depend on
#                             additional settings. If those settings are
#                             omitted the ciphers may be silently ignored
#                             by the OpenSSL library.
#
#          options=     Various SSL implementation options. The most important
#                       being:
#
#                           NO_SSLv3    Disallow the use of SSLv3
#
#                           NO_TLSv1    Disallow the use of TLSv1.0
#
#                           NO_TLSv1_1  Disallow the use of TLSv1.1
#
#                           NO_TLSv1_2  Disallow the use of TLSv1.2
#
#                           SINGLE_DH_USE
#                                     Always create a new key when using
#                                     temporary/ephemeral DH key exchanges
#
#                           SINGLE_ECDH_USE
#                                     Enable ephemeral ECDH key exchange.
#                                     The adopted curve should be specified
#                                     using the tls-dh option.
#
#                           NO_TICKET
#                                     Disable use of RFC5077 session tickets.
#                                     Some servers may have problems
#                                     understanding the TLS extension due
#                                     to ambiguous specification in RFC4507.
#
#                           ALL       Enable various bug workarounds
#                                     suggested as "harmless" by OpenSSL
#                                     Be warned that this reduces SSL/TLS
#                                     strength to some attacks.
#
#                       See the OpenSSL SSL_CTX_set_options documentation for a
#                       more complete list.
#
#          clientca=    File containing the list of CAs to use when
#                       requesting a client certificate.
#
#          tls-cafile=  PEM file containing CA certificates to use when verifying
#                       client certificates. If not configured clientca will be
#                       used. May be repeated to load multiple files.
#
#          capath=      Directory containing additional CA certificates
#                       and CRL lists to use when verifying client certificates.
#                       Requires OpenSSL or LibreSSL.
#
#          crlfile=     File of additional CRL lists to use when verifying
#                       the client certificate, in addition to CRLs stored in
#                       the capath. Implies VERIFY_CRL flag below.
#
#          tls-dh=[curve:]file
#                       File containing DH parameters for temporary/ephemeral DH key
#                       exchanges, optionally prefixed by a curve for ephemeral ECDH
#                       key exchanges.
#                       See OpenSSL documentation for details on how to create the
#                       DH parameter file. Supported curves for ECDH can be listed
#                       using the "openssl ecparam -list_curves" command.
#                       WARNING: EDH and EECDH ciphers will be silently disabled if
#                                this option is not set.
#
#          sslflags=    Various flags modifying the use of SSL:
#                           DELAYED_AUTH
#                               Don't request client certificates
#                               immediately, but wait until acl processing
#                               requires a certificate (not yet implemented).
#                           CONDITIONAL_AUTH
#                               Request a client certificate during the TLS
#                               handshake, but ignore certificate absence in
#                               the TLS client Hello. If the client does
#                               supply a certificate, it is validated.
#                           NO_SESSION_REUSE
#                               Don't allow for session reuse. Each connection
#                               will result in a new SSL session.
#                           VERIFY_CRL
#                               Verify CRL lists when accepting client
#                               certificates.
#                           VERIFY_CRL_ALL
#                               Verify CRL lists for all certificates in the
#                               client certificate chain.
#
#          tls-default-ca[=off]
#                       Whether to use the system Trusted CAs. Default is OFF.
#
#          tls-no-npn   Do not use the TLS NPN extension to advertise HTTP/1.1.
#
#          sslcontext=  SSL session ID context identifier.
#
#       Other Options:
#
#          connection-auth[=on|off]
#                       use connection-auth=off to tell Squid to prevent 
#                       forwarding Microsoft connection oriented authentication
#                       (NTLM, Negotiate and Kerberos)
#
#          disable-pmtu-discovery=
#                       Control Path-MTU discovery usage:
#                           off         lets OS decide on what to do (default).
#                           transparent disable PMTU discovery when transparent
#                                       support is enabled.
#                           always      disable always PMTU discovery.
#
#                       In many setups of transparently intercepting proxies
#                       Path-MTU discovery can not work on traffic towards the
#                       clients. This is the case when the intercepting device
#                       does not fully track connections and fails to forward
#                       ICMP must fragment messages to the cache server. If you
#                       have such setup and experience that certain clients
#                       sporadically hang or never complete requests set
#                       disable-pmtu-discovery option to 'transparent'.
#
#          name=        Specifies a internal name for the port. Defaults to
#                       the port specification (port or addr:port)
#
#          tcpkeepalive[=idle,interval,timeout]
#                       Enable TCP keepalive probes of idle connections.
#                       In seconds; idle is the initial time before TCP starts
#                       probing the connection, interval how often to probe, and
#                       timeout the time before giving up.
#
#          require-proxy-header
#                       Require PROXY protocol version 1 or 2 connections.
#                       The proxy_protocol_access is required to permit
#                       downstream proxies which can be trusted.
#
#          worker-queues
#                       Ask TCP stack to maintain a dedicated listening queue
#                       for each worker accepting requests at this port.
#                       Requires TCP stack that supports the SO_REUSEPORT socket
#                       option.
#
#                       SECURITY WARNING: Enabling worker-specific queues
#                       allows any process running as Squid's effective user to
#                       easily accept requests destined to this port.
#
#       If you run Squid on a dual-homed machine with an internal
#       and an external interface we recommend you to specify the
#       internal address:port in http_port. This way Squid will only be
#       visible on the internal address.
#
#

# Squid normally listens to port 3128
http_port 3128

#  TAG: https_port
#       Usage:  [ip:]port [mode] tls-cert=certificate.pem [options]
#
#       The socket address where Squid will listen for client requests made
#       over TLS or SSL connections. Commonly referred to as HTTPS.
#
#       This is most useful for situations where you are running squid in
#       accelerator mode and you want to do the TLS work at the accelerator
#       level.
#
#       You may specify multiple socket addresses on multiple lines,
#       each with their own certificate and/or options.
#
#       The tls-cert= option is mandatory on HTTPS ports.
#
#       See http_port for a list of modes and options.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: ftp_port
#       Enables Native FTP proxy by specifying the socket address where Squid
#       listens for FTP client requests. See http_port directive for various
#       ways to specify the listening address and mode.
#
#       Usage: ftp_port address [mode] [options]
#
#       WARNING: This is a new, experimental, complex feature that has seen
#       limited production exposure. Some Squid modules (e.g., caching) do not
#       currently work with native FTP proxying, and many features have not
#       even been tested for compatibility. Test well before deploying!
#
#       Native FTP proxying differs substantially from proxying HTTP requests
#       with ftp:// URIs because Squid works as an FTP server and receives
#       actual FTP commands (rather than HTTP requests with FTP URLs).
#
#       Native FTP commands accepted at ftp_port are internally converted or
#       wrapped into HTTP-like messages. The same happens to Native FTP
#       responses received from FTP origin servers. Those HTTP-like messages
#       are shoveled through regular access control and adaptation layers
#       between the FTP client and the FTP origin server. This allows Squid to
#       examine, adapt, block, and log FTP exchanges. Squid reuses most HTTP
#       mechanisms when shoveling wrapped FTP messages. For example,
#       http_access and adaptation_access directives are used.
#
#       Modes:
#
#          intercept    Same as http_port intercept. The FTP origin address is
#                       determined based on the intended destination of the
#                       intercepted connection.
#
#          tproxy       Support Linux TPROXY for spoofing outgoing
#                       connections using the client IP address.
#                       NP: disables authentication and maybe IPv6 on the port.
#
#       By default (i.e., without an explicit mode option), Squid extracts the
#       FTP origin address from the login@origin parameter of the FTP USER
#       command. Many popular FTP clients support such native FTP proxying.
#
#       Options:
#
#          name=token   Specifies an internal name for the port. Defaults to
#                       the port address. Usable with myportname ACL.
#
#          ftp-track-dirs
#                       Enables tracking of FTP directories by injecting extra
#                       PWD commands and adjusting Request-URI (in wrapping
#                       HTTP requests) to reflect the current FTP server
#                       directory. Tracking is disabled by default.
#
#          protocol=FTP Protocol to reconstruct accelerated and intercepted
#                       requests with. Defaults to FTP. No other accepted
#                       values have been tested with. An unsupported value
#                       results in a FATAL error. Accepted values are FTP,
#                       HTTP (or HTTP/1.1), and HTTPS (or HTTPS/1.1).
#
#       Other http_port modes and options that are not specific to HTTP and
#       HTTPS may also work.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: tcp_outgoing_tos
#       Allows you to select a TOS/Diffserv value for packets outgoing
#       on the server side, based on an ACL.
#
#       tcp_outgoing_tos ds-field [!]aclname ...
#
#       Example where normal_service_net uses the TOS value 0x00
#       and good_service_net uses 0x20
#
#       acl normal_service_net src 10.0.0.0/24
#       acl good_service_net src 10.0.1.0/24
#       tcp_outgoing_tos 0x00 normal_service_net
#       tcp_outgoing_tos 0x20 good_service_net
#
#       TOS/DSCP values really only have local significance - so you should
#       know what you're specifying. For more information, see RFC2474,
#       RFC2475, and RFC3260.
#
#       The TOS/DSCP byte must be exactly that - a octet value  0 - 255, or
#       "default" to use whatever default your host has.
#       Note that only multiples of 4 are usable as the two rightmost bits have
#       been redefined for use by ECN (RFC 3168 section 23.1).
#       The squid parser will enforce this by masking away the ECN bits.
#
#       Processing proceeds in the order specified, and stops at first fully
#       matching line.
#
#       Only fast ACLs are supported.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: clientside_tos
#       Allows you to select a TOS/DSCP value for packets being transmitted
#       on the client-side, based on an ACL.
#
#       clientside_tos ds-field [!]aclname ...
#
#       Example where normal_service_net uses the TOS value 0x00
#       and good_service_net uses 0x20
#
#       acl normal_service_net src 10.0.0.0/24
#       acl good_service_net src 10.0.1.0/24
#       clientside_tos 0x00 normal_service_net
#       clientside_tos 0x20 good_service_net
#
#       Note: This feature is incompatible with qos_flows. Any TOS values set here
#       will be overwritten by TOS values in qos_flows.
#
#       The TOS/DSCP byte must be exactly that - a octet value  0 - 255, or
#       "default" to use whatever default your host has.
#       Note that only multiples of 4 are usable as the two rightmost bits have
#       been redefined for use by ECN (RFC 3168 section 23.1).
#       The squid parser will enforce this by masking away the ECN bits.
#
#       This clause only supports fast acl types.
#       See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: tcp_outgoing_mark
# Note: This option is only available if Squid is rebuilt with the
#       Packet MARK (Linux)
#
#       Allows you to apply a Netfilter mark value to outgoing packets
#       on the server side, based on an ACL.
#
#       tcp_outgoing_mark mark-value [!]aclname ...
#
#       Example where normal_service_net uses the mark value 0x00
#       and good_service_net uses 0x20
#
#       acl normal_service_net src 10.0.0.0/24
#       acl good_service_net src 10.0.1.0/24
#       tcp_outgoing_mark 0x00 normal_service_net
#       tcp_outgoing_mark 0x20 good_service_net
#
#       Only fast ACLs are supported.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: mark_client_packet
# Note: This option is only available if Squid is rebuilt with the
#       Packet MARK (Linux)
#
#       Allows you to apply a Netfilter MARK value to packets being transmitted
#       on the client-side, based on an ACL.
#
#       mark_client_packet mark-value [!]aclname ...
#
#       Example where normal_service_net uses the MARK value 0x00
#       and good_service_net uses 0x20
#
#       acl normal_service_net src 10.0.0.0/24
#       acl good_service_net src 10.0.1.0/24
#       mark_client_packet 0x00 normal_service_net
#       mark_client_packet 0x20 good_service_net
#
#       Note: This feature is incompatible with qos_flows. Any mark values set here
#       will be overwritten by mark values in qos_flows.
#
#       This clause only supports fast acl types.
#       See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: mark_client_connection
# Note: This option is only available if Squid is rebuilt with the
#       Packet MARK (Linux)
#
#       Allows you to apply a Netfilter CONNMARK value to a connection
#       on the client-side, based on an ACL.
#
#       mark_client_connection mark-value[/mask] [!]aclname ...
#
#       The mark-value and mask are unsigned integers (hex, octal, or decimal).
#       The mask may be used to preserve marking previously set by other agents
#       (e.g., iptables).
#
#       A matching rule replaces the CONNMARK value. If a mask is also
#       specified, then the masked bits of the original value are zeroed, and
#       the configured mark-value is ORed with that adjusted value.
#       For example, applying a mark-value 0xAB/0xF to 0x5F CONNMARK, results
#       in a 0xFB marking (rather than a 0xAB or 0x5B).
#
#       This directive semantics is similar to iptables --set-mark rather than
#       --set-xmark functionality.
#
#       The directive does not interfere with qos_flows (which uses packet MARKs,
#       not CONNMARKs).
#
#       Example where squid marks intercepted FTP connections:
#
#       acl proto_ftp proto FTP
#       mark_client_connection 0x200/0xff00 proto_ftp
#
#       This clause only supports fast acl types.
#       See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: qos_flows
#       Allows you to select a TOS/DSCP value to mark outgoing
#       connections to the client, based on where the reply was sourced.
#       For platforms using netfilter, allows you to set a netfilter mark
#       value instead of, or in addition to, a TOS value.
#
#       By default this functionality is disabled. To enable it with the default
#       settings simply use "qos_flows mark" or "qos_flows tos". Default
#       settings will result in the netfilter mark or TOS value being copied
#       from the upstream connection to the client. Note that it is the connection
#       CONNMARK value not the packet MARK value that is copied.
#
#       It is not currently possible to copy the mark or TOS value from the
#       client to the upstream connection request.
#
#       TOS values really only have local significance - so you should
#       know what you're specifying. For more information, see RFC2474,
#       RFC2475, and RFC3260.
#
#       The TOS/DSCP byte must be exactly that - a octet value  0 - 255.
#       Note that only multiples of 4 are usable as the two rightmost bits have
#       been redefined for use by ECN (RFC 3168 section 23.1).
#       The squid parser will enforce this by masking away the ECN bits.
#
#       Mark values can be any unsigned 32-bit integer value.
#
#       This setting is configured by setting the following values:
#
#       tos|mark                Whether to set TOS or netfilter mark values
#
#       local-hit=0xFF          Value to mark local cache hits.
#
#       sibling-hit=0xFF        Value to mark hits from sibling peers.
#
#       parent-hit=0xFF         Value to mark hits from parent peers.
#
#       miss=0xFF[/mask]        Value to mark cache misses. Takes precedence
#                               over the preserve-miss feature (see below), unless
#                               mask is specified, in which case only the bits
#                               specified in the mask are written.
#
#       The TOS variant of the following features are only possible on Linux
#       and require your kernel to be patched with the TOS preserving ZPH
#       patch, available from http://zph.bratcheda.org
#       No patch is needed to preserve the netfilter mark, which will work
#       with all variants of netfilter.
#
#       disable-preserve-miss
#               This option disables the preservation of the TOS or netfilter
#               mark. By default, the existing TOS or netfilter mark value of
#               the response coming from the remote server will be retained
#               and masked with miss-mark.
#               NOTE: in the case of a netfilter mark, the mark must be set on
#               the connection (using the CONNMARK target) not on the packet
#               (MARK target).
#
#       miss-mask=0xFF
#               Allows you to mask certain bits in the TOS or mark value
#               received from the remote server, before copying the value to
#               the TOS sent towards clients.
#               Default for tos: 0xFF (TOS from server is not changed).
#               Default for mark: 0xFFFFFFFF (mark from server is not changed).
#
#       All of these features require the --enable-zph-qos compilation flag
#       (enabled by default). Netfilter marking also requires the
#       libnetfilter_conntrack libraries (--with-netfilter-conntrack) and
#       libcap 2.09+ (--with-libcap).
#
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: tcp_outgoing_address
#       Allows you to map requests to different outgoing IP addresses
#       based on the username or source address of the user making
#       the request.
#
#       tcp_outgoing_address ipaddr [[!]aclname] ...
#
#       For example;
#               Forwarding clients with dedicated IPs for certain subnets.
#
#         acl normal_service_net src 10.0.0.0/24
#         acl good_service_net src 10.0.2.0/24
#
#         tcp_outgoing_address 2001:db8::c001 good_service_net
#         tcp_outgoing_address 10.1.0.2 good_service_net
#
#         tcp_outgoing_address 2001:db8::beef normal_service_net
#         tcp_outgoing_address 10.1.0.1 normal_service_net
#
#         tcp_outgoing_address 2001:db8::1
#         tcp_outgoing_address 10.1.0.3
#
#       Processing proceeds in the order specified, and stops at first fully
#       matching line.
#
#       Squid will add an implicit IP version test to each line.
#       Requests going to IPv4 websites will use the outgoing 10.1.0.* addresses.
#       Requests going to IPv6 websites will use the outgoing 2001:db8:* addresses.
#
#
#       NOTE: The use of this directive using client dependent ACLs is
#       incompatible with the use of server side persistent connections. To
#       ensure correct results it is best to set server_persistent_connections
#       to off when using this directive in such configurations.
#
#       NOTE: The use of this directive to set a local IP on outgoing TCP links
#       is incompatible with using TPROXY to set client IP out outbound TCP links.
#       When needing to contact peers use the no-tproxy cache_peer option and the
#       client_dst_passthru directive re-enable normal forwarding such as this.
#
#       This clause only supports fast acl types.
#       See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.
#Default:
# Address selection is performed by the operating system.

#  TAG: host_verify_strict
#       Regardless of this option setting, when dealing with intercepted
#       traffic, Squid always verifies that the destination IP address matches
#       the Host header domain or IP (called 'authority form URL').
#
#       This enforcement is performed to satisfy a MUST-level requirement in
#       RFC 2616 section 14.23: "The Host field value MUST represent the naming
#       authority of the origin server or gateway given by the original URL".
#
#       When set to ON:
#               Squid always responds with an HTTP 409 (Conflict) error
#               page and logs a security warning if there is no match.
#
#               Squid verifies that the destination IP address matches
#               the Host header for forward-proxy and reverse-proxy traffic
#               as well. For those traffic types, Squid also enables the
#               following checks, comparing the corresponding Host header
#               and Request-URI components:
#
#                * The host names (domain or IP) must be identical,
#                  but valueless or missing Host header disables all checks.
#                  For the two host names to match, both must be either IP
#                  or FQDN.
#
#                * Port numbers must be identical, but if a port is missing
#                  the scheme-default port is assumed.
#
#
#       When set to OFF (the default):
#               Squid allows suspicious requests to continue but logs a
#               security warning and blocks caching of the response.
#
#                * Forward-proxy traffic is not checked at all.
#
#                * Reverse-proxy traffic is not checked at all.
#
#                * Intercepted traffic which passes verification is handled
#                  according to client_dst_passthru.
#
#                * Intercepted requests which fail verification are sent
#                  to the client original destination instead of DIRECT.
#                  This overrides 'client_dst_passthru off'.
#
#               For now suspicious intercepted CONNECT requests are always
#               responded to with an HTTP 409 (Conflict) error page.
#
#
#       SECURITY NOTE:
#
#       As described in CVE-2009-0801 when the Host: header alone is used
#       to determine the destination of a request it becomes trivial for
#       malicious scripts on remote websites to bypass browser same-origin
#       security policy and sandboxing protections.
#
#       The cause of this is that such applets are allowed to perform their
#       own HTTP stack, in which case the same-origin policy of the browser
#       sandbox only verifies that the applet tries to contact the same IP
#       as from where it was loaded at the IP level. The Host: header may
#       be different from the connected IP and approved origin.
#
#Default:
# host_verify_strict off

#  TAG: client_dst_passthru
#       With NAT or TPROXY intercepted traffic Squid may pass the request
#       directly to the original client destination IP or seek a faster
#       source using the HTTP Host header.
#
#       Using Host to locate alternative servers can provide faster
#       connectivity with a range of failure recovery options.
#       But can also lead to connectivity trouble when the client and
#       server are attempting stateful interactions unaware of the proxy.
#
#       This option (on by default) prevents alternative DNS entries being
#       located to send intercepted traffic DIRECT to an origin server.
#       The clients original destination IP and port will be used instead.
#
#       Regardless of this option setting, when dealing with intercepted
#       traffic Squid will verify the Host: header and any traffic which
#       fails Host verification will be treated as if this option were ON.
#
#       see host_verify_strict for details on the verification process.
#Default:
# client_dst_passthru on

# TLS OPTIONS
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

#  TAG: tls_outgoing_options
#       disable         Do not support https:// URLs.
#
#       cert=/path/to/client/certificate
#                       A client X.509 certificate to use when connecting.
#
#       key=/path/to/client/private_key
#                       The private key corresponding to the cert= above.
#
#                       If key= is not specified cert= is assumed to
#                       reference a PEM file containing both the certificate
#                       and private key.
#
#       cipher=...      The list of valid TLS ciphers to use.
#
#       min-version=1.N
#                       The minimum TLS protocol version to permit.
#                       To control SSLv3 use the options= parameter.
#                       Supported Values: 1.0 (default), 1.1, 1.2, 1.3
#
#       options=...     Specify various TLS/SSL implementation options.
#
#                       OpenSSL options most important are:
#
#                           NO_SSLv3    Disallow the use of SSLv3
#
#                           SINGLE_DH_USE
#                                     Always create a new key when using
#                                     temporary/ephemeral DH key exchanges
#
#                           NO_TICKET
#                                     Disable use of RFC5077 session tickets.
#                                     Some servers may have problems
#                                     understanding the TLS extension due
#                                     to ambiguous specification in RFC4507.
#
#                           ALL       Enable various bug workarounds
#                                     suggested as "harmless" by OpenSSL
#                                     Be warned that this reduces SSL/TLS
#                                     strength to some attacks.
#
#                               See the OpenSSL SSL_CTX_set_options documentation
#                               for a more complete list.
#
#                       GnuTLS options most important are:
#
#                           %NO_TICKETS
#                                     Disable use of RFC5077 session tickets.
#                                     Some servers may have problems
#                                     understanding the TLS extension due
#                                     to ambiguous specification in RFC4507.
#
#                               See the GnuTLS Priority Strings documentation
#                               for a more complete list.
#                               http://www.gnutls.org/manual/gnutls.html#Priority-Strings
#
#
#       cafile=         PEM file containing CA certificates to use when verifying
#                       the peer certificate. May be repeated to load multiple files.
#
#       capath=         A directory containing additional CA certificates to
#                       use when verifying the peer certificate.
#                       Requires OpenSSL or LibreSSL.
#
#       crlfile=...     A certificate revocation list file to use when
#                       verifying the peer certificate.
#
#       flags=...       Specify various flags modifying the TLS implementation:
#
#                       DONT_VERIFY_PEER
#                               Accept certificates even if they fail to
#                               verify.
#                       DONT_VERIFY_DOMAIN
#                               Don't verify the peer certificate
#                               matches the server name
#
#       default-ca[=off]
#                       Whether to use the system Trusted CAs. Default is ON.
#
#       domain=         The peer name as advertised in its certificate.
#                       Used for verifying the correctness of the received peer
#                       certificate. If not specified the peer hostname will be
#                       used.
#Default:
# tls_outgoing_options min-version=1.0

# SSL OPTIONS
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

#  TAG: ssl_unclean_shutdown
# Note: This option is only available if Squid is rebuilt with the
#       --with-openssl
#
#       Some browsers (especially MSIE) bugs out on SSL shutdown
#       messages.
#Default:
# ssl_unclean_shutdown off

#  TAG: ssl_engine
# Note: This option is only available if Squid is rebuilt with the
#       --with-openssl
#
#       The OpenSSL engine to use. You will need to set this if you
#       would like to use hardware SSL acceleration for example.
#
#       Note: OpenSSL 3.0 and newer do not provide Engine support.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: sslproxy_session_ttl
# Note: This option is only available if Squid is rebuilt with the
#       --with-openssl
#
#       Sets the timeout value for SSL sessions
#Default:
# sslproxy_session_ttl 300

#  TAG: sslproxy_session_cache_size
# Note: This option is only available if Squid is rebuilt with the
#       --with-openssl
#
#        Sets the cache size to use for ssl session
#Default:
# sslproxy_session_cache_size 2 MB

#  TAG: sslproxy_foreign_intermediate_certs
# Note: This option is only available if Squid is rebuilt with the
#       --with-openssl
#
#       Many origin servers fail to send their full server certificate
#       chain for verification, assuming the client already has or can
#       easily locate any missing intermediate certificates.
#
#       Squid uses the certificates from the specified file to fill in
#       these missing chains when trying to validate origin server
#       certificate chains.
#
#       The file is expected to contain zero or more PEM-encoded
#       intermediate certificates. These certificates are not treated
#       as trusted root certificates, and any self-signed certificate in
#       this file will be ignored.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: sslproxy_cert_sign_hash
# Note: This option is only available if Squid is rebuilt with the
#       --with-openssl
#
#       Sets the hashing algorithm to use when signing generated certificates.
#       Valid algorithm names depend on the OpenSSL library used. The following
#       names are usually available: sha1, sha256, sha512, and md5. Please see
#       your OpenSSL library manual for the available hashes. By default, Squids
#       that support this option use sha256 hashes.
#
#       Squid does not forcefully purge cached certificates that were generated
#       with an algorithm other than the currently configured one. They remain
#       in the cache, subject to the regular cache eviction policy, and become
#       useful if the algorithm changes again.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: ssl_bump
# Note: This option is only available if Squid is rebuilt with the
#       --with-openssl
#
#       This option is consulted when a CONNECT request is received on
#       an http_port (or a new connection is intercepted at an
#       https_port), provided that port was configured with an ssl-bump
#       flag. The subsequent data on the connection is either treated as
#       HTTPS and decrypted OR tunneled at TCP level without decryption,
#       depending on the first matching bumping "action".
#
#       ssl_bump <action> [!]acl ...
#
#       The following bumping actions are currently supported:
#
#           splice
#               Become a TCP tunnel without decrypting proxied traffic.
#               This is the default action.
#
#           bump
#               When used on step SslBump1, establishes a secure connection
#               with the client first, then connect to the server.
#               When used on step SslBump2 or SslBump3, establishes a secure
#               connection with the server and, using a mimicked server
#               certificate, with the client.
#
#           peek
#               Receive client (step SslBump1) or server (step SslBump2)
#               certificate while preserving the possibility of splicing the
#               connection. Peeking at the server certificate (during step 2)
#               usually precludes bumping of the connection at step 3.
#
#           stare
#               Receive client (step SslBump1) or server (step SslBump2)
#               certificate while preserving the possibility of bumping the
#               connection. Staring at the server certificate (during step 2)
#               usually precludes splicing of the connection at step 3.
#
#           terminate
#               Close client and server connections.
#
#       Backward compatibility actions available at step SslBump1:
#
#           client-first
#               Bump the connection. Establish a secure connection with the
#               client first, then connect to the server. This old mode does
#               not allow Squid to mimic server SSL certificate and does not
#               work with intercepted SSL connections.
#
#           server-first
#               Bump the connection. Establish a secure connection with the
#               server first, then establish a secure connection with the
#               client, using a mimicked server certificate. Works with both
#               CONNECT requests and intercepted SSL connections, but does
#               not allow to make decisions based on SSL handshake info.
#
#           peek-and-splice
#               Decide whether to bump or splice the connection based on 
#               client-to-squid and server-to-squid SSL hello messages.
#               XXX: Remove.
#
#           none
#               Same as the "splice" action.
#
#       All ssl_bump rules are evaluated at each of the supported bumping
#       steps.  Rules with actions that are impossible at the current step are
#       ignored. The first matching ssl_bump action wins and is applied at the
#       end of the current step. If no rules match, the splice action is used.
#       See the at_step ACL for a list of the supported SslBump steps.
#
#       This clause supports both fast and slow acl types.
#       See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.
#
#       See also: http_port ssl-bump, https_port ssl-bump, and acl at_step.
#
#
#       # Example: Bump all TLS connections except those originating from
#       # localhost or those going to example.com.
#
#       acl broken_sites ssl::server_name .example.com
#       ssl_bump splice localhost
#       ssl_bump splice broken_sites
#       ssl_bump bump all
#Default:
# Become a TCP tunnel without decrypting proxied traffic.

#  TAG: sslproxy_cert_error
# Note: This option is only available if Squid is rebuilt with the
#       --with-openssl
#
#       Use this ACL to bypass server certificate validation errors.
#
#       For example, the following lines will bypass all validation errors
#       when talking to servers for example.com. All other
#       validation errors will result in ERR_SECURE_CONNECT_FAIL error.
#
#               acl BrokenButTrustedServers dstdomain example.com
#               sslproxy_cert_error allow BrokenButTrustedServers
#               sslproxy_cert_error deny all
#
#       This clause only supports fast acl types.
#       See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.
#       Using slow acl types may result in server crashes
#
#       Without this option, all server certificate validation errors
#       terminate the transaction to protect Squid and the client.
#
#       SQUID_X509_V_ERR_INFINITE_VALIDATION error cannot be bypassed
#       but should not happen unless your OpenSSL library is buggy.
#
#       SECURITY WARNING:
#               Bypassing validation errors is dangerous because an
#               error usually implies that the server cannot be trusted
#               and the connection may be insecure.
#
#       See also: sslproxy_flags and DONT_VERIFY_PEER.
#Default:
# Server certificate errors terminate the transaction.

#  TAG: sslproxy_cert_sign
# Note: This option is only available if Squid is rebuilt with the
#       --with-openssl
#
#
#        sslproxy_cert_sign <signing algorithm> acl ...
#
#        The following certificate signing algorithms are supported:
#
#          signTrusted
#               Sign using the configured CA certificate which is usually
#               placed in and trusted by end-user browsers. This is the
#               default for trusted origin server certificates.
#
#          signUntrusted
#               Sign to guarantee an X509_V_ERR_CERT_UNTRUSTED browser error.
#               This is the default for untrusted origin server certificates
#               that are not self-signed (see ssl::certUntrusted).
#
#          signSelf
#               Sign using a self-signed certificate with the right CN to
#               generate a X509_V_ERR_DEPTH_ZERO_SELF_SIGNED_CERT error in the
#               browser. This is the default for self-signed origin server
#               certificates (see ssl::certSelfSigned).
#
#       This clause only supports fast acl types.
#
#       When sslproxy_cert_sign acl(s) match, Squid uses the corresponding
#       signing algorithm to generate the certificate and ignores all
#       subsequent sslproxy_cert_sign options (the first match wins). If no
#       acl(s) match, the default signing algorithm is determined by errors
#       detected when obtaining and validating the origin server certificate.
#
#       WARNING: SQUID_X509_V_ERR_DOMAIN_MISMATCH and ssl:certDomainMismatch can
#       be used with sslproxy_cert_adapt, but if and only if Squid is bumping a
#       CONNECT request that carries a domain name. In all other cases (CONNECT
#       to an IP address or an intercepted SSL connection), Squid cannot detect
#       the domain mismatch at certificate generation time when
#       bump-server-first is used.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: sslproxy_cert_adapt
# Note: This option is only available if Squid is rebuilt with the
#       --with-openssl
#
#
#       sslproxy_cert_adapt <adaptation algorithm> acl ...
#
#       The following certificate adaptation algorithms are supported:
#
#          setValidAfter
#               Sets the "Not After" property to the "Not After" property of
#               the CA certificate used to sign generated certificates.
#
#          setValidBefore
#               Sets the "Not Before" property to the "Not Before" property of
#               the CA certificate used to sign generated certificates.
#
#          setCommonName or setCommonName{CN}
#               Sets Subject.CN property to the host name specified as a 
#               CN parameter or, if no explicit CN parameter was specified,
#               extracted from the CONNECT request. It is a misconfiguration
#               to use setCommonName without an explicit parameter for
#               intercepted or tproxied SSL connections.
#
#       This clause only supports fast acl types.
#
#       Squid first groups sslproxy_cert_adapt options by adaptation algorithm.
#       Within a group, when sslproxy_cert_adapt acl(s) match, Squid uses the
#       corresponding adaptation algorithm to generate the certificate and
#       ignores all subsequent sslproxy_cert_adapt options in that algorithm's
#       group (i.e., the first match wins within each algorithm group). If no
#       acl(s) match, the default mimicking action takes place.
#
#       WARNING: SQUID_X509_V_ERR_DOMAIN_MISMATCH and ssl:certDomainMismatch can
#       be used with sslproxy_cert_adapt, but if and only if Squid is bumping a
#       CONNECT request that carries a domain name. In all other cases (CONNECT
#       to an IP address or an intercepted SSL connection), Squid cannot detect
#       the domain mismatch at certificate generation time when
#       bump-server-first is used.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: sslpassword_program
# Note: This option is only available if Squid is rebuilt with the
#       --with-openssl
#
#       Specify a program used for entering SSL key passphrases
#       when using encrypted SSL certificate keys. If not specified
#       keys must either be unencrypted, or Squid started with the -N
#       option to allow it to query interactively for the passphrase.
#
#       The key file name is given as argument to the program allowing
#       selection of the right password if you have multiple encrypted
#       keys.
#Default:
# none

# OPTIONS RELATING TO EXTERNAL SSL_CRTD 
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

#  TAG: sslcrtd_program
# Note: This option is only available if Squid is rebuilt with the
#       --enable-ssl-crtd
#
#       Specify the location and options of the executable for certificate
#       generator.
#
#       /usr/lib/squid/security_file_certgen program can use a disk cache to improve response
#       times on repeated requests. To enable caching, specify -s and -M
#       parameters. If those parameters are not given, the program generates
#       a new certificate on every request.
#
#       For more information use:
#               /usr/lib/squid/security_file_certgen -h
#Default:
# sslcrtd_program /usr/lib/squid/security_file_certgen -s /var/spool/squid/ssl_db -M 4MB

#  TAG: sslcrtd_children
# Note: This option is only available if Squid is rebuilt with the
#       --enable-ssl-crtd
#
#       Specifies the maximum number of certificate generation processes that
#       Squid may spawn (numberofchildren) and several related options. Using
#       too few of these helper processes (a.k.a. "helpers") creates request
#       queues. Using too many helpers wastes your system resources. Squid
#       does not support spawning more than 32 helpers.
#
#       Usage: numberofchildren [option]...
#
#       The startup= and idle= options allow some measure of skew in your
#       tuning.
#
#               startup=N
#
#       Sets the minimum number of processes to spawn when Squid
#       starts or reconfigures. When set to zero the first request will
#       cause spawning of the first child process to handle it.
#
#       Starting too few children temporary slows Squid under load while it
#       tries to spawn enough additional processes to cope with traffic.
#
#               idle=N
#
#       Sets a minimum of how many processes Squid is to try and keep available
#       at all times. When traffic begins to rise above what the existing
#       processes can handle this many more will be spawned up to the maximum
#       configured. A minimum setting of 1 is required.
#
#               queue-size=N
#
#       Sets the maximum number of queued requests. A request is queued when
#       no existing child is idle and no new child can be started due to
#       numberofchildren limit. If the queued requests exceed queue size for
#       more than 3 minutes squid aborts its operation. The default value is
#       set to 2*numberofchildren.
#
#       You must have at least one ssl_crtd process.
#Default:
# sslcrtd_children 32 startup=5 idle=1

#  TAG: sslcrtvalidator_program
# Note: This option is only available if Squid is rebuilt with the
#       --with-openssl
#
#       Specify the location and options of the executable for ssl_crt_validator
#       process.
#
#       Usage:  sslcrtvalidator_program [ttl=n] [cache=n] path ...
#
#       Options:
#         ttl=n         TTL in seconds for cached results. The default is 60 secs
#         cache=n       limit the result cache size. The default value is 2048
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: sslcrtvalidator_children
# Note: This option is only available if Squid is rebuilt with the
#       --with-openssl
#
#       Specifies the maximum number of certificate validation processes that
#       Squid may spawn (numberofchildren) and several related options. Using
#       too few of these helper processes (a.k.a. "helpers") creates request
#       queues. Using too many helpers wastes your system resources. Squid
#       does not support spawning more than 32 helpers.
#
#       Usage: numberofchildren [option]...
#
#       The startup= and idle= options allow some measure of skew in your
#       tuning.
#
#               startup=N
#
#       Sets the minimum number of processes to spawn when Squid
#       starts or reconfigures. When set to zero the first request will
#       cause spawning of the first child process to handle it.
#
#       Starting too few children temporary slows Squid under load while it
#       tries to spawn enough additional processes to cope with traffic.
#
#               idle=N
#
#       Sets a minimum of how many processes Squid is to try and keep available
#       at all times. When traffic begins to rise above what the existing
#       processes can handle this many more will be spawned up to the maximum
#       configured. A minimum setting of 1 is required.
#
#               concurrency=
#
#       The number of requests each certificate validator helper can handle in
#       parallel. A value of 0 indicates the certficate validator does not
#       support concurrency. Defaults to 1.
#
#       When this directive is set to a value >= 1 then the protocol
#       used to communicate with the helper is modified to include
#       a request ID in front of the request/response. The request
#       ID from the request must be echoed back with the response
#       to that request.
#
#               queue-size=N
#
#       Sets the maximum number of queued requests. A request is queued when
#       no existing child can accept it due to concurrency limit and no new
#       child can be started due to numberofchildren limit. If the queued
#       requests exceed queue size for more than 3 minutes squid aborts its
#       operation. The default value is set to 2*numberofchildren.
#
#       You must have at least one ssl_crt_validator process.
#Default:
# sslcrtvalidator_children 32 startup=5 idle=1 concurrency=1

# OPTIONS WHICH AFFECT THE NEIGHBOR SELECTION ALGORITHM
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

#  TAG: cache_peer
#       To specify other caches in a hierarchy, use the format:
#
#               cache_peer hostname type http-port icp-port [options]
#
#       For example,
#
#       #                                        proxy  icp
#       #          hostname             type     port   port  options
#       #          -------------------- -------- ----- -----  -----------
#       cache_peer parent.foo.net       parent    3128  3130  default
#       cache_peer sib1.foo.net         sibling   3128  3130  proxy-only
#       cache_peer sib2.foo.net         sibling   3128  3130  proxy-only
#       cache_peer example.com          parent    80       0  default
#       cache_peer cdn.example.com      sibling   3128     0  
#
#             type:     either 'parent', 'sibling', or 'multicast'.
#
#       proxy-port:     The port number where the peer accept HTTP requests.
#                       For other Squid proxies this is usually 3128
#                       For web servers this is usually 80
#
#         icp-port:     Used for querying neighbor caches about objects.
#                       Set to 0 if the peer does not support ICP or HTCP.
#                       See ICP and HTCP options below for additional details.
#
#
#       ==== ICP OPTIONS ====
#
#       You MUST also set icp_port and icp_access explicitly when using these options.
#       The defaults will prevent peer traffic using ICP.
#
#
#       no-query        Disable ICP queries to this neighbor.
#
#       multicast-responder
#                       Indicates the named peer is a member of a multicast group.
#                       ICP queries will not be sent directly to the peer, but ICP
#                       replies will be accepted from it.
#
#       closest-only    Indicates that, for ICP_OP_MISS replies, we'll only forward
#                       CLOSEST_PARENT_MISSes and never FIRST_PARENT_MISSes.
#
#       background-ping
#                       To only send ICP queries to this neighbor infrequently.
#                       This is used to keep the neighbor round trip time updated
#                       and is usually used in conjunction with weighted-round-robin.
#
#
#       ==== HTCP OPTIONS ====
#
#       You MUST also set htcp_port and htcp_access explicitly when using these options.
#       The defaults will prevent peer traffic using HTCP.
#
#
#       htcp            Send HTCP, instead of ICP, queries to the neighbor.
#                       You probably also want to set the "icp-port" to 4827
#                       instead of 3130. This directive accepts a comma separated
#                       list of options described below.
#
#       htcp=oldsquid   Send HTCP to old Squid versions (2.5 or earlier).
#
#       htcp=no-clr     Send HTCP to the neighbor but without
#                       sending any CLR requests.  This cannot be used with
#                       only-clr.
#
#       htcp=only-clr   Send HTCP to the neighbor but ONLY CLR requests.
#                       This cannot be used with no-clr.
#
#       htcp=no-purge-clr
#                       Send HTCP to the neighbor including CLRs but only when
#                       they do not result from PURGE requests.
#
#       htcp=forward-clr
#                       Forward any HTCP CLR requests this proxy receives to the peer.
#
#
#       ==== PEER SELECTION METHODS ====
#
#       The default peer selection method is ICP, with the first responding peer
#       being used as source. These options can be used for better load balancing.
#
#
#       default         This is a parent cache which can be used as a "last-resort"
#                       if a peer cannot be located by any of the peer-selection methods.
#                       If specified more than once, only the first is used.
#
#       round-robin     Load-Balance parents which should be used in a round-robin
#                       fashion in the absence of any ICP queries.
#                       weight=N can be used to add bias.
#
#       weighted-round-robin
#                       Load-Balance parents which should be used in a round-robin
#                       fashion with the frequency of each parent being based on the
#                       round trip time. Closer parents are used more often.
#                       Usually used for background-ping parents.
#                       weight=N can be used to add bias.
#
#       carp            Load-Balance parents which should be used as a CARP array.
#                       The requests will be distributed among the parents based on the
#                       CARP load balancing hash function based on their weight.
#
#       userhash        Load-balance parents based on the client proxy_auth or ident username.
#
#       sourcehash      Load-balance parents based on the client source IP.
#
#       multicast-siblings
#                       To be used only for cache peers of type "multicast".
#                       ALL members of this multicast group have "sibling"
#                       relationship with it, not "parent".  This is to a multicast
#                       group when the requested object would be fetched only from
#                       a "parent" cache, anyway.  It's useful, e.g., when
#                       configuring a pool of redundant Squid proxies, being
#                       members of the same multicast group.
#
#
#       ==== PEER SELECTION OPTIONS ====
#
#       weight=N        use to affect the selection of a peer during any weighted
#                       peer-selection mechanisms.
#                       The weight must be an integer; default is 1,
#                       larger weights are favored more.
#                       This option does not affect parent selection if a peering
#                       protocol is not in use.
#
#       basetime=N      Specify a base amount to be subtracted from round trip
#                       times of parents.
#                       It is subtracted before division by weight in calculating
#                       which parent to fectch from. If the rtt is less than the
#                       base time the rtt is set to a minimal value.
#
#       ttl=N           Specify a TTL to use when sending multicast ICP queries
#                       to this address.
#                       Only useful when sending to a multicast group.
#                       Because we don't accept ICP replies from random
#                       hosts, you must configure other group members as
#                       peers with the 'multicast-responder' option.
#
#       no-delay        To prevent access to this neighbor from influencing the
#                       delay pools.
#
#       digest-url=URL  Tell Squid to fetch the cache digest (if digests are
#                       enabled) for this host from the specified URL rather
#                       than the Squid default location.
#
#
#       ==== CARP OPTIONS ====
#
#       carp-key=key-specification
#                       use a different key than the full URL to hash against the peer.
#                       the key-specification is a comma-separated list of the keywords
#                       scheme, host, port, path, params
#                       Order is not important.
#
#       ==== ACCELERATOR / REVERSE-PROXY OPTIONS ====
#
#       originserver    Causes this parent to be contacted as an origin server.
#                       Meant to be used in accelerator setups when the peer
#                       is a web server.
#
#       forceddomain=name
#                       Set the Host header of requests forwarded to this peer.
#                       Useful in accelerator setups where the server (peer)
#                       expects a certain domain name but clients may request
#                       others. ie example.com or www.example.com
#
#       no-digest       Disable request of cache digests.
#
#       no-netdb-exchange
#                       Disables requesting ICMP RTT database (NetDB).
#
#
#       ==== AUTHENTICATION OPTIONS ====
#
#       login=user:password
#                       If this is a personal/workgroup proxy and your parent
#                       requires proxy authentication.
#
#                       Note: The string can include URL escapes (i.e. %20 for
#                       spaces). This also means % must be written as %%.
#
#       login=PASSTHRU
#                       Send login details received from client to this peer.
#                       Both Proxy- and WWW-Authorization headers are passed
#                       without alteration to the peer.
#                       Authentication is not required by Squid for this to work.
#
#                       Note: This will pass any form of authentication but
#                       only Basic auth will work through a proxy unless the
#                       connection-auth options are also used.
#
#       login=PASS      Send login details received from client to this peer.
#                       Authentication is not required by this option.
#
#                       If there are no client-provided authentication headers
#                       to pass on, but username and password are available
#                       from an external ACL user= and password= result tags
#                       they may be sent instead.
#
#                       Note: To combine this with proxy_auth both proxies must
#                       share the same user database as HTTP only allows for
#                       a single login (one for proxy, one for origin server).
#                       Also be warned this will expose your users proxy
#                       password to the peer. USE WITH CAUTION
#
#       login=*:password
#                       Send the username to the upstream cache, but with a
#                       fixed password. This is meant to be used when the peer
#                       is in another administrative domain, but it is still
#                       needed to identify each user.
#                       The star can optionally be followed by some extra
#                       information which is added to the username. This can
#                       be used to identify this proxy to the peer, similar to
#                       the login=username:password option above.
#
#       login=NEGOTIATE
#                       If this is a personal/workgroup proxy and your parent
#                       requires a secure proxy authentication.
#                       The first principal from the default keytab or defined by
#                       the environment variable KRB5_KTNAME will be used. 
#
#                       WARNING: The connection may transmit requests from multiple
#                       clients. Negotiate often assumes end-to-end authentication
#                       and a single-client. Which is not strictly true here.
#
#       login=NEGOTIATE:principal_name
#                       If this is a personal/workgroup proxy and your parent
#                       requires a secure proxy authentication. 
#                       The principal principal_name from the default keytab or
#                       defined by the environment variable KRB5_KTNAME will be
#                       used.
#
#                       WARNING: The connection may transmit requests from multiple
#                       clients. Negotiate often assumes end-to-end authentication
#                       and a single-client. Which is not strictly true here.
#
#       connection-auth=on|off
#                       Tell Squid that this peer does or not support Microsoft
#                       connection oriented authentication, and any such
#                       challenges received from there should be ignored.
#                       Default is auto to automatically determine the status
#                       of the peer.
#
#       auth-no-keytab
#                       Do not use a keytab to authenticate to a peer when
#                       login=NEGOTIATE is specified. Let the GSSAPI
#                       implementation determine which already existing
#                       credentials cache to use instead.
#
#
#       ==== SSL / HTTPS / TLS OPTIONS ====
#
#       tls             Encrypt connections to this peer with TLS.
#
#       sslcert=/path/to/ssl/certificate
#                       A client X.509 certificate to use when connecting to
#                       this peer.
#
#       sslkey=/path/to/ssl/key
#                       The private key corresponding to sslcert above.
#
#                       If sslkey= is not specified sslcert= is assumed to
#                       reference a PEM file containing both the certificate
#                       and private key.
#
#       Notes:
#
#       On Debian/Ubuntu systems a default snakeoil certificate is
#       available in /etc/ssl and users can set:
#
#               sslcert=/etc/ssl/certs/ssl-cert-snakeoil.pem
#
#       and
#
#               sslkey=/etc/ssl/private/ssl-cert-snakeoil.key
#
#       for testing.
#
#       sslcipher=...   The list of valid SSL ciphers to use when connecting
#                       to this peer.
#
#       tls-min-version=1.N
#                       The minimum TLS protocol version to permit. To control
#                       SSLv3 use the tls-options= parameter.
#                       Supported Values: 1.0 (default), 1.1, 1.2
#
#       tls-options=... Specify various TLS implementation options.
#
#                       OpenSSL options most important are:
#
#                           NO_SSLv3    Disallow the use of SSLv3
#
#                           SINGLE_DH_USE
#                                     Always create a new key when using
#                                     temporary/ephemeral DH key exchanges
#
#                           NO_TICKET
#                                     Disable use of RFC5077 session tickets.
#                                     Some servers may have problems
#                                     understanding the TLS extension due
#                                     to ambiguous specification in RFC4507.
#
#                           ALL       Enable various bug workarounds
#                                     suggested as "harmless" by OpenSSL
#                                     Be warned that this reduces SSL/TLS
#                                     strength to some attacks.
#
#                       See the OpenSSL SSL_CTX_set_options documentation for a
#                       more complete list.
#
#                       GnuTLS options most important are:
#
#                           %NO_TICKETS
#                                     Disable use of RFC5077 session tickets.
#                                     Some servers may have problems
#                                     understanding the TLS extension due
#                                     to ambiguous specification in RFC4507.
#
#                               See the GnuTLS Priority Strings documentation
#                               for a more complete list.
#                               http://www.gnutls.org/manual/gnutls.html#Priority-Strings
#
#       tls-cafile=     PEM file containing CA certificates to use when verifying
#                       the peer certificate. May be repeated to load multiple files.
#
#       sslcapath=...   A directory containing additional CA certificates to
#                       use when verifying the peer certificate.
#                       Requires OpenSSL or LibreSSL.
#
#       sslcrlfile=...  A certificate revocation list file to use when
#                       verifying the peer certificate.
#
#       sslflags=...    Specify various flags modifying the SSL implementation:
#
#                       DONT_VERIFY_PEER
#                               Accept certificates even if they fail to
#                               verify.
#
#                       DONT_VERIFY_DOMAIN
#                               Don't verify the peer certificate
#                               matches the server name
#
#       ssldomain=      The peer name as advertised in it's certificate.
#                       Used for verifying the correctness of the received peer
#                       certificate. If not specified the peer hostname will be
#                       used.
#
#       front-end-https[=off|on|auto]
#                       Enable the "Front-End-Https: On" header needed when
#                       using Squid as a SSL frontend in front of Microsoft OWA.
#                       See MS KB document Q307347 for details on this header.
#                       If set to auto the header will only be added if the
#                       request is forwarded as a https:// URL.
#
#       tls-default-ca[=off]
#                       Whether to use the system Trusted CAs. Default is ON.
#
#       tls-no-npn      Do not use the TLS NPN extension to advertise HTTP/1.1.
#
#       ==== GENERAL OPTIONS ====
#
#       connect-timeout=N
#                       A peer-specific connect timeout.
#                       Also see the peer_connect_timeout directive.
#
#       connect-fail-limit=N
#                       How many times connecting to a peer must fail before
#                       it is marked as down. Standby connection failures
#                       count towards this limit. Default is 10.
#
#       allow-miss      Disable Squid's use of only-if-cached when forwarding
#                       requests to siblings. This is primarily useful when
#                       icp_hit_stale is used by the sibling. Excessive use
#                       of this option may result in forwarding loops. One way
#                       to prevent peering loops when using this option, is to
#                       deny cache peer usage on requests from a peer:
#                       acl fromPeer ...
#                       cache_peer_access peerName deny fromPeer
#
#       max-conn=N      Limit the number of concurrent connections the Squid
#                       may open to this peer, including already opened idle
#                       and standby connections. There is no peer-specific
#                       connection limit by default.
#
#                       A peer exceeding the limit is not used for new
#                       requests unless a standby connection is available.
#
#                       max-conn currently works poorly with idle persistent
#                       connections: When a peer reaches its max-conn limit,
#                       and there are idle persistent connections to the peer,
#                       the peer may not be selected because the limiting code
#                       does not know whether Squid can reuse those idle
#                       connections.
#
#       standby=N       Maintain a pool of N "hot standby" connections to an
#                       UP peer, available for requests when no idle
#                       persistent connection is available (or safe) to use.
#                       By default and with zero N, no such pool is maintained.
#                       N must not exceed the max-conn limit (if any).
#
#                       At start or after reconfiguration, Squid opens new TCP
#                       standby connections until there are N connections
#                       available and then replenishes the standby pool as
#                       opened connections are used up for requests. A used
#                       connection never goes back to the standby pool, but
#                       may go to the regular idle persistent connection pool
#                       shared by all peers and origin servers.
#
#                       Squid never opens multiple new standby connections
#                       concurrently.  This one-at-a-time approach minimizes
#                       flooding-like effect on peers. Furthermore, just a few
#                       standby connections should be sufficient in most cases
#                       to supply most new requests with a ready-to-use
#                       connection.
#
#                       Standby connections obey server_idle_pconn_timeout.
#                       For the feature to work as intended, the peer must be
#                       configured to accept and keep them open longer than
#                       the idle timeout at the connecting Squid, to minimize
#                       race conditions typical to idle used persistent
#                       connections. Default request_timeout and
#                       server_idle_pconn_timeout values ensure such a
#                       configuration.
#
#       name=xxx        Unique name for the peer.
#                       Required if you have multiple peers on the same host
#                       but different ports.
#                       This name can be used in cache_peer_access and similar
#                       directives to identify the peer.
#                       Can be used by outgoing access controls through the
#                       peername ACL type.
#
#       no-tproxy       Do not use the client-spoof TPROXY support when forwarding
#                       requests to this peer. Use normal address selection instead.
#                       This overrides the spoof_client_ip ACL.
#
#       proxy-only      objects fetched from the peer will not be stored locally.
#
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: cache_peer_access
#       Restricts usage of cache_peer proxies.
#
#       Usage:
#               cache_peer_access peer-name allow|deny [!]aclname ...
#
#       For the required peer-name parameter, use either the value of the
#       cache_peer name=value parameter or, if name=value is missing, the
#       cache_peer hostname parameter.
#
#       This directive narrows down the selection of peering candidates, but
#       does not determine the order in which the selected candidates are
#       contacted. That order is determined by the peer selection algorithms
#       (see PEER SELECTION sections in the cache_peer documentation).
#
#       If a deny rule matches, the corresponding peer will not be contacted
#       for the current transaction -- Squid will not send ICP queries and
#       will not forward HTTP requests to that peer. An allow match leaves
#       the corresponding peer in the selection. The first match for a given
#       peer wins for that peer.
#
#       The relative order of cache_peer_access directives for the same peer
#       matters. The relative order of any two cache_peer_access directives
#       for different peers does not matter. To ease interpretation, it is a
#       good idea to group cache_peer_access directives for the same peer
#       together.
#
#       A single cache_peer_access directive may be evaluated multiple times
#       for a given transaction because individual peer selection algorithms
#       may check it independently from each other. These redundant checks
#       may be optimized away in future Squid versions.
#
#       This clause only supports fast acl types.
#       See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.
#
#Default:
# No peer usage restrictions.

#  TAG: neighbor_type_domain
#       Modify the cache_peer neighbor type when passing requests
#       about specific domains to the peer.
#
#       Usage:
#                neighbor_type_domain neighbor parent|sibling domain domain ...
#
#       For example:
#               cache_peer foo.example.com parent 3128 3130
#               neighbor_type_domain foo.example.com sibling .au .de
#
#       The above configuration treats all requests to foo.example.com as a
#       parent proxy unless the request is for a .au or .de ccTLD domain name.
#Default:
# The peer type from cache_peer directive is used for all requests to that peer.

#  TAG: dead_peer_timeout       (seconds)
#       This controls how long Squid waits to declare a peer cache
#       as "dead."  If there are no ICP replies received in this
#       amount of time, Squid will declare the peer dead and not
#       expect to receive any further ICP replies.  However, it
#       continues to send ICP queries, and will mark the peer as
#       alive upon receipt of the first subsequent ICP reply.
#
#       This timeout also affects when Squid expects to receive ICP
#       replies from peers.  If more than 'dead_peer' seconds have
#       passed since the last ICP reply was received, Squid will not
#       expect to receive an ICP reply on the next query.  Thus, if
#       your time between requests is greater than this timeout, you
#       will see a lot of requests sent DIRECT to origin servers
#       instead of to your parents.
#Default:
# dead_peer_timeout 10 seconds

#  TAG: forward_max_tries
#       Limits the number of attempts to forward the request.
#
#       For the purpose of this limit, Squid counts all high-level request
#       forwarding attempts, including any same-destination retries after
#       certain persistent connection failures and any attempts to use a
#       different peer. However, low-level connection reopening attempts
#       (enabled using connect_retries) are not counted.
#
#       See also: forward_timeout and connect_retries.
#Default:
# forward_max_tries 25

# MEMORY CACHE OPTIONS
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

#  TAG: cache_mem       (bytes)
#       NOTE: THIS PARAMETER DOES NOT SPECIFY THE MAXIMUM PROCESS SIZE.
#       IT ONLY PLACES A LIMIT ON HOW MUCH ADDITIONAL MEMORY SQUID WILL
#       USE AS A MEMORY CACHE OF OBJECTS. SQUID USES MEMORY FOR OTHER
#       THINGS AS WELL. SEE THE SQUID FAQ SECTION 8 FOR DETAILS.
#
#       'cache_mem' specifies the ideal amount of memory to be used
#       for:
#               * In-Transit objects
#               * Hot Objects
#               * Negative-Cached objects
#
#       Data for these objects are stored in 4 KB blocks.  This
#       parameter specifies the ideal upper limit on the total size of
#       4 KB blocks allocated.  In-Transit objects take the highest
#       priority.
#
#       In-transit objects have priority over the others.  When
#       additional space is needed for incoming data, negative-cached
#       and hot objects will be released.  In other words, the
#       negative-cached and hot objects will fill up any unused space
#       not needed for in-transit objects.
#
#       If circumstances require, this limit will be exceeded.
#       Specifically, if your incoming request rate requires more than
#       'cache_mem' of memory to hold in-transit objects, Squid will
#       exceed this limit to satisfy the new requests.  When the load
#       decreases, blocks will be freed until the high-water mark is
#       reached.  Thereafter, blocks will be used to store hot
#       objects.
#
#       If shared memory caching is enabled, Squid does not use the shared
#       cache space for in-transit objects, but they still consume as much
#       local memory as they need. For more details about the shared memory
#       cache, see memory_cache_shared.
#Default:
# cache_mem 256 MB

#  TAG: maximum_object_size_in_memory   (bytes)
#       Objects greater than this size will not be attempted to kept in
#       the memory cache. This should be set high enough to keep objects
#       accessed frequently in memory to improve performance whilst low
#       enough to keep larger objects from hoarding cache_mem.
#Default:
# maximum_object_size_in_memory 512 KB

#  TAG: memory_cache_shared     on|off
#       Controls whether the memory cache is shared among SMP workers.
#
#       The shared memory cache is meant to occupy cache_mem bytes and replace
#       the non-shared memory cache, although some entities may still be
#       cached locally by workers for now (e.g., internal and in-transit
#       objects may be served from a local memory cache even if shared memory
#       caching is enabled).
#
#       By default, the memory cache is shared if and only if all of the
#       following conditions are satisfied: Squid runs in SMP mode with
#       multiple workers, cache_mem is positive, and Squid environment
#       supports required IPC primitives (e.g., POSIX shared memory segments
#       and GCC-style atomic operations).
#
#       To avoid blocking locks, shared memory uses opportunistic algorithms
#       that do not guarantee that every cachable entity that could have been
#       shared among SMP workers will actually be shared.
#Default:
# "on" where supported if doing memory caching with multiple SMP workers.

#  TAG: memory_cache_mode
#       Controls which objects to keep in the memory cache (cache_mem)
#
#       always  Keep most recently fetched objects in memory (default)
#
#       disk    Only disk cache hits are kept in memory, which means
#               an object must first be cached on disk and then hit
#               a second time before cached in memory.
#
#       network Only objects fetched from network is kept in memory
#Default:
# Keep the most recently fetched objects in memory

#  TAG: memory_replacement_policy
#       The memory replacement policy parameter determines which
#       objects are purged from memory when memory space is needed.
#
#       See cache_replacement_policy for details on algorithms.
#Default:
# memory_replacement_policy lru

# DISK CACHE OPTIONS
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

#  TAG: cache_replacement_policy
#       The cache replacement policy parameter determines which
#       objects are evicted (replaced) when disk space is needed.
#
#           lru       : Squid's original list based LRU policy
#           heap GDSF : Greedy-Dual Size Frequency
#           heap LFUDA: Least Frequently Used with Dynamic Aging
#           heap LRU  : LRU policy implemented using a heap
#
#       Applies to any cache_dir lines listed below this directive.
#
#       The LRU policies keeps recently referenced objects.
#
#       The heap GDSF policy optimizes object hit rate by keeping smaller
#       popular objects in cache so it has a better chance of getting a
#       hit.  It achieves a lower byte hit rate than LFUDA though since
#       it evicts larger (possibly popular) objects.
#
#       The heap LFUDA policy keeps popular objects in cache regardless of
#       their size and thus optimizes byte hit rate at the expense of
#       hit rate since one large, popular object will prevent many
#       smaller, slightly less popular objects from being cached.
#
#       Both policies utilize a dynamic aging mechanism that prevents
#       cache pollution that can otherwise occur with frequency-based
#       replacement policies.
#
#       NOTE: if using the LFUDA replacement policy you should increase
#       the value of maximum_object_size above its default of 4 MB to
#       to maximize the potential byte hit rate improvement of LFUDA.
#
#       For more information about the GDSF and LFUDA cache replacement
#       policies see http://www.hpl.hp.com/techreports/1999/HPL-1999-69.html
#       and http://fog.hpl.external.hp.com/techreports/98/HPL-98-173.html.
#Default:
# cache_replacement_policy lru

#  TAG: minimum_object_size     (bytes)
#       Objects smaller than this size will NOT be saved on disk.  The
#       value is specified in bytes, and the default is 0 KB, which
#       means all responses can be stored.
#Default:
# no limit

#  TAG: maximum_object_size     (bytes)
#       Set the default value for max-size parameter on any cache_dir.
#       The value is specified in bytes, and the default is 4 MB.
#
#       If you wish to get a high BYTES hit ratio, you should probably
#       increase this (one 32 MB object hit counts for 3200 10KB
#       hits).
#
#       If you wish to increase hit ratio more than you want to
#       save bandwidth you should leave this low.
#
#       NOTE: if using the LFUDA replacement policy you should increase
#       this value to maximize the byte hit rate improvement of LFUDA!
#       See cache_replacement_policy for a discussion of this policy.
#Default:
# maximum_object_size 4 MB

#  TAG: cache_dir
#       Format:
#               cache_dir Type Directory-Name Fs-specific-data [options]
#
#       You can specify multiple cache_dir lines to spread the
#       cache among different disk partitions.
#
#       Type specifies the kind of storage system to use. Only "ufs"
#       is built by default. To enable any of the other storage systems
#       see the --enable-storeio configure option.
#
#       'Directory' is a top-level directory where cache swap
#       files will be stored.  If you want to use an entire disk
#       for caching, this can be the mount-point directory.
#       The directory must exist and be writable by the Squid
#       process.  Squid will NOT create this directory for you.
#
#       In SMP configurations, cache_dir must not precede the workers option
#       and should use configuration macros or conditionals to give each
#       worker interested in disk caching a dedicated cache directory.
#
#
#       ====  The ufs store type  ====
#
#       "ufs" is the old well-known Squid storage format that has always
#       been there.
#
#       Usage:
#               cache_dir ufs Directory-Name Mbytes L1 L2 [options]
#
#       'Mbytes' is the amount of disk space (MB) to use under this
#       directory.  The default is 100 MB.  Change this to suit your
#       configuration.  Do NOT put the size of your disk drive here.
#       Instead, if you want Squid to use the entire disk drive,
#       subtract 20% and use that value.
#
#       'L1' is the number of first-level subdirectories which
#       will be created under the 'Directory'.  The default is 16.
#
#       'L2' is the number of second-level subdirectories which
#       will be created under each first-level directory.  The default
#       is 256.
#
#
#       ====  The aufs store type  ====
#
#       "aufs" uses the same storage format as "ufs", utilizing
#       POSIX-threads to avoid blocking the main Squid process on
#       disk-I/O. This was formerly known in Squid as async-io.
#
#       Usage:
#               cache_dir aufs Directory-Name Mbytes L1 L2 [options]
#
#       see argument descriptions under ufs above
#
#
#       ====  The diskd store type  ====
#
#       "diskd" uses the same storage format as "ufs", utilizing a
#       separate process to avoid blocking the main Squid process on
#       disk-I/O.
#
#       Usage:
#               cache_dir diskd Directory-Name Mbytes L1 L2 [options] [Q1=n] [Q2=n]
#
#       see argument descriptions under ufs above
#
#       Q1 specifies the number of unacknowledged I/O requests when Squid
#       stops opening new files. If this many messages are in the queues,
#       Squid won't open new files. Default is 64
#
#       Q2 specifies the number of unacknowledged messages when Squid
#       starts blocking.  If this many messages are in the queues,
#       Squid blocks until it receives some replies. Default is 72
#
#       When Q1 < Q2 (the default), the cache directory is optimized
#       for lower response time at the expense of a decrease in hit
#       ratio.  If Q1 > Q2, the cache directory is optimized for
#       higher hit ratio at the expense of an increase in response
#       time.
#
#
#       ====  The rock store type  ====
#
#       Usage:
#           cache_dir rock Directory-Name Mbytes [options]
#
#       The Rock Store type is a database-style storage. All cached
#       entries are stored in a "database" file, using fixed-size slots.
#       A single entry occupies one or more slots.
#
#       If possible, Squid using Rock Store creates a dedicated kid
#       process called "disker" to avoid blocking Squid worker(s) on disk
#       I/O. One disker kid is created for each rock cache_dir.  Diskers
#       are created only when Squid, running in daemon mode, has support
#       for the IpcIo disk I/O module.
#
#       swap-timeout=msec: Squid will not start writing a miss to or
#       reading a hit from disk if it estimates that the swap operation
#       will take more than the specified number of milliseconds. By
#       default and when set to zero, disables the disk I/O time limit
#       enforcement. Ignored when using blocking I/O module because
#       blocking synchronous I/O does not allow Squid to estimate the
#       expected swap wait time.
#
#       max-swap-rate=swaps/sec: Artificially limits disk access using
#       the specified I/O rate limit. Swap out requests that
#       would cause the average I/O rate to exceed the limit are
#       delayed. Individual swap in requests (i.e., hits or reads) are
#       not delayed, but they do contribute to measured swap rate and
#       since they are placed in the same FIFO queue as swap out
#       requests, they may wait longer if max-swap-rate is smaller.
#       This is necessary on file systems that buffer "too
#       many" writes and then start blocking Squid and other processes
#       while committing those writes to disk.  Usually used together
#       with swap-timeout to avoid excessive delays and queue overflows
#       when disk demand exceeds available disk "bandwidth". By default
#       and when set to zero, disables the disk I/O rate limit
#       enforcement. Currently supported by IpcIo module only.
#
#       slot-size=bytes: The size of a database "record" used for
#       storing cached responses. A cached response occupies at least
#       one slot and all database I/O is done using individual slots so
#       increasing this parameter leads to more disk space waste while
#       decreasing it leads to more disk I/O overheads. Should be a
#       multiple of your operating system I/O page size. Defaults to
#       16KBytes. A housekeeping header is stored with each slot and
#       smaller slot-sizes will be rejected. The header is smaller than
#       100 bytes.
#
#
#       ==== COMMON OPTIONS ====
#
#       no-store        no new objects should be stored to this cache_dir.
#
#       min-size=n      the minimum object size in bytes this cache_dir
#                       will accept.  It's used to restrict a cache_dir
#                       to only store large objects (e.g. AUFS) while
#                       other stores are optimized for smaller objects
#                       (e.g. Rock).
#                       Defaults to 0.
#
#       max-size=n      the maximum object size in bytes this cache_dir
#                       supports.
#                       The value in maximum_object_size directive sets
#                       the default unless more specific details are
#                       available (ie a small store capacity).
#
#       Note: To make optimal use of the max-size limits you should order
#       the cache_dir lines with the smallest max-size value first.
#
#Default:
# No disk cache. Store cache ojects only in memory.
#

# Uncomment and adjust the following to add a disk cache directory.
#cache_dir ufs /var/spool/squid 100 16 256

#  TAG: store_dir_select_algorithm
#       How Squid selects which cache_dir to use when the response
#       object will fit into more than one.
#
#       Regardless of which algorithm is used the cache_dir min-size
#       and max-size parameters are obeyed. As such they can affect
#       the selection algorithm by limiting the set of considered
#       cache_dir.
#
#       Algorithms:
#
#               least-load
#
#       This algorithm is suited to caches with similar cache_dir
#       sizes and disk speeds.
#
#       The disk with the least I/O pending is selected.
#       When there are multiple disks with the same I/O load ranking
#       the cache_dir with most available capacity is selected.
#
#       When a mix of cache_dir sizes are configured the faster disks
#       have a naturally lower I/O loading and larger disks have more
#       capacity. So space used to store objects and data throughput
#       may be very unbalanced towards larger disks.
#
#
#               round-robin
#
#       This algorithm is suited to caches with unequal cache_dir
#       disk sizes.
#
#       Each cache_dir is selected in a rotation. The next suitable
#       cache_dir is used.
#
#       Available cache_dir capacity is only considered in relation
#       to whether the object will fit and meets the min-size and
#       max-size parameters.
#
#       Disk I/O loading is only considered to prevent overload on slow
#       disks. This algorithm does not spread objects by size, so any
#       I/O loading per-disk may appear very unbalanced and volatile.
#
#       If several cache_dirs use similar min-size, max-size, or other
#       limits to to reject certain responses, then do not group such
#       cache_dir lines together, to avoid round-robin selection bias
#       towards the first cache_dir after the group. Instead, interleave
#       cache_dir lines from different groups. For example:
#
#               store_dir_select_algorithm round-robin
#               cache_dir rock /hdd1 ... min-size=100000
#               cache_dir rock /ssd1 ... max-size=99999
#               cache_dir rock /hdd2 ... min-size=100000
#               cache_dir rock /ssd2 ... max-size=99999
#               cache_dir rock /hdd3 ... min-size=100000
#               cache_dir rock /ssd3 ... max-size=99999
#Default:
# store_dir_select_algorithm least-load

#  TAG: max_open_disk_fds
#       To avoid having disk as the I/O bottleneck Squid can optionally
#       bypass the on-disk cache if more than this amount of disk file
#       descriptors are open.
#
#       A value of 0 indicates no limit.
#Default:
# no limit

#  TAG: cache_swap_low  (percent, 0-100)
#       The low-water mark for AUFS/UFS/diskd cache object eviction by
#       the cache_replacement_policy algorithm.
#
#       Removal begins when the swap (disk) usage of a cache_dir is
#       above this low-water mark and attempts to maintain utilization
#       near the low-water mark.
#
#       As swap utilization increases towards the high-water mark set
#       by cache_swap_high object eviction becomes more agressive.
#
#       The value difference in percentages between low- and high-water
#       marks represent an eviction rate of 300 objects per second and
#       the rate continues to scale in agressiveness by multiples of
#       this above the high-water mark.
#
#       Defaults are 90% and 95%. If you have a large cache, 5% could be
#       hundreds of MB. If this is the case you may wish to set these
#       numbers closer together.
#
#       See also cache_swap_high and cache_replacement_policy
#Default:
# cache_swap_low 90

#  TAG: cache_swap_high (percent, 0-100)
#       The high-water mark for AUFS/UFS/diskd cache object eviction by
#       the cache_replacement_policy algorithm.
#
#       Removal begins when the swap (disk) usage of a cache_dir is
#       above the low-water mark set by cache_swap_low and attempts to
#       maintain utilization near the low-water mark.
#
#       As swap utilization increases towards this high-water mark object
#       eviction becomes more agressive.
#
#       The value difference in percentages between low- and high-water
#       marks represent an eviction rate of 300 objects per second and
#       the rate continues to scale in agressiveness by multiples of
#       this above the high-water mark.
#
#       Defaults are 90% and 95%. If you have a large cache, 5% could be
#       hundreds of MB. If this is the case you may wish to set these
#       numbers closer together.
#
#       See also cache_swap_low and cache_replacement_policy
#Default:
# cache_swap_high 95

# LOGFILE OPTIONS
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

#  TAG: logformat
#       Usage:
#
#       logformat <name> <format specification>
#
#       Defines an access log format.
#
#       The <format specification> is a string with embedded % format codes
#
#       % format codes all follow the same basic structure where all
#       components but the formatcode are optional and usually unnecessary,
#       especially when dealing with common codes.
#
#               % [encoding] [-] [[0]width] [{arg}] formatcode [{arg}]
#
#               encoding escapes or otherwise protects "special" characters:
#
#                       "       Quoted string encoding where quote(") and
#                               backslash(\) characters are \-escaped while
#                               CR, LF, and TAB characters are encoded as \r,
#                               \n, and \t two-character sequences.
#
#                       [       Custom Squid encoding where percent(%), square
#                               brackets([]), backslash(\) and characters with
#                               codes outside of [32,126] range are %-encoded.
#                               SP is not encoded. Used by log_mime_hdrs.
#
#                       #       URL encoding (a.k.a. percent-encoding) where
#                               all URL unsafe and control characters (per RFC
#                               1738) are %-encoded.
#
#                       /       Shell-like encoding where quote(") and
#                               backslash(\) characters are \-escaped while CR
#                               and LF characters are encoded as \r and \n
#                               two-character sequences. Values containing SP
#                               character(s) are surrounded by quotes(").
#
#                       '       Raw/as-is encoding with no escaping/quoting.
#
#                       Default encoding: When no explicit encoding is
#                       specified, each %code determines its own encoding.
#                       Most %codes use raw/as-is encoding, but some codes use
#                       a so called "pass-through URL encoding" where all URL
#                       unsafe and control characters (per RFC 1738) are
#                       %-encoded, but the percent character(%) is left as is.
#
#               -       left aligned
#
#               width   minimum and/or maximum field width:
#                           [width_min][.width_max]
#                       When minimum starts with 0, the field is zero-padded.
#                       String values exceeding maximum width are truncated.
#
#               {arg}   argument such as header name etc. This field may be
#                       placed before or after the token, but not both at once.
#
#       Format codes:
#
#               %       a literal % character
#               sn      Unique sequence number per log line entry
#               err_code    The ID of an error response served by Squid or
#                               a similar internal error identifier.
#               err_detail  Additional err_code-dependent error information.
#               note    The annotation specified by the argument. Also
#                       logs the adaptation meta headers set by the
#                       adaptation_meta configuration parameter.
#                       If no argument given all annotations logged.
#                       The argument may include a separator to use with
#                       annotation values:
#                            name[:separator]
#                       By default, multiple note values are separated with ","
#                       and multiple notes are separated with "\r\n".
#                       When logging named notes with %{name}note, the
#                       explicitly configured separator is used between note
#                       values. When logging all notes with %note, the
#                       explicitly configured separator is used between
#                       individual notes. There is currently no way to
#                       specify both value and notes separators when logging
#                       all notes with %note.
#               master_xaction  The master transaction identifier is an unsigned
#                       integer. These IDs are guaranteed to monotonically
#                       increase within a single worker process lifetime, with
#                       higher values corresponding to transactions that were
#                       accepted or initiated later. Due to current implementation
#                       deficiencies, some IDs are skipped (i.e. never logged).
#                       Concurrent workers and restarted workers use similar,
#                       overlapping sequences of master transaction IDs.
#
#       Connection related format codes:
#
#               >a      Client source IP address
#               >A      Client FQDN
#               >p      Client source port
#               >eui    Client source EUI (MAC address, EUI-48 or EUI-64 identifier)
#               >la     Local IP address the client connected to
#               >lp     Local port number the client connected to
#               >qos    Client connection TOS/DSCP value set by Squid
#               >nfmark Client connection netfilter packet MARK set by Squid
#
#               la      Local listening IP address the client connection was connected to.
#               lp      Local listening port number the client connection was connected to.
#
#               <a      Server IP address of the last server or peer connection
#               <A      Server FQDN or peer name
#               <p      Server port number of the last server or peer connection
#               <la     Local IP address of the last server or peer connection
#               <lp     Local port number of the last server or peer connection
#               <qos    Server connection TOS/DSCP value set by Squid
#               <nfmark Server connection netfilter packet MARK set by Squid
#
#               >handshake Raw client handshake
#                       Initial client bytes received by Squid on a newly
#                       accepted TCP connection or inside a just established
#                       CONNECT tunnel. Squid stops accumulating handshake
#                       bytes as soon as the handshake parser succeeds or
#                       fails (determining whether the client is using the
#                       expected protocol).
#
#                       For HTTP clients, the handshake is the request line.
#                       For TLS clients, the handshake consists of all TLS
#                       records up to and including the TLS record that
#                       contains the last byte of the first ClientHello
#                       message. For clients using an unsupported protocol,
#                       this field contains the bytes received by Squid at the
#                       time of the handshake parsing failure.
#
#                       See the on_unsupported_protocol directive for more
#                       information on Squid handshake traffic expectations.
#
#                       Current support is limited to these contexts:
#                       - http_port connections, but only when the
#                         on_unsupported_protocol directive is in use.
#                       - https_port connections (and CONNECT tunnels) that
#                         are subject to the ssl_bump peek or stare action.
#
#                       To protect binary handshake data, this field is always
#                       base64-encoded (RFC 4648 Section 4). If logformat
#                       field encoding is configured, that encoding is applied
#                       on top of base64. Otherwise, the computed base64 value
#                       is recorded as is.
#
#       Time related format codes:
#
#               ts      Seconds since epoch
#               tu      subsecond time (milliseconds)
#               tl      Local time. Optional strftime format argument
#                               default %d/%b/%Y:%H:%M:%S %z
#               tg      GMT time. Optional strftime format argument
#                               default %d/%b/%Y:%H:%M:%S %z
#               tr      Response time (milliseconds)
#               dt      Total time spent making DNS lookups (milliseconds)
#               tS      Approximate master transaction start time in 
#                       <full seconds since epoch>.<fractional seconds> format.
#                       Currently, Squid considers the master transaction
#                       started when a complete HTTP request header initiating
#                       the transaction is received from the client. This is
#                       the same value that Squid uses to calculate transaction
#                       response time when logging %tr to access.log. Currently,
#                       Squid uses millisecond resolution for %tS values,
#                       similar to the default access.log "current time" field
#                       (%ts.%03tu).
#
#       Access Control related format codes:
#
#               et      Tag returned by external acl
#               ea      Log string returned by external acl
#               un      User name (any available)
#               ul      User name from authentication
#               ue      User name from external acl helper
#               ui      User name from ident
#               un      A user name. Expands to the first available name
#                       from the following list of information sources:
#                       - authenticated user name, like %ul
#                       - user name supplied by an external ACL, like %ue
#                       - SSL client name, like %us
#                       - ident user name, like %ui
#               credentials Client credentials. The exact meaning depends on
#                       the authentication scheme: For Basic authentication,
#                       it is the password; for Digest, the realm sent by the
#                       client; for NTLM and Negotiate, the client challenge
#                       or client credentials prefixed with "YR " or "KK ".
#
#       HTTP related format codes:
#
#           REQUEST
#
#               [http::]rm      Request method (GET/POST etc)
#               [http::]>rm     Request method from client
#               [http::]<rm     Request method sent to server or peer
#
#               [http::]ru      Request URL received (or computed) and sanitized
#
#                               Logs request URI received from the client, a
#                               request adaptation service, or a request
#                               redirector (whichever was applied last).
#
#                               Computed URLs are URIs of internally generated
#                               requests and various "error:..." URIs.
#
#                               Honors strip_query_terms and uri_whitespace.
#
#                               This field is not encoded by default. Encoding
#                               this field using variants of %-encoding will
#                               clash with uri_whitespace modifications that
#                               also use %-encoding.
#
#               [http::]>ru     Request URL received from the client (or computed)
#
#                               Computed URLs are URIs of internally generated
#                               requests and various "error:..." URIs.
#
#                               Unlike %ru, this request URI is not affected
#                               by request adaptation, URL rewriting services,
#                               and strip_query_terms.
#
#                               Honors uri_whitespace.
#
#                               This field is using pass-through URL encoding
#                               by default. Encoding this field using other
#                               variants of %-encoding will clash with
#                               uri_whitespace modifications that also use
#                               %-encoding.
#
#               [http::]<ru     Request URL sent to server or peer
#               [http::]>rs     Request URL scheme from client
#               [http::]<rs     Request URL scheme sent to server or peer
#               [http::]>rd     Request URL domain from client
#               [http::]<rd     Request URL domain sent to server or peer
#               [http::]>rP     Request URL port from client
#               [http::]<rP     Request URL port sent to server or peer
#               [http::]rp      Request URL path excluding hostname
#               [http::]>rp     Request URL path excluding hostname from client
#               [http::]<rp     Request URL path excluding hostname sent to server or peer
#               [http::]rv      Request protocol version
#               [http::]>rv     Request protocol version from client
#               [http::]<rv     Request protocol version sent to server or peer
#
#               [http::]>h      Original received request header.
#                               Usually differs from the request header sent by
#                               Squid, although most fields are often preserved.
#                               Accepts optional header field name/value filter
#                               argument using name[:[separator]element] format.
#               [http::]>ha     Received request header after adaptation and
#                               redirection (pre-cache REQMOD vectoring point).
#                               Usually differs from the request header sent by
#                               Squid, although most fields are often preserved.
#                               Optional header name argument as for >h
#
#           RESPONSE
#
#               [http::]<Hs     HTTP status code received from the next hop
#               [http::]>Hs     HTTP status code sent to the client
#
#               [http::]<h      Reply header. Optional header name argument
#                               as for >h
#
#               [http::]mt      MIME content type
#
#
#           SIZE COUNTERS
#
#               [http::]st      Total size of request + reply traffic with client
#               [http::]>st     Total size of request received from client.
#                               Excluding chunked encoding bytes.
#               [http::]<st     Total size of reply sent to client (after adaptation)
#
#               [http::]>sh     Size of request headers received from client
#               [http::]<sh     Size of reply headers sent to client (after adaptation)
#
#               [http::]<sH     Reply high offset sent
#               [http::]<sS     Upstream object size
#
#               [http::]<bs     Number of HTTP-equivalent message body bytes 
#                               received from the next hop, excluding chunked
#                               transfer encoding and control messages.
#                               Generated FTP/Gopher listings are treated as
#                               received bodies.
#
#           TIMING
#
#               [http::]<pt     Peer response time in milliseconds. The timer starts
#                               when the last request byte is sent to the next hop
#                               and stops when the last response byte is received.
#               [http::]<tt     Total time in milliseconds. The timer 
#                               starts with the first connect request (or write I/O)
#                               sent to the first selected peer. The timer stops
#                               with the last I/O with the last peer.
#
#       Squid handling related format codes:
#
#               Ss      Squid request status (TCP_MISS etc)
#               Sh      Squid hierarchy status (DEFAULT_PARENT etc)
#
#       SSL-related format codes:
#
#               ssl::bump_mode  SslBump decision for the transaction:
#
#                               For CONNECT requests that initiated bumping of
#                               a connection and for any request received on
#                               an already bumped connection, Squid logs the
#                               corresponding SslBump mode ("splice", "bump",
#                               "peek", "stare", "terminate", "server-first"
#                               or "client-first"). See the ssl_bump option 
#                               for more information about these modes.
#
#                               A "none" token is logged for requests that
#                               triggered "ssl_bump" ACL evaluation matching
#                               a "none" rule.
#
#                               In all other cases, a single dash ("-") is
#                               logged.
#
#               ssl::>sni       SSL client SNI sent to Squid.
#
#               ssl::>cert_subject
#                               The Subject field of the received client
#                               SSL certificate or a dash ('-') if Squid has
#                               received an invalid/malformed certificate or
#                               no certificate at all. Consider encoding the
#                               logged value because Subject often has spaces.
#
#               ssl::>cert_issuer
#                               The Issuer field of the received client
#                               SSL certificate or a dash ('-') if Squid has
#                               received an invalid/malformed certificate or
#                               no certificate at all. Consider encoding the
#                               logged value because Issuer often has spaces.
#
#               ssl::<cert_subject
#                               The Subject field of the received server
#                               TLS certificate or a dash ('-') if this is
#                               not available. Consider encoding the logged
#                               value because Subject often has spaces.
#
#               ssl::<cert_issuer
#                               The Issuer field of the received server
#                               TLS certificate or a dash ('-') if this is
#                               not available. Consider encoding the logged
#                               value because Issuer often has spaces.
#
#               ssl::<cert
#                               The received server x509 certificate in PEM
#                               format, including BEGIN and END lines (or a
#                               dash ('-') if the certificate is unavailable).
#
#                               WARNING: Large certificates will exceed the
#                               current 8KB access.log record limit, resulting
#                               in truncated records. Such truncation usually
#                               happens in the middle of a record field. The
#                               limit applies to all access logging modules.
#
#                               The logged certificate may have failed
#                               validation and may not be trusted by Squid.
#                               This field does not include any intermediate
#                               certificates that may have been received from
#                               the server or fetched during certificate
#                               validation process.
#
#                               Currently, Squid only collects server
#                               certificates during step3 of SslBump
#                               processing; connections that were not subject
#                               to ssl_bump rules or that did not match a peek
#                               or stare rule at step2 will not have the
#                               server certificate information.
#
#                               This field is using pass-through URL encoding
#                               by default.
#
#               ssl::<cert_errors
#                               The list of certificate validation errors
#                               detected by Squid (including OpenSSL and
#                               certificate validation helper components). The
#                               errors are listed in the discovery order. By
#                               default, the error codes are separated by ':'.
#                               Accepts an optional separator argument.
#
#               %ssl::>negotiated_version The negotiated TLS version of the
#                               client connection.
#
#               %ssl::<negotiated_version The negotiated TLS version of the
#                               last server or peer connection.
#
#               %ssl::>received_hello_version The TLS version of the Hello
#                               message received from TLS client.
#
#               %ssl::<received_hello_version The TLS version of the Hello
#                               message received from TLS server.
#
#               %ssl::>received_supported_version The maximum TLS version
#                               supported by the TLS client.
#
#               %ssl::<received_supported_version The maximum TLS version
#                               supported by the TLS server.
#
#               %ssl::>negotiated_cipher The negotiated cipher of the
#                               client connection.
#
#               %ssl::<negotiated_cipher The negotiated cipher of the
#                               last server or peer connection.
#
#       If ICAP is enabled, the following code becomes available (as
#       well as ICAP log codes documented with the icap_log option):
#
#               icap::tt        Total ICAP processing time for the HTTP
#                               transaction. The timer ticks when ICAP
#                               ACLs are checked and when ICAP
#                               transaction is in progress.
#
#       If adaptation is enabled the following codes become available:
#
#               adapt::<last_h  The header of the last ICAP response or
#                               meta-information from the last eCAP
#                               transaction related to the HTTP transaction.
#                               Like <h, accepts an optional header name
#                               argument.
#
#               adapt::sum_trs Summed adaptation transaction response
#                               times recorded as a comma-separated list in
#                               the order of transaction start time. Each time
#                               value is recorded as an integer number,
#                               representing response time of one or more
#                               adaptation (ICAP or eCAP) transaction in
#                               milliseconds.  When a failed transaction is
#                               being retried or repeated, its time is not
#                               logged individually but added to the
#                               replacement (next) transaction. See also:
#                               adapt::all_trs.
#
#               adapt::all_trs All adaptation transaction response times.
#                               Same as adaptation_strs but response times of
#                               individual transactions are never added
#                               together. Instead, all transaction response
#                               times are recorded individually.
#
#       You can prefix adapt::*_trs format codes with adaptation
#       service name in curly braces to record response time(s) specific
#       to that service. For example: %{my_service}adapt::sum_trs
#
#       Format codes related to the PROXY protocol:
#
#               proxy_protocol::>h PROXY protocol header, including optional TLVs.
#
#                               Supports the same field and element reporting/extraction logic
#                               as %http::>h. For configuration and reporting purposes, Squid
#                               maps each PROXY TLV to an HTTP header field: the TLV type
#                               (configured as a decimal integer) is the field name, and the
#                               TLV value is the field value. All TLVs of "LOCAL" connections
#                               (in PROXY protocol terminology) are currently skipped/ignored.
#
#                               Squid also maps the following standard PROXY protocol header
#                               blocks to pseudo HTTP headers (their names use PROXY
#                               terminology and start with a colon, following HTTP tradition
#                               for pseudo headers): :command, :version, :src_addr, :dst_addr,
#                               :src_port, and :dst_port.
#
#                               Without optional parameters, this logformat code logs
#                               pseudo headers and TLVs.
#
#                               This format code uses pass-through URL encoding by default.
#
#                               Example:
#                                       # relay custom PROXY TLV #224 to adaptation services
#                                       adaptation_meta Client-Foo "%proxy_protocol::>h{224}"
#
#                               See also: %http::>h
#
#       The default formats available (which do not need re-defining) are:
#
#logformat squid      %ts.%03tu %6tr %>a %Ss/%03>Hs %<st %rm %ru %[un %Sh/%<a %mt
#logformat common     %>a %[ui %[un [%tl] "%rm %ru HTTP/%rv" %>Hs %<st %Ss:%Sh
#logformat combined   %>a %[ui %[un [%tl] "%rm %ru HTTP/%rv" %>Hs %<st "%{Referer}>h" "%{User-Agent}>h" %Ss:%Sh
#logformat referrer   %ts.%03tu %>a %{Referer}>h %ru
#logformat useragent  %>a [%tl] "%{User-Agent}>h"
#
#       NOTE: When the log_mime_hdrs directive is set to ON.
#               The squid, common and combined formats have a safely encoded copy
#               of the mime headers appended to each line within a pair of brackets.
#
#       NOTE: The common and combined formats are not quite true to the Apache definition.
#               The logs from Squid contain an extra status and hierarchy code appended.
#
#Default:
# The format definitions squid, common, combined, referrer, useragent are built in.

#  TAG: access_log
#       Configures whether and how Squid logs HTTP and ICP transactions.
#       If access logging is enabled, a single line is logged for every 
#       matching HTTP or ICP request. The recommended directive formats are:
#
#       access_log <module>:<place> [option ...] [acl acl ...]
#       access_log none [acl acl ...]
#
#       The following directive format is accepted but may be deprecated:
#       access_log <module>:<place> [<logformat name> [acl acl ...]]
#
#        In most cases, the first ACL name must not contain the '=' character
#       and should not be equal to an existing logformat name. You can always
#       start with an 'all' ACL to work around those restrictions.
#
#       Will log to the specified module:place using the specified format (which
#       must be defined in a logformat directive) those entries which match
#       ALL the acl's specified (which must be defined in acl clauses).
#       If no acl is specified, all requests will be logged to this destination.
#
#       ===== Available options for the recommended directive format =====
#
#       logformat=name          Names log line format (either built-in or
#                               defined by a logformat directive). Defaults
#                               to 'squid'.
#
#       buffer-size=64KB        Defines approximate buffering limit for log
#                               records (see buffered_logs).  Squid should not
#                               keep more than the specified size and, hence,
#                               should flush records before the buffer becomes
#                               full to avoid overflows under normal
#                               conditions (the exact flushing algorithm is
#                               module-dependent though).  The on-error option
#                               controls overflow handling.
#
#       on-error=die|drop       Defines action on unrecoverable errors. The
#                               'drop' action ignores (i.e., does not log)
#                               affected log records. The default 'die' action
#                               kills the affected worker. The drop action 
#                               support has not been tested for modules other
#                               than tcp.
#
#       rotate=N                Specifies the number of log file rotations to
#                               make when you run 'squid -k rotate'. The default
#                               is to obey the logfile_rotate directive. Setting
#                               rotate=0 will disable the file name rotation,
#                               but the log files are still closed and re-opened.
#                               This will enable you to rename the logfiles
#                               yourself just before sending the rotate signal.
#                               Only supported by the stdio module.
#
#       ===== Modules Currently available =====
#
#       none    Do not log any requests matching these ACL.
#               Do not specify Place or logformat name.
#
#       stdio   Write each log line to disk immediately at the completion of
#               each request.
#               Place: the filename and path to be written.
#
#       daemon  Very similar to stdio. But instead of writing to disk the log
#               line is passed to a daemon helper for asychronous handling instead.
#               Place: varies depending on the daemon.
#
#               log_file_daemon Place: the file name and path to be written.
#
#       syslog  To log each request via syslog facility.
#               Place: The syslog facility and priority level for these entries.
#               Place Format:  facility.priority
#
#               where facility could be any of:
#                       authpriv, daemon, local0 ... local7 or user.
#
#               And priority could be any of:
#                       err, warning, notice, info, debug.
#
#       udp     To send each log line as text data to a UDP receiver.
#               Place: The destination host name or IP and port.
#               Place Format:   //host:port
#
#       tcp     To send each log line as text data to a TCP receiver.
#               Lines may be accumulated before sending (see buffered_logs).
#               Place: The destination host name or IP and port.
#               Place Format:   //host:port
#
#       Default:
#               access_log daemon:/var/log/squid/access.log squid
#Default:
# access_log daemon:/var/log/squid/access.log squid

#  TAG: icap_log
#       ICAP log files record ICAP transaction summaries, one line per
#       transaction.
#
#       The icap_log option format is:
#       icap_log <filepath> [<logformat name> [acl acl ...]]
#       icap_log none [acl acl ...]]
#
#       Please see access_log option documentation for details. The two
#       kinds of logs share the overall configuration approach and many
#       features.
#
#       ICAP processing of a single HTTP message or transaction may
#       require multiple ICAP transactions.  In such cases, multiple
#       ICAP transaction log lines will correspond to a single access
#       log line.
#
#       ICAP log supports many access.log logformat %codes. In ICAP context,
#       HTTP message-related %codes are applied to the HTTP message embedded
#       in an ICAP message. Logformat "%http::>..." codes are used for HTTP
#       messages embedded in ICAP requests while "%http::<..." codes are used
#       for HTTP messages embedded in ICAP responses. For example:
#
#               http::>h        To-be-adapted HTTP message headers sent by Squid to
#                               the ICAP service. For REQMOD transactions, these are
#                               HTTP request headers. For RESPMOD, these are HTTP
#                               response headers, but Squid currently cannot log them
#                               (i.e., %http::>h will expand to "-" for RESPMOD).
#
#               http::<h        Adapted HTTP message headers sent by the ICAP
#                               service to Squid (i.e., HTTP request headers in regular
#                               REQMOD; HTTP response headers in RESPMOD and during
#                               request satisfaction in REQMOD).
#
#       ICAP OPTIONS transactions do not embed HTTP messages.
#
#       Several logformat codes below deal with ICAP message bodies. An ICAP
#       message body, if any, typically includes a complete HTTP message
#       (required HTTP headers plus optional HTTP message body). When
#       computing HTTP message body size for these logformat codes, Squid
#       either includes or excludes chunked encoding overheads; see
#       code-specific documentation for details.
#
#       For Secure ICAP services, all size-related information is currently
#       computed before/after TLS encryption/decryption, as if TLS was not
#       in use at all.
#
#       The following format codes are also available for ICAP logs:
#
#               icap::<A        ICAP server IP address. Similar to <A.
#
#               icap::<service_name     ICAP service name from the icap_service
#                               option in Squid configuration file.
#
#               icap::ru        ICAP Request-URI. Similar to ru.
#
#               icap::rm        ICAP request method (REQMOD, RESPMOD, or 
#                               OPTIONS). Similar to existing rm.
#
#               icap::>st       The total size of the ICAP request sent to the ICAP
#                               server (ICAP headers + ICAP body), including chunking
#                               metadata (if any).
#
#               icap::<st       The total size of the ICAP response received from the
#                               ICAP server (ICAP headers + ICAP body), including
#                               chunking metadata (if any).
#
#               icap::<bs       The size of the ICAP response body received from the
#                               ICAP server, excluding chunking metadata (if any).
#
#               icap::tr        Transaction response time (in
#                               milliseconds).  The timer starts when
#                               the ICAP transaction is created and
#                               stops when the transaction is completed.
#                               Similar to tr.
#
#               icap::tio       Transaction I/O time (in milliseconds). The
#                               timer starts when the first ICAP request
#                               byte is scheduled for sending. The timers
#                               stops when the last byte of the ICAP response
#                               is received.
#
#               icap::to        Transaction outcome: ICAP_ERR* for all
#                               transaction errors, ICAP_OPT for OPTION
#                               transactions, ICAP_ECHO for 204
#                               responses, ICAP_MOD for message
#                               modification, and ICAP_SAT for request
#                               satisfaction. Similar to Ss.
#
#               icap::Hs        ICAP response status code. Similar to Hs.
#
#               icap::>h        ICAP request header(s). Similar to >h.
#
#               icap::<h        ICAP response header(s). Similar to <h.
#
#       The default ICAP log format, which can be used without an explicit
#       definition, is called icap_squid:
#
#logformat icap_squid %ts.%03tu %6icap::tr %>A %icap::to/%03icap::Hs %icap::<st %icap::rm %icap::ru %un -/%icap::<A -
#
#       See also: logformat and %adapt::<last_h
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: logfile_daemon
#       Specify the path to the logfile-writing daemon. This daemon is
#       used to write the access and store logs, if configured.
#
#       Squid sends a number of commands to the log daemon:
#         L<data>\n - logfile data
#         R\n - rotate file
#         T\n - truncate file
#         O\n - reopen file
#         F\n - flush file
#         r<n>\n - set rotate count to <n>
#         b<n>\n - 1 = buffer output, 0 = don't buffer output
#
#       No responses is expected.
#Default:
# logfile_daemon /usr/lib/squid/log_file_daemon

#  TAG: stats_collection        allow|deny acl acl...
#       This options allows you to control which requests gets accounted
#       in performance counters.
#
#       This clause only supports fast acl types.
#       See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.
#Default:
# Allow logging for all transactions.

#  TAG: cache_store_log
#       Logs the activities of the storage manager.  Shows which
#       objects are ejected from the cache, and which objects are
#       saved and for how long.
#       There are not really utilities to analyze this data, so you can safely
#       disable it (the default).
#
#       Store log uses modular logging outputs. See access_log for the list
#       of modules supported.
#
#       Example:
#               cache_store_log stdio:/var/log/squid/store.log
#               cache_store_log daemon:/var/log/squid/store.log
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: cache_swap_state
#       Location for the cache "swap.state" file. This index file holds
#       the metadata of objects saved on disk.  It is used to rebuild
#       the cache during startup.  Normally this file resides in each
#       'cache_dir' directory, but you may specify an alternate
#       pathname here.  Note you must give a full filename, not just
#       a directory. Since this is the index for the whole object
#       list you CANNOT periodically rotate it!
#
#       If %s can be used in the file name it will be replaced with a
#       a representation of the cache_dir name where each / is replaced
#       with '.'. This is needed to allow adding/removing cache_dir
#       lines when cache_swap_log is being used.
#
#       If have more than one 'cache_dir', and %s is not used in the name
#       these swap logs will have names such as:
#
#               cache_swap_log.00
#               cache_swap_log.01
#               cache_swap_log.02
#
#       The numbered extension (which is added automatically)
#       corresponds to the order of the 'cache_dir' lines in this
#       configuration file.  If you change the order of the 'cache_dir'
#       lines in this file, these index files will NOT correspond to
#       the correct 'cache_dir' entry (unless you manually rename
#       them).  We recommend you do NOT use this option.  It is
#       better to keep these index files in each 'cache_dir' directory.
#Default:
# Store the journal inside its cache_dir

#  TAG: logfile_rotate
#       Specifies the default number of logfile rotations to make when you
#       type 'squid -k rotate'. The default is 10, which will rotate
#       with extensions 0 through 9. Setting logfile_rotate to 0 will
#       disable the file name rotation, but the logfiles are still closed
#       and re-opened. This will enable you to rename the logfiles
#       yourself just before sending the rotate signal.
#
#       Note, from Squid-3.1 this option is only a default for cache.log,
#       that log can be rotated separately by using debug_options.
#
#       Note, from Squid-4 this option is only a default for access.log
#       recorded by stdio: module. Those logs can be rotated separately by
#       using the rotate=N option on their access_log directive.
#
#       Note, the 'squid -k rotate' command normally sends a USR1
#       signal to the running squid process.  In certain situations
#       (e.g. on Linux with Async I/O), USR1 is used for other
#       purposes, so -k rotate uses another signal.  It is best to get
#       in the habit of using 'squid -k rotate' instead of 'kill -USR1
#       <pid>'.
#
#       Note, for Debian/Linux the default of logfile_rotate is
#       zero, since it includes external logfile-rotation methods.
#Default:
# logfile_rotate 0

#  TAG: mime_table
#       Path to Squid's icon configuration file.
#
#       You shouldn't need to change this, but the default file contains
#       examples and formatting information if you do.
#Default:
# mime_table /usr/share/squid/mime.conf

#  TAG: log_mime_hdrs   on|off
#       The Cache can record both the request and the response MIME
#       headers for each HTTP transaction.  The headers are encoded
#       safely and will appear as two bracketed fields at the end of
#       the access log (for either the native or httpd-emulated log
#       formats).  To enable this logging set log_mime_hdrs to 'on'.
#Default:
# log_mime_hdrs off

#  TAG: pid_filename
#       A filename to write the process-id to.  To disable, enter "none".
#Default:
# pid_filename /run/squid.pid

#  TAG: client_netmask
#       A netmask for client addresses in logfiles and cachemgr output.
#       Change this to protect the privacy of your cache clients.
#       A netmask of 255.255.255.0 will log all IP's in that range with
#       the last digit set to '0'.
#Default:
# Log full client IP address

#  TAG: strip_query_terms
#       By default, Squid strips query terms from requested URLs before
#       logging.  This protects your user's privacy and reduces log size.
#
#       When investigating HIT/MISS or other caching behaviour you
#       will need to disable this to see the full URL used by Squid.
#Default:
# strip_query_terms on

#  TAG: buffered_logs   on|off
#       Whether to write/send access_log records ASAP or accumulate them and
#       then write/send them in larger chunks. Buffering may improve
#       performance because it decreases the number of I/Os. However,
#       buffering increases the delay before log records become available to
#       the final recipient (e.g., a disk file or logging daemon) and,
#       hence, increases the risk of log records loss.
#
#       Note that even when buffered_logs are off, Squid may have to buffer
#       records if it cannot write/send them immediately due to pending I/Os
#       (e.g., the I/O writing the previous log record) or connectivity loss.
#
#       Currently honored by 'daemon' and 'tcp' access_log modules only.
#Default:
# buffered_logs off

#  TAG: netdb_filename
#       Where Squid stores it's netdb journal.
#       When enabled this journal preserves netdb state between restarts.
#
#       To disable, enter "none".
#Default:
# netdb_filename stdio:/var/spool/squid/netdb.state

# OPTIONS FOR TROUBLESHOOTING
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

#  TAG: cache_log
#       Squid administrative logging file.
#
#       This is where general information about Squid behavior goes. You can
#       increase the amount of data logged to this file and how often it is
#       rotated with "debug_options"
#Default:
# cache_log /var/log/squid/cache.log

#  TAG: debug_options
#       Logging options are set as section,level where each source file
#       is assigned a unique section.  Lower levels result in less
#       output,  Full debugging (level 9) can result in a very large
#       log file, so be careful.
#
#       The magic word "ALL" sets debugging levels for all sections.
#       The default is to run with "ALL,1" to record important warnings.
#
#       The rotate=N option can be used to keep more or less of these logs
#       than would otherwise be kept by logfile_rotate.
#       For most uses a single log should be enough to monitor current
#       events affecting Squid.
#Default:
# Log all critical and important messages.

#  TAG: coredump_dir
#       By default Squid leaves core files in the directory from where
#       it was started. If you set 'coredump_dir' to a directory
#       that exists, Squid will chdir() to that directory at startup
#       and coredump files will be left there.
#
#Default:
# Use the directory from where Squid was started.
#

# Leave coredumps in the first cache dir
coredump_dir /var/spool/squid

# OPTIONS FOR FTP GATEWAYING
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

#  TAG: ftp_user
#       If you want the anonymous login password to be more informative
#       (and enable the use of picky FTP servers), set this to something
#       reasonable for your domain, like wwwuser@somewhere.net
#
#       The reason why this is domainless by default is the
#       request can be made on the behalf of a user in any domain,
#       depending on how the cache is used.
#       Some FTP server also validate the email address is valid
#       (for example perl.com).
#Default:
# ftp_user Squid@

#  TAG: ftp_passive
#       If your firewall does not allow Squid to use passive
#       connections, turn off this option.
#
#       Use of ftp_epsv_all option requires this to be ON.
#Default:
# ftp_passive on

#  TAG: ftp_epsv_all
#       FTP Protocol extensions permit the use of a special "EPSV ALL" command.
#
#       NATs may be able to put the connection on a "fast path" through the
#       translator, as the EPRT command will never be used and therefore,
#       translation of the data portion of the segments will never be needed.
#
#       When a client only expects to do two-way FTP transfers this may be
#       useful.
#       If squid finds that it must do a three-way FTP transfer after issuing
#       an EPSV ALL command, the FTP session will fail.
#
#       If you have any doubts about this option do not use it.
#       Squid will nicely attempt all other connection methods.
#
#       Requires ftp_passive to be ON (default) for any effect.
#Default:
# ftp_epsv_all off

#  TAG: ftp_epsv
#       FTP Protocol extensions permit the use of a special "EPSV" command.
#
#       NATs may be able to put the connection on a "fast path" through the
#       translator using EPSV, as the EPRT command will never be used
#       and therefore, translation of the data portion of the segments 
#       will never be needed.
#
#       EPSV is often required to interoperate with FTP servers on IPv6
#       networks. On the other hand, it may break some IPv4 servers.
#
#       By default, EPSV may try EPSV with any FTP server. To fine tune
#       that decision, you may restrict EPSV to certain clients or servers
#       using ACLs:
#
#               ftp_epsv allow|deny al1 acl2 ...
#
#       WARNING: Disabling EPSV may cause problems with external NAT and IPv6.
#
#       Only fast ACLs are supported.
#       Requires ftp_passive to be ON (default) for any effect.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: ftp_eprt
#       FTP Protocol extensions permit the use of a special "EPRT" command.
#
#       This extension provides a protocol neutral alternative to the
#       IPv4-only PORT command. When supported it enables active FTP data
#       channels over IPv6 and efficient NAT handling.
#
#       Turning this OFF will prevent EPRT being attempted and will skip
#       straight to using PORT for IPv4 servers.
#
#       Some devices are known to not handle this extension correctly and
#       may result in crashes. Devices which suport EPRT enough to fail
#       cleanly will result in Squid attempting PORT anyway. This directive
#       should only be disabled when EPRT results in device failures.
#
#       WARNING: Doing so will convert Squid back to the old behavior with all
#       the related problems with external NAT devices/layers and IPv4-only FTP.
#Default:
# ftp_eprt on

#  TAG: ftp_sanitycheck
#       For security and data integrity reasons Squid by default performs
#       sanity checks of the addresses of FTP data connections ensure the
#       data connection is to the requested server. If you need to allow
#       FTP connections to servers using another IP address for the data
#       connection turn this off.
#Default:
# ftp_sanitycheck on

#  TAG: ftp_telnet_protocol
#       The FTP protocol is officially defined to use the telnet protocol
#       as transport channel for the control connection. However, many
#       implementations are broken and does not respect this aspect of
#       the FTP protocol.
#
#       If you have trouble accessing files with ASCII code 255 in the
#       path or similar problems involving this ASCII code you can
#       try setting this directive to off. If that helps, report to the
#       operator of the FTP server in question that their FTP server
#       is broken and does not follow the FTP standard.
#Default:
# ftp_telnet_protocol on

# OPTIONS FOR EXTERNAL SUPPORT PROGRAMS
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

#  TAG: diskd_program
#       Specify the location of the diskd executable.
#       Note this is only useful if you have compiled in
#       diskd as one of the store io modules.
#Default:
# diskd_program /usr/lib/squid/diskd

#  TAG: unlinkd_program
#       Specify the location of the executable for file deletion process.
#Default:
# unlinkd_program /usr/lib/squid/unlinkd

#  TAG: pinger_program
#       Specify the location of the executable for the pinger process.
#Default:
# pinger_program /usr/lib/squid/pinger

#  TAG: pinger_enable
#       Control whether the pinger is active at run-time.
#       Enables turning ICMP pinger on and off with a simple
#       squid -k reconfigure.
#Default:
# pinger_enable on

# OPTIONS FOR URL REWRITING
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

#  TAG: url_rewrite_program
#       The name and command line parameters of an admin-provided executable
#       for redirecting clients or adjusting/replacing client request URLs.
#
#       This helper is consulted after the received request is cleared by
#       http_access and adapted using eICAP/ICAP services (if any). If the
#       helper does not redirect the client, Squid checks adapted_http_access
#       and may consult the cache or forward the request to the next hop.
#
#
#       For each request, the helper gets one line in the following format:
#
#         [channel-ID <SP>] request-URL [<SP> extras] <NL>
#
#       Use url_rewrite_extras to configure what Squid sends as 'extras'.
#
#
#       The helper must reply to each query using a single line:
#
#         [channel-ID <SP>] result [<SP> kv-pairs] <NL>
#
#       The result section must match exactly one of the following outcomes:
#
#         OK [status=30N] url="..."
#
#               Redirect the client to a URL supplied in the 'url' parameter.
#               Optional 'status' specifies the status code to send to the
#               client in Squid's HTTP redirect response. It must be one of
#               the standard HTTP redirect status codes: 301, 302, 303, 307,
#               or 308. When no specific status is requested, Squid uses 302.
#
#         OK rewrite-url="..."
#
#               Replace the current request URL with the one supplied in the
#               'rewrite-url' parameter. Squid fetches the resource specified
#               by the new URL and forwards the received response (or its
#               cached copy) to the client.
#
#               WARNING: Avoid rewriting URLs! When possible, redirect the
#               client using an "OK url=..." helper response instead.
#               Rewriting URLs may create inconsistent requests and/or break
#               synchronization between internal client and origin server
#               states, especially when URLs or other message parts contain
#               snippets of that state. For example, Squid does not adjust
#               Location headers and embedded URLs after the helper rewrites
#               the request URL.
#
#         OK
#               Keep the client request intact.
#
#         ERR
#               Keep the client request intact.
#
#         BH [message="..."]
#               A helper problem that should be reported to the Squid admin
#               via a level-1 cache.log message. The 'message' parameter is
#               reserved for specifying the log message.
#
#       In addition to the kv-pairs mentioned above, Squid also understands
#       the following optional kv-pairs in URL rewriter responses:
#
#         clt_conn_tag=TAG
#               Associates a TAG with the client TCP connection.
#
#               The clt_conn_tag=TAG pair is treated as a regular transaction
#               annotation for the current request and also annotates future
#               requests on the same client connection. A helper may update
#               the TAG during subsequent requests by returning a new kv-pair.
#
#
#       Helper messages contain the channel-ID part if and only if the
#       url_rewrite_children directive specifies positive concurrency. As a
#       channel-ID value, Squid sends a number between 0 and concurrency-1.
#       The helper must echo back the received channel-ID in its response.
#
#       By default, Squid does not use a URL rewriter.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: url_rewrite_children
#       Specifies the maximum number of redirector processes that Squid may
#       spawn (numberofchildren) and several related options. Using too few of
#       these helper processes (a.k.a. "helpers") creates request queues.
#       Using too many helpers wastes your system resources.
#
#       Usage: numberofchildren [option]...
#
#       The startup= and idle= options allow some measure of skew in your
#       tuning.
#
#               startup=
#
#       Sets a minimum of how many processes are to be spawned when Squid
#       starts or reconfigures. When set to zero the first request will
#       cause spawning of the first child process to handle it.
#
#       Starting too few will cause an initial slowdown in traffic as Squid
#       attempts to simultaneously spawn enough processes to cope.
#
#               idle=
#
#       Sets a minimum of how many processes Squid is to try and keep available
#       at all times. When traffic begins to rise above what the existing
#       processes can handle this many more will be spawned up to the maximum
#       configured. A minimum setting of 1 is required.
#
#               concurrency=
#
#       The number of requests each redirector helper can handle in
#       parallel. Defaults to 0 which indicates the redirector
#       is a old-style single threaded redirector.
#
#       When this directive is set to a value >= 1 then the protocol
#       used to communicate with the helper is modified to include
#       an ID in front of the request/response. The ID from the request
#       must be echoed back with the response to that request.
#
#               queue-size=N
#
#       Sets the maximum number of queued requests. A request is queued when
#       no existing child can accept it due to concurrency limit and no new
#       child can be started due to numberofchildren limit. The default
#       maximum is zero if url_rewrite_bypass is enabled and
#       2*numberofchildren otherwise. If the queued requests exceed queue size
#       and redirector_bypass configuration option is set, then redirector is
#       bypassed. Otherwise, Squid is allowed to temporarily exceed the
#       configured maximum, marking the affected helper as "overloaded". If
#       the helper overload lasts more than 3 minutes, the action prescribed
#       by the on-persistent-overload option applies.
#
#               on-persistent-overload=action
#
#       Specifies Squid reaction to a new helper request arriving when the helper
#       has been overloaded for more that 3 minutes already. The number of queued
#       requests determines whether the helper is overloaded (see the queue-size
#       option).
#
#       Two actions are supported:
#
#         die   Squid worker quits. This is the default behavior.
#
#         ERR   Squid treats the helper request as if it was
#               immediately submitted, and the helper immediately
#               replied with an ERR response. This action has no effect
#               on the already queued and in-progress helper requests.
#Default:
# url_rewrite_children 20 startup=0 idle=1 concurrency=0

#  TAG: url_rewrite_host_header
#       To preserve same-origin security policies in browsers and
#       prevent Host: header forgery by redirectors Squid rewrites
#       any Host: header in redirected requests.
#
#       If you are running an accelerator this may not be a wanted
#       effect of a redirector. This directive enables you disable
#       Host: alteration in reverse-proxy traffic.
#
#       WARNING: Entries are cached on the result of the URL rewriting
#       process, so be careful if you have domain-virtual hosts.
#
#       WARNING: Squid and other software verifies the URL and Host
#       are matching, so be careful not to relay through other proxies
#       or inspecting firewalls with this disabled.
#Default:
# url_rewrite_host_header on

#  TAG: url_rewrite_access
#       If defined, this access list specifies which requests are
#       sent to the redirector processes.
#
#       This clause supports both fast and slow acl types.
#       See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.
#Default:
# Allow, unless rules exist in squid.conf.

#  TAG: url_rewrite_bypass
#       When this is 'on', a request will not go through the
#       redirector if all the helpers are busy. If this is 'off' and the
#       redirector queue grows too large, the action is prescribed by the
#       on-persistent-overload option. You should only enable this if the
#       redirectors are not critical to your caching system. If you use
#       redirectors for access control, and you enable this option,
#       users may have access to pages they should not
#       be allowed to request.
#
#       Enabling this option sets the default url_rewrite_children queue-size
#       option value to 0.
#Default:
# url_rewrite_bypass off

#  TAG: url_rewrite_extras
#       Specifies a string to be append to request line format for the
#       rewriter helper. "Quoted" format values may contain spaces and
#       logformat %macros. In theory, any logformat %macro can be used.
#       In practice, a %macro expands as a dash (-) if the helper request is
#       sent before the required macro information is available to Squid.
#Default:
# url_rewrite_extras "%>a/%>A %un %>rm myip=%la myport=%lp"

#  TAG: url_rewrite_timeout
#       Squid times active requests to redirector. The timeout value and Squid
#       reaction to a timed out request are configurable using the following
#       format:
#
#       url_rewrite_timeout timeout time-units on_timeout=<action> [response=<quoted-response>]
#
#       supported timeout actions:
#               fail    Squid return a ERR_GATEWAY_FAILURE error page
#
#               bypass  Do not re-write the URL
#
#               retry   Send the lookup to the helper again
#
#               use_configured_response
#                       Use the <quoted-response> as helper response
#Default:
# Squid waits for the helper response forever

# OPTIONS FOR STORE ID
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

#  TAG: store_id_program
#       Specify the location of the executable StoreID helper to use.
#       Since they can perform almost any function there isn't one included.
#
#       For each requested URL, the helper will receive one line with the format
#
#         [channel-ID <SP>] URL [<SP> extras]<NL>
#
#
#       After processing the request the helper must reply using the following format:
#
#         [channel-ID <SP>] result [<SP> kv-pairs]
#
#       The result code can be:
#
#         OK store-id="..."
#               Use the StoreID supplied in 'store-id='.
#
#         ERR
#               The default is to use HTTP request URL as the store ID.
#
#         BH
#               An internal error occurred in the helper, preventing
#               a result being identified.
#
#       In addition to the above kv-pairs Squid also understands the following
#       optional kv-pairs received from URL rewriters:
#         clt_conn_tag=TAG
#               Associates a TAG with the client TCP connection.
#               Please see url_rewrite_program related documentation for this
#               kv-pair
#
#       Helper programs should be prepared to receive and possibly ignore
#       additional whitespace-separated tokens on each input line.
#
#       When using the concurrency= option the protocol is changed by
#       introducing a query channel tag in front of the request/response.
#       The query channel tag is a number between 0 and concurrency-1.
#       This value must be echoed back unchanged to Squid as the first part
#       of the response relating to its request.
#
#       NOTE: when using StoreID refresh_pattern will apply to the StoreID
#             returned from the helper and not the URL.
#
#       WARNING: Wrong StoreID value returned by a careless helper may result
#                in the wrong cached response returned to the user.
#
#       By default, a StoreID helper is not used.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: store_id_extras
#        Specifies a string to be append to request line format for the
#        StoreId helper. "Quoted" format values may contain spaces and
#        logformat %macros. In theory, any logformat %macro can be used.
#        In practice, a %macro expands as a dash (-) if the helper request is
#        sent before the required macro information is available to Squid.
#Default:
# store_id_extras "%>a/%>A %un %>rm myip=%la myport=%lp"

#  TAG: store_id_children
#       Specifies the maximum number of StoreID helper processes that Squid
#       may spawn (numberofchildren) and several related options. Using
#       too few of these helper processes (a.k.a. "helpers") creates request
#       queues. Using too many helpers wastes your system resources.
#
#       Usage: numberofchildren [option]...
#
#       The startup= and idle= options allow some measure of skew in your
#       tuning.
#
#               startup=
#
#       Sets a minimum of how many processes are to be spawned when Squid
#       starts or reconfigures. When set to zero the first request will
#       cause spawning of the first child process to handle it.
#
#       Starting too few will cause an initial slowdown in traffic as Squid
#       attempts to simultaneously spawn enough processes to cope.
#
#               idle=
#
#       Sets a minimum of how many processes Squid is to try and keep available
#       at all times. When traffic begins to rise above what the existing
#       processes can handle this many more will be spawned up to the maximum
#       configured. A minimum setting of 1 is required.
#
#               concurrency=
#
#       The number of requests each storeID helper can handle in
#       parallel. Defaults to 0 which indicates the helper
#       is a old-style single threaded program.
#
#       When this directive is set to a value >= 1 then the protocol
#       used to communicate with the helper is modified to include
#       an ID in front of the request/response. The ID from the request
#       must be echoed back with the response to that request.
#
#               queue-size=N
#
#       Sets the maximum number of queued requests to N. A request is queued
#       when no existing child can accept it due to concurrency limit and no
#       new child can be started due to numberofchildren limit. The default
#       maximum is 2*numberofchildren. If the queued requests exceed queue
#       size and redirector_bypass configuration option is set, then
#       redirector is bypassed. Otherwise, Squid is allowed to temporarily
#       exceed the configured maximum, marking the affected helper as
#       "overloaded". If the helper overload lasts more than 3 minutes, the
#       action prescribed by the on-persistent-overload option applies.
#
#               on-persistent-overload=action
#
#       Specifies Squid reaction to a new helper request arriving when the helper
#       has been overloaded for more that 3 minutes already. The number of queued
#       requests determines whether the helper is overloaded (see the queue-size
#       option).
#
#       Two actions are supported:
#
#         die   Squid worker quits. This is the default behavior.
#
#         ERR   Squid treats the helper request as if it was
#               immediately submitted, and the helper immediately
#               replied with an ERR response. This action has no effect
#               on the already queued and in-progress helper requests.
#Default:
# store_id_children 20 startup=0 idle=1 concurrency=0

#  TAG: store_id_access
#       If defined, this access list specifies which requests are
#       sent to the StoreID processes.  By default all requests
#       are sent.
#
#       This clause supports both fast and slow acl types.
#       See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.
#Default:
# Allow, unless rules exist in squid.conf.

#  TAG: store_id_bypass
#       When this is 'on', a request will not go through the
#       helper if all helpers are busy. If this is 'off' and the helper
#       queue grows too large, the action is prescribed by the
#       on-persistent-overload option. You should only enable this if the
#       helpers are not critical to your caching system. If you use
#       helpers for critical caching components, and you enable this 
#       option, users may not get objects from cache.
#       This options sets default queue-size option of the store_id_children
#       to 0.
#Default:
# store_id_bypass on

# OPTIONS FOR TUNING THE CACHE
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

#  TAG: cache
#       Requests denied by this directive will not be served from the cache
#       and their responses will not be stored in the cache. This directive
#       has no effect on other transactions and on already cached responses.
#
#       This clause supports both fast and slow acl types.
#       See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.
#
#       This and the two other similar caching directives listed below are
#       checked at different transaction processing stages, have different
#       access to response information, affect different cache operations,
#       and differ in slow ACLs support:
#
#       * cache: Checked before Squid makes a hit/miss determination.
#               No access to reply information!
#               Denies both serving a hit and storing a miss.
#               Supports both fast and slow ACLs.
#       * send_hit: Checked after a hit was detected.
#               Has access to reply (hit) information.
#               Denies serving a hit only.
#               Supports fast ACLs only.
#       * store_miss: Checked before storing a cachable miss.
#               Has access to reply (miss) information.
#               Denies storing a miss only.
#               Supports fast ACLs only.
#
#       If you are not sure which of the three directives to use, apply the
#       following decision logic:
#
#       * If your ACL(s) are of slow type _and_ need response info, redesign.
#         Squid does not support that particular combination at this time.
#        Otherwise:
#       * If your directive ACL(s) are of slow type, use "cache"; and/or
#       * if your directive ACL(s) need no response info, use "cache".
#        Otherwise:
#       * If you do not want the response cached, use store_miss; and/or
#       * if you do not want a hit on a cached response, use send_hit.
#Default:
# By default, this directive is unused and has no effect.

#  TAG: send_hit
#       Responses denied by this directive will not be served from the cache
#       (but may still be cached, see store_miss). This directive has no
#       effect on the responses it allows and on the cached objects.
#
#       Please see the "cache" directive for a summary of differences among
#       store_miss, send_hit, and cache directives.
#
#       Unlike the "cache" directive, send_hit only supports fast acl
#       types.  See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.
#
#       For example:
#
#               # apply custom Store ID mapping to some URLs
#               acl MapMe dstdomain .c.example.com
#               store_id_program ...
#               store_id_access allow MapMe
#
#               # but prevent caching of special responses
#               # such as 302 redirects that cause StoreID loops
#               acl Ordinary http_status 200-299
#               store_miss deny MapMe !Ordinary
#
#               # and do not serve any previously stored special responses
#               # from the cache (in case they were already cached before
#               # the above store_miss rule was in effect).
#               send_hit deny MapMe !Ordinary
#Default:
# By default, this directive is unused and has no effect.

#  TAG: store_miss
#       Responses denied by this directive will not be cached (but may still
#       be served from the cache, see send_hit). This directive has no
#       effect on the responses it allows and on the already cached responses.
#
#       Please see the "cache" directive for a summary of differences among
#       store_miss, send_hit, and cache directives. See the
#       send_hit directive for a usage example.
#
#       Unlike the "cache" directive, store_miss only supports fast acl
#       types.  See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.
#Default:
# By default, this directive is unused and has no effect.

#  TAG: max_stale       time-units
#       This option puts an upper limit on how stale content Squid
#       will serve from the cache if cache validation fails.
#       Can be overriden by the refresh_pattern max-stale option.
#Default:
# max_stale 1 week

#  TAG: refresh_pattern
#       usage: refresh_pattern [-i] regex min percent max [options]
#
#       By default, regular expressions are CASE-SENSITIVE.  To make
#       them case-insensitive, use the -i option.
#
#       'Min' is the time (in minutes) an object without an explicit
#       expiry time should be considered fresh. The recommended
#       value is 0, any higher values may cause dynamic applications
#       to be erroneously cached unless the application designer
#       has taken the appropriate actions.
#
#       'Percent' is a percentage of the objects age (time since last
#       modification age) an object without explicit expiry time
#       will be considered fresh.
#
#       'Max' is an upper limit on how long objects without an explicit
#       expiry time will be considered fresh. The value is also used
#       to form Cache-Control: max-age header for a request sent from
#       Squid to origin/parent.
#
#       options: override-expire
#                override-lastmod
#                reload-into-ims
#                ignore-reload
#                ignore-no-store
#                ignore-private
#                max-stale=NN
#                refresh-ims
#                store-stale
#
#               override-expire enforces min age even if the server
#               sent an explicit expiry time (e.g., with the
#               Expires: header or Cache-Control: max-age). Doing this
#               VIOLATES the HTTP standard.  Enabling this feature
#               could make you liable for problems which it causes.
#
#               Note: override-expire does not enforce staleness - it only extends
#               freshness / min. If the server returns a Expires time which
#               is longer than your max time, Squid will still consider
#               the object fresh for that period of time.
#
#               override-lastmod enforces min age even on objects
#               that were modified recently.
#
#               reload-into-ims changes a client no-cache or ``reload''
#               request for a cached entry into a conditional request using
#               If-Modified-Since and/or If-None-Match headers, provided the
#               cached entry has a Last-Modified and/or a strong ETag header.
#               Doing this VIOLATES the HTTP standard. Enabling this feature
#               could make you liable for problems which it causes.
#
#               ignore-reload ignores a client no-cache or ``reload''
#               header. Doing this VIOLATES the HTTP standard. Enabling
#               this feature could make you liable for problems which
#               it causes.
#
#               ignore-no-store ignores any ``Cache-control: no-store''
#               headers received from a server. Doing this VIOLATES
#               the HTTP standard. Enabling this feature could make you
#               liable for problems which it causes.
#
#               ignore-private ignores any ``Cache-control: private''
#               headers received from a server. Doing this VIOLATES
#               the HTTP standard. Enabling this feature could make you
#               liable for problems which it causes.
#
#               refresh-ims causes squid to contact the origin server
#               when a client issues an If-Modified-Since request. This
#               ensures that the client will receive an updated version
#               if one is available.
#
#               store-stale stores responses even if they don't have explicit 
#               freshness or a validator (i.e., Last-Modified or an ETag) 
#               present, or if they're already stale. By default, Squid will 
#               not cache such responses because they usually can't be
#               reused. Note that such responses will be stale by default.
#
#               max-stale=NN provide a maximum staleness factor. Squid won't
#               serve objects more stale than this even if it failed to
#               validate the object. Default: use the max_stale global limit.
#
#       Basically a cached object is:
#
#               FRESH if expire > now, else STALE
#               STALE if age > max
#               FRESH if lm-factor < percent, else STALE
#               FRESH if age < min
#               else STALE
#
#       The refresh_pattern lines are checked in the order listed here.
#       The first entry which matches is used.  If none of the entries
#       match the default will be used.
#
#       Note, you must uncomment all the default lines if you want
#       to change one. The default setting is only active if none is
#       used.
#
#

#
# Add any of your own refresh_pattern entries above these.
#
refresh_pattern ^ftp:           1440    20%     10080
refresh_pattern ^gopher:        1440    0%      1440
refresh_pattern -i (/cgi-bin/|\?) 0     0%      0
refresh_pattern \/(Packages|Sources)(|\.bz2|\.gz|\.xz)$ 0 0% 0 refresh-ims
refresh_pattern \/Release(|\.gpg)$ 0 0% 0 refresh-ims
refresh_pattern \/InRelease$ 0 0% 0 refresh-ims
refresh_pattern \/(Translation-.*)(|\.bz2|\.gz|\.xz)$ 0 0% 0 refresh-ims
# example pattern for deb packages
#refresh_pattern (\.deb|\.udeb)$   129600 100% 129600
refresh_pattern .               0       20%     4320

#  TAG: quick_abort_min (KB)
#Default:
# quick_abort_min 16 KB

#  TAG: quick_abort_max (KB)
#Default:
# quick_abort_max 16 KB

#  TAG: quick_abort_pct (percent)
#       The cache by default continues downloading aborted requests
#       which are almost completed (less than 16 KB remaining). This
#       may be undesirable on slow (e.g. SLIP) links and/or very busy
#       caches.  Impatient users may tie up file descriptors and
#       bandwidth by repeatedly requesting and immediately aborting
#       downloads.
#
#       When the user aborts a request, Squid will check the
#       quick_abort values to the amount of data transferred until
#       then.
#
#       If the transfer has less than 'quick_abort_min' KB remaining,
#       it will finish the retrieval.
#
#       If the transfer has more than 'quick_abort_max' KB remaining,
#       it will abort the retrieval.
#
#       If more than 'quick_abort_pct' of the transfer has completed,
#       it will finish the retrieval.
#
#       If you do not want any retrieval to continue after the client
#       has aborted, set both 'quick_abort_min' and 'quick_abort_max'
#       to '0 KB'.
#
#       If you want retrievals to always continue if they are being
#       cached set 'quick_abort_min' to '-1 KB'.
#Default:
# quick_abort_pct 95

#  TAG: read_ahead_gap  buffer-size
#       The amount of data the cache will buffer ahead of what has been
#       sent to the client when retrieving an object from another server.
#Default:
# read_ahead_gap 16 KB

#  TAG: negative_ttl    time-units
#       Set the Default Time-to-Live (TTL) for failed requests.
#       Certain types of failures (such as "connection refused" and
#       "404 Not Found") are able to be negatively-cached for a short time.
#       Modern web servers should provide Expires: header, however if they
#       do not this can provide a minimum TTL.
#       The default is not to cache errors with unknown expiry details.
#
#       Note that this is different from negative caching of DNS lookups.
#
#       WARNING: Doing this VIOLATES the HTTP standard.  Enabling
#       this feature could make you liable for problems which it
#       causes.
#Default:
# negative_ttl 0 seconds

#  TAG: positive_dns_ttl        time-units
#       Upper limit on how long Squid will cache positive DNS responses.
#       Default is 6 hours (360 minutes). This directive must be set
#       larger than negative_dns_ttl.
#Default:
# positive_dns_ttl 6 hours

#  TAG: negative_dns_ttl        time-units
#       Time-to-Live (TTL) for negative caching of failed DNS lookups.
#       This also sets the lower cache limit on positive lookups.
#       Minimum value is 1 second, and it is not recommendable to go
#       much below 10 seconds.
#Default:
# negative_dns_ttl 1 minutes

#  TAG: range_offset_limit      size [acl acl...]
#       usage: (size) [units] [[!]aclname]
#
#       Sets an upper limit on how far (number of bytes) into the file 
#       a Range request may be to cause Squid to prefetch the whole file. 
#       If beyond this limit, Squid forwards the Range request as it is and 
#       the result is NOT cached.
#
#       This is to stop a far ahead range request (lets say start at 17MB)
#       from making Squid fetch the whole object up to that point before
#       sending anything to the client.
#
#       Multiple range_offset_limit lines may be specified, and they will 
#       be searched from top to bottom on each request until a match is found. 
#       The first match found will be used.  If no line matches a request, the 
#       default limit of 0 bytes will be used.
#
#       'size' is the limit specified as a number of units.
#
#       'units' specifies whether to use bytes, KB, MB, etc.
#       If no units are specified bytes are assumed.
#
#       A size of 0 causes Squid to never fetch more than the
#       client requested. (default)
#
#       A size of 'none' causes Squid to always fetch the object from the
#       beginning so it may cache the result. (2.0 style)
#
#       'aclname' is the name of a defined ACL.
#
#       NP: Using 'none' as the byte value here will override any quick_abort settings 
#           that may otherwise apply to the range request. The range request will
#           be fully fetched from start to finish regardless of the client
#           actions. This affects bandwidth usage.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: minimum_expiry_time     (seconds)
#       The minimum caching time according to (Expires - Date)
#       headers Squid honors if the object can't be revalidated.
#       The default is 60 seconds.
#
#       In reverse proxy environments it might be desirable to honor
#       shorter object lifetimes. It is most likely better to make
#       your server return a meaningful Last-Modified header however.
#
#       In ESI environments where page fragments often have short
#       lifetimes, this will often be best set to 0.
#Default:
# minimum_expiry_time 60 seconds

#  TAG: store_avg_object_size   (bytes)
#       Average object size, used to estimate number of objects your
#       cache can hold.  The default is 13 KB.
#
#       This is used to pre-seed the cache index memory allocation to
#       reduce expensive reallocate operations while handling clients
#       traffic. Too-large values may result in memory allocation during
#       peak traffic, too-small values will result in wasted memory.
#
#       Check the cache manager 'info' report metrics for the real
#       object sizes seen by your Squid before tuning this.
#Default:
# store_avg_object_size 13 KB

#  TAG: store_objects_per_bucket
#       Target number of objects per bucket in the store hash table.
#       Lowering this value increases the total number of buckets and
#       also the storage maintenance rate.  The default is 20.
#Default:
# store_objects_per_bucket 20

# HTTP OPTIONS
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

#  TAG: request_header_max_size (KB)
#       This specifies the maximum size for HTTP headers in a request.
#       Request headers are usually relatively small (about 512 bytes).
#       Placing a limit on the request header size will catch certain
#       bugs (for example with persistent connections) and possibly
#       buffer-overflow or denial-of-service attacks.
#Default:
# request_header_max_size 64 KB

#  TAG: reply_header_max_size   (KB)
#       This specifies the maximum size for HTTP headers in a reply.
#       Reply headers are usually relatively small (about 512 bytes).
#       Placing a limit on the reply header size will catch certain
#       bugs (for example with persistent connections) and possibly
#       buffer-overflow or denial-of-service attacks.
#Default:
# reply_header_max_size 64 KB

#  TAG: request_body_max_size   (bytes)
#       This specifies the maximum size for an HTTP request body.
#       In other words, the maximum size of a PUT/POST request.
#       A user who attempts to send a request with a body larger
#       than this limit receives an "Invalid Request" error message.
#       If you set this parameter to a zero (the default), there will
#       be no limit imposed.
#
#       See also client_request_buffer_max_size for an alternative
#       limitation on client uploads which can be configured.
#Default:
# No limit.

#  TAG: client_request_buffer_max_size  (bytes)
#       This specifies the maximum buffer size of a client request.
#       It prevents squid eating too much memory when somebody uploads
#       a large file.
#Default:
# client_request_buffer_max_size 512 KB

#  TAG: broken_posts
#       A list of ACL elements which, if matched, causes Squid to send
#       an extra CRLF pair after the body of a PUT/POST request.
#
#       Some HTTP servers has broken implementations of PUT/POST,
#       and rely on an extra CRLF pair sent by some WWW clients.
#
#       Quote from RFC2616 section 4.1 on this matter:
#
#         Note: certain buggy HTTP/1.0 client implementations generate an
#         extra CRLF's after a POST request. To restate what is explicitly
#         forbidden by the BNF, an HTTP/1.1 client must not preface or follow
#         a request with an extra CRLF.
#
#       This clause only supports fast acl types.
#       See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.
#
#Example:
# acl buggy_server url_regex ^http://....
# broken_posts allow buggy_server
#Default:
# Obey RFC 2616.

#  TAG: adaptation_uses_indirect_client on|off
#       Controls whether the indirect client IP address (instead of the direct
#       client IP address) is passed to adaptation services.
#
#       See also: follow_x_forwarded_for adaptation_send_client_ip
#Default:
# adaptation_uses_indirect_client on

#  TAG: via     on|off
#       If set (default), Squid will include a Via header in requests and
#       replies as required by RFC2616.
#Default:
# via on

#  TAG: vary_ignore_expire      on|off
#       Many HTTP servers supporting Vary gives such objects
#       immediate expiry time with no cache-control header
#       when requested by a HTTP/1.0 client. This option
#       enables Squid to ignore such expiry times until
#       HTTP/1.1 is fully implemented.
#
#       WARNING: If turned on this may eventually cause some
#       varying objects not intended for caching to get cached.
#Default:
# vary_ignore_expire off

#  TAG: request_entities
#       Squid defaults to deny GET and HEAD requests with request entities,
#       as the meaning of such requests are undefined in the HTTP standard
#       even if not explicitly forbidden.
#
#       Set this directive to on if you have clients which insists
#       on sending request entities in GET or HEAD requests. But be warned
#       that there is server software (both proxies and web servers) which
#       can fail to properly process this kind of request which may make you
#       vulnerable to cache pollution attacks if enabled.
#Default:
# request_entities off

#  TAG: request_header_access
#       Usage: request_header_access header_name allow|deny [!]aclname ...
#
#       WARNING: Doing this VIOLATES the HTTP standard.  Enabling
#       this feature could make you liable for problems which it
#       causes.
#
#       This option replaces the old 'anonymize_headers' and the
#       older 'http_anonymizer' option with something that is much
#       more configurable. A list of ACLs for each header name allows
#       removal of specific header fields under specific conditions.
#
#       This option only applies to outgoing HTTP request headers (i.e.,
#       headers sent by Squid to the next HTTP hop such as a cache peer
#       or an origin server). The option has no effect during cache hit
#       detection. The equivalent adaptation vectoring point in ICAP
#       terminology is post-cache REQMOD.
#
#       The option is applied to individual outgoing request header
#       fields. For each request header field F, Squid uses the first
#       qualifying sets of request_header_access rules:
#
#           1. Rules with header_name equal to F's name.
#           2. Rules with header_name 'Other', provided F's name is not
#              on the hard-coded list of commonly used HTTP header names.
#           3. Rules with header_name 'All'.
#
#       Within that qualifying rule set, rule ACLs are checked as usual.
#       If ACLs of an "allow" rule match, the header field is allowed to
#       go through as is. If ACLs of a "deny" rule match, the header is
#       removed and request_header_replace is then checked to identify
#       if the removed header has a replacement. If no rules within the
#       set have matching ACLs, the header field is left as is.
#
#       For example, to achieve the same behavior as the old
#       'http_anonymizer standard' option, you should use:
#
#               request_header_access From deny all
#               request_header_access Referer deny all
#               request_header_access User-Agent deny all
#
#       Or, to reproduce the old 'http_anonymizer paranoid' feature
#       you should use:
#
#               request_header_access Authorization allow all
#               request_header_access Proxy-Authorization allow all
#               request_header_access Cache-Control allow all
#               request_header_access Content-Length allow all
#               request_header_access Content-Type allow all
#               request_header_access Date allow all
#               request_header_access Host allow all
#               request_header_access If-Modified-Since allow all
#               request_header_access Pragma allow all
#               request_header_access Accept allow all
#               request_header_access Accept-Charset allow all
#               request_header_access Accept-Encoding allow all
#               request_header_access Accept-Language allow all
#               request_header_access Connection allow all
#               request_header_access All deny all
#
#       HTTP reply headers are controlled with the reply_header_access directive.
#
#       By default, all headers are allowed (no anonymizing is performed).
#Default:
# No limits.

#  TAG: reply_header_access
#       Usage: reply_header_access header_name allow|deny [!]aclname ...
#
#       WARNING: Doing this VIOLATES the HTTP standard.  Enabling
#       this feature could make you liable for problems which it
#       causes.
#
#       This option only applies to reply headers, i.e., from the
#       server to the client.
#
#       This is the same as request_header_access, but in the other
#       direction. Please see request_header_access for detailed
#       documentation.
#
#       For example, to achieve the same behavior as the old
#       'http_anonymizer standard' option, you should use:
#
#               reply_header_access Server deny all
#               reply_header_access WWW-Authenticate deny all
#               reply_header_access Link deny all
#
#       Or, to reproduce the old 'http_anonymizer paranoid' feature
#       you should use:
#
#               reply_header_access Allow allow all
#               reply_header_access WWW-Authenticate allow all
#               reply_header_access Proxy-Authenticate allow all
#               reply_header_access Cache-Control allow all
#               reply_header_access Content-Encoding allow all
#               reply_header_access Content-Length allow all
#               reply_header_access Content-Type allow all
#               reply_header_access Date allow all
#               reply_header_access Expires allow all
#               reply_header_access Last-Modified allow all
#               reply_header_access Location allow all
#               reply_header_access Pragma allow all
#               reply_header_access Content-Language allow all
#               reply_header_access Retry-After allow all
#               reply_header_access Title allow all
#               reply_header_access Content-Disposition allow all
#               reply_header_access Connection allow all
#               reply_header_access All deny all
#
#       HTTP request headers are controlled with the request_header_access directive.
#
#       By default, all headers are allowed (no anonymizing is
#       performed).
#Default:
# No limits.

#  TAG: request_header_replace
#       Usage:   request_header_replace header_name message
#       Example: request_header_replace User-Agent Nutscrape/1.0 (CP/M; 8-bit)
#
#       This option allows you to change the contents of headers
#       denied with request_header_access above, by replacing them
#       with some fixed string.
#
#       This only applies to request headers, not reply headers.
#
#       By default, headers are removed if denied.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: reply_header_replace
#        Usage:   reply_header_replace header_name message
#        Example: reply_header_replace Server Foo/1.0
#
#        This option allows you to change the contents of headers
#        denied with reply_header_access above, by replacing them
#        with some fixed string.
#
#        This only applies to reply headers, not request headers.
#
#        By default, headers are removed if denied.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: request_header_add
#       Usage:   request_header_add field-name field-value [ acl ... ]
#       Example: request_header_add X-Client-CA "CA=%ssl::>cert_issuer" all
#
#       This option adds header fields to outgoing HTTP requests (i.e.,
#       request headers sent by Squid to the next HTTP hop such as a
#       cache peer or an origin server). The option has no effect during
#       cache hit detection. The equivalent adaptation vectoring point
#       in ICAP terminology is post-cache REQMOD.
#
#       Field-name is a token specifying an HTTP header name. If a
#       standard HTTP header name is used, Squid does not check whether
#       the new header conflicts with any existing headers or violates
#       HTTP rules. If the request to be modified already contains a
#       field with the same name, the old field is preserved but the
#       header field values are not merged.
#
#       Field-value is either a token or a quoted string. If quoted
#       string format is used, then the surrounding quotes are removed
#       while escape sequences and %macros are processed.
#
#       One or more Squid ACLs may be specified to restrict header
#       injection to matching requests. As always in squid.conf, all
#       ACLs in the ACL list must be satisfied for the insertion to
#       happen. The request_header_add supports fast ACLs only.
#
#       See also: reply_header_add.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: reply_header_add
#       Usage:   reply_header_add field-name field-value [ acl ... ]
#       Example: reply_header_add X-Client-CA "CA=%ssl::>cert_issuer" all
#
#       This option adds header fields to outgoing HTTP responses (i.e., response
#       headers delivered by Squid to the client). This option has no effect on
#       cache hit detection. The equivalent adaptation vectoring point in
#       ICAP terminology is post-cache RESPMOD. This option does not apply to
#       successful CONNECT replies.
#
#       Field-name is a token specifying an HTTP header name. If a
#       standard HTTP header name is used, Squid does not check whether
#       the new header conflicts with any existing headers or violates
#       HTTP rules. If the response to be modified already contains a
#       field with the same name, the old field is preserved but the
#       header field values are not merged.
#
#       Field-value is either a token or a quoted string. If quoted
#       string format is used, then the surrounding quotes are removed
#       while escape sequences and %macros are processed.
#
#       One or more Squid ACLs may be specified to restrict header
#       injection to matching responses. As always in squid.conf, all
#       ACLs in the ACL list must be satisfied for the insertion to
#       happen. The reply_header_add option supports fast ACLs only.
#
#       See also: request_header_add.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: note
#       This option used to log custom information about the master
#       transaction. For example, an admin may configure Squid to log
#       which "user group" the transaction belongs to, where "user group"
#       will be determined based on a set of ACLs and not [just]
#       authentication information.
#       Values of key/value pairs can be logged using %{key}note macros:
#
#           note key value acl ...
#           logformat myFormat ... %{key}note ...
#
#       This clause only supports fast acl types.
#       See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: relaxed_header_parser   on|off|warn
#       In the default "on" setting Squid accepts certain forms
#       of non-compliant HTTP messages where it is unambiguous
#       what the sending application intended even if the message
#       is not correctly formatted. The messages is then normalized
#       to the correct form when forwarded by Squid.
#
#       If set to "warn" then a warning will be emitted in cache.log
#       each time such HTTP error is encountered.
#
#       If set to "off" then such HTTP errors will cause the request
#       or response to be rejected.
#Default:
# relaxed_header_parser on

#  TAG: collapsed_forwarding    (on|off)
#       This option controls whether Squid is allowed to merge multiple
#       potentially cachable requests for the same URI before Squid knows
#       whether the response is going to be cachable.
#
#       When enabled, instead of forwarding each concurrent request for
#       the same URL, Squid just sends the first of them. The other, so
#       called "collapsed" requests, wait for the response to the first
#       request and, if it happens to be cachable, use that response.
#       Here, "concurrent requests" means "received after the first
#       request headers were parsed and before the corresponding response
#       headers were parsed".
#
#       This feature is disabled by default: enabling collapsed
#       forwarding needlessly delays forwarding requests that look
#       cachable (when they are collapsed) but then need to be forwarded
#       individually anyway because they end up being for uncachable
#       content. However, in some cases, such as acceleration of highly
#       cachable content with periodic or grouped expiration times, the
#       gains from collapsing [large volumes of simultaneous refresh
#       requests] outweigh losses from such delays.
#
#       Squid collapses two kinds of requests: regular client requests
#       received on one of the listening ports and internal "cache
#       revalidation" requests which are triggered by those regular
#       requests hitting a stale cached object. Revalidation collapsing
#       is currently disabled for Squid instances containing SMP-aware
#       disk or memory caches and for Vary-controlled cached objects.
#Default:
# collapsed_forwarding off

#  TAG: collapsed_forwarding_access
#       Use this directive to restrict collapsed forwarding to a subset of
#       eligible requests. The directive is checked for regular HTTP
#       requests, internal revalidation requests, and HTCP/ICP requests.
#
#               collapsed_forwarding_access allow|deny [!]aclname ...
#
#       This directive cannot force collapsing. It has no effect on
#       collapsing unless collapsed_forwarding is 'on', and all other
#       collapsing preconditions are satisfied.
#
#       * A denied request will not collapse, and future transactions will
#         not collapse on it (even if they are allowed to collapse).
#
#       * An allowed request may collapse, or future transactions may
#         collapse on it (provided they are allowed to collapse).
#
#       This directive is evaluated before receiving HTTP response headers
#       and without access to Squid-to-peer connection (if any).
#
#       Only fast ACLs are supported.
#
#       See also: collapsed_forwarding.
#Default:
# Requests may be collapsed if collapsed_forwarding is on.

#  TAG: shared_transient_entries_limit  (number of entries)
#       This directive limits the size of a table used for sharing current
#       transaction information among SMP workers. A table entry stores meta
#       information about a single cache entry being delivered to Squid
#       client(s) by one or more SMP workers. A single table entry consumes
#       less than 128 shared memory bytes.
#
#       The limit should be significantly larger than the number of
#       concurrent non-collapsed cachable responses leaving Squid. For a
#       cache that handles less than 5000 concurrent requests, the default
#       setting of 16384 should be plenty.
#
#       Using excessively large values wastes shared memory. Limiting the
#       table size too much results in hash collisions, leading to lower hit
#       ratio and missed SMP request collapsing opportunities: Transactions
#       left without a table entry cannot cache their responses and are
#       invisible to other concurrent requests for the same resource.
#
#       A zero limit is allowed but unsupported. A positive small limit
#       lowers hit ratio, but zero limit disables a lot of essential
#       synchronization among SMP workers, leading to HTTP violations (e.g.,
#       stale hit responses). It also disables shared collapsed forwarding:
#       A worker becomes unable to collapse its requests on transactions in
#       other workers, resulting in more trips to the origin server and more
#       cache thrashing.
#Default:
# shared_transient_entries_limit 16384

# TIMEOUTS
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

#  TAG: forward_timeout time-units
#       This parameter specifies how long Squid should at most attempt in
#       finding a forwarding path for the request before giving up.
#Default:
# forward_timeout 4 minutes

#  TAG: connect_timeout time-units
#       This parameter specifies how long to wait for the TCP connect to
#       the requested server or peer to complete before Squid should
#       attempt to find another path where to forward the request.
#Default:
# connect_timeout 1 minute

#  TAG: peer_connect_timeout    time-units
#       This parameter specifies how long to wait for a pending TCP
#       connection to a peer cache.  The default is 30 seconds.   You
#       may also set different timeout values for individual neighbors
#       with the 'connect-timeout' option on a 'cache_peer' line.
#Default:
# peer_connect_timeout 30 seconds

#  TAG: read_timeout    time-units
#       Applied on peer server connections.
#
#       After each successful read(), the timeout will be extended by this
#       amount.  If no data is read again after this amount of time,
#       the request is aborted and logged with ERR_READ_TIMEOUT.
#
#       The default is 15 minutes.
#Default:
# read_timeout 15 minutes

#  TAG: write_timeout   time-units
#       This timeout is tracked for all connections that have data
#       available for writing and are waiting for the socket to become
#       ready. After each successful write, the timeout is extended by
#       the configured amount. If Squid has data to write but the
#       connection is not ready for the configured duration, the
#       transaction associated with the connection is terminated. The
#       default is 15 minutes.
#Default:
# write_timeout 15 minutes

#  TAG: request_timeout
#       How long to wait for complete HTTP request headers after initial
#       connection establishment.
#Default:
# request_timeout 5 minutes

#  TAG: request_start_timeout
#       How long to wait for the first request byte after initial
#       connection establishment.
#Default:
# request_start_timeout 5 minutes

#  TAG: client_idle_pconn_timeout
#       How long to wait for the next HTTP request on a persistent
#       client connection after the previous request completes.
#Default:
# client_idle_pconn_timeout 2 minutes

#  TAG: ftp_client_idle_timeout
#       How long to wait for an FTP request on a connection to Squid ftp_port.
#       Many FTP clients do not deal with idle connection closures well,
#       necessitating a longer default timeout than client_idle_pconn_timeout
#       used for incoming HTTP requests.
#Default:
# ftp_client_idle_timeout 30 minutes

#  TAG: client_lifetime time-units
#       The maximum amount of time a client (browser) is allowed to
#       remain connected to the cache process.  This protects the Cache
#       from having a lot of sockets (and hence file descriptors) tied up
#       in a CLOSE_WAIT state from remote clients that go away without
#       properly shutting down (either because of a network failure or
#       because of a poor client implementation).  The default is one
#       day, 1440 minutes.
#
#       NOTE:  The default value is intended to be much larger than any
#       client would ever need to be connected to your cache.  You
#       should probably change client_lifetime only as a last resort.
#       If you seem to have many client connections tying up
#       filedescriptors, we recommend first tuning the read_timeout,
#       request_timeout, persistent_request_timeout and quick_abort values.
#Default:
# client_lifetime 1 day

#  TAG: pconn_lifetime  time-units
#       Desired maximum lifetime of a persistent connection.
#       When set, Squid will close a now-idle persistent connection that
#       exceeded configured lifetime instead of moving the connection into
#       the idle connection pool (or equivalent). No effect on ongoing/active
#       transactions. Connection lifetime is the time period from the
#       connection acceptance or opening time until "now".
#
#       This limit is useful in environments with long-lived connections
#       where Squid configuration or environmental factors change during a
#       single connection lifetime. If unrestricted, some connections may
#       last for hours and even days, ignoring those changes that should
#       have affected their behavior or their existence.
#
#       Currently, a new lifetime value supplied via Squid reconfiguration
#       has no effect on already idle connections unless they become busy.
#
#       When set to '0' this limit is not used.
#Default:
# pconn_lifetime 0 seconds

#  TAG: half_closed_clients
#       Some clients may shutdown the sending side of their TCP
#       connections, while leaving their receiving sides open.  Sometimes,
#       Squid can not tell the difference between a half-closed and a
#       fully-closed TCP connection.
#
#       By default, Squid will immediately close client connections when
#       read(2) returns "no more data to read."
#
#       Change this option to 'on' and Squid will keep open connections
#       until a read(2) or write(2) on the socket returns an error.
#       This may show some benefits for reverse proxies. But if not
#       it is recommended to leave OFF.
#Default:
# half_closed_clients off

#  TAG: server_idle_pconn_timeout
#       Timeout for idle persistent connections to servers and other
#       proxies.
#Default:
# server_idle_pconn_timeout 1 minute

#  TAG: ident_timeout
#       Maximum time to wait for IDENT lookups to complete.
#
#       If this is too high, and you enabled IDENT lookups from untrusted
#       users, you might be susceptible to denial-of-service by having
#       many ident requests going at once.
#Default:
# ident_timeout 10 seconds

#  TAG: shutdown_lifetime       time-units
#       When SIGTERM or SIGHUP is received, the cache is put into
#       "shutdown pending" mode until all active sockets are closed.
#       This value is the lifetime to set for all open descriptors
#       during shutdown mode.  Any active clients after this many
#       seconds will receive a 'timeout' message.
#Default:
# shutdown_lifetime 30 seconds

# ADMINISTRATIVE PARAMETERS
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

#  TAG: cache_mgr
#       Email-address of local cache manager who will receive
#       mail if the cache dies.  The default is "webmaster".
#Default:
# cache_mgr webmaster

#  TAG: mail_from
#       From: email-address for mail sent when the cache dies.
#       The default is to use 'squid@unique_hostname'.
#
#       See also: unique_hostname directive.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: mail_program
#       Email program used to send mail if the cache dies.
#       The default is "mail". The specified program must comply
#       with the standard Unix mail syntax:
#         mail-program recipient < mailfile
#
#       Optional command line options can be specified.
#Default:
# mail_program mail

#  TAG: cache_effective_user
#       If you start Squid as root, it will change its effective/real
#       UID/GID to the user specified below.  The default is to change
#       to UID of proxy.
#       see also; cache_effective_group
#Default:
# cache_effective_user proxy

#  TAG: cache_effective_group
#       Squid sets the GID to the effective user's default group ID
#       (taken from the password file) and supplementary group list
#       from the groups membership.
#
#       If you want Squid to run with a specific GID regardless of
#       the group memberships of the effective user then set this
#       to the group (or GID) you want Squid to run as. When set
#       all other group privileges of the effective user are ignored
#       and only this GID is effective. If Squid is not started as
#       root the user starting Squid MUST be member of the specified
#       group.
#
#       This option is not recommended by the Squid Team.
#       Our preference is for administrators to configure a secure
#       user account for squid with UID/GID matching system policies.
#Default:
# Use system group memberships of the cache_effective_user account

#  TAG: httpd_suppress_version_string   on|off
#       Suppress Squid version string info in HTTP headers and HTML error pages.
#Default:
# httpd_suppress_version_string off

#  TAG: visible_hostname
#       If you want to present a special hostname in error messages, etc,
#       define this.  Otherwise, the return value of gethostname()
#       will be used. If you have multiple caches in a cluster and
#       get errors about IP-forwarding you must set them to have individual
#       names with this setting.
#Default:
# Automatically detect the system host name

#  TAG: unique_hostname
#       If you want to have multiple machines with the same
#       'visible_hostname' you must give each machine a different
#       'unique_hostname' so forwarding loops can be detected.
#Default:
# Copy the value from visible_hostname

#  TAG: hostname_aliases
#       A list of other DNS names your cache has.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: umask
#       Minimum umask which should be enforced while the proxy
#       is running, in addition to the umask set at startup.
#
#       For a traditional octal representation of umasks, start
#        your value with 0.
#Default:
# umask 027

# OPTIONS FOR THE CACHE REGISTRATION SERVICE
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#
#       This section contains parameters for the (optional) cache
#       announcement service.  This service is provided to help
#       cache administrators locate one another in order to join or
#       create cache hierarchies.
#
#       An 'announcement' message is sent (via UDP) to the registration
#       service by Squid.  By default, the announcement message is NOT
#       SENT unless you enable it with 'announce_period' below.
#
#       The announcement message includes your hostname, plus the
#       following information from this configuration file:
#
#               http_port
#               icp_port
#               cache_mgr
#
#       All current information is processed regularly and made
#       available on the Web at http://www.ircache.net/Cache/Tracker/.

#  TAG: announce_period
#       This is how frequently to send cache announcements.
#
#       To enable announcing your cache, just set an announce period.
#
#       Example:
#               announce_period 1 day
#Default:
# Announcement messages disabled.

#  TAG: announce_host
#       Set the hostname where announce registration messages will be sent.
#
#       See also announce_port and announce_file
#Default:
# announce_host tracker.ircache.net

#  TAG: announce_file
#       The contents of this file will be included in the announce
#       registration messages.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: announce_port
#       Set the port where announce registration messages will be sent.
#
#       See also announce_host and announce_file
#Default:
# announce_port 3131

# HTTPD-ACCELERATOR OPTIONS
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

#  TAG: httpd_accel_surrogate_id
#       Surrogates (http://www.esi.org/architecture_spec_1.0.html)
#       need an identification token to allow control targeting. Because
#       a farm of surrogates may all perform the same tasks, they may share
#       an identification token.
#
#       When the surrogate is a reverse-proxy, this ID is also
#       used as cdn-id for CDN-Loop detection (RFC 8586).
#Default:
# visible_hostname is used if no specific ID is set.

#  TAG: http_accel_surrogate_remote     on|off
#       Remote surrogates (such as those in a CDN) honour the header
#       "Surrogate-Control: no-store-remote".
#
#       Set this to on to have squid behave as a remote surrogate.
#Default:
# http_accel_surrogate_remote off

#  TAG: esi_parser      libxml2|expat
#       Selects the XML parsing library to use when interpreting responses with
#       Edge Side Includes.
#
#       To disable ESI handling completely, ./configure Squid with --disable-esi.
#Default:
# Selects libxml2 if available at ./configure time or libexpat otherwise.

# DELAY POOL PARAMETERS
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

#  TAG: delay_pools
#       This represents the number of delay pools to be used.  For example,
#       if you have one class 2 delay pool and one class 3 delays pool, you
#       have a total of 2 delay pools.
#
#       See also delay_parameters, delay_class, delay_access for pool
#       configuration details.
#Default:
# delay_pools 0

#  TAG: delay_class
#       This defines the class of each delay pool.  There must be exactly one
#       delay_class line for each delay pool.  For example, to define two
#       delay pools, one of class 2 and one of class 3, the settings above
#       and here would be:
#
#       Example:
#           delay_pools 4      # 4 delay pools
#           delay_class 1 2    # pool 1 is a class 2 pool
#           delay_class 2 3    # pool 2 is a class 3 pool
#           delay_class 3 4    # pool 3 is a class 4 pool
#           delay_class 4 5    # pool 4 is a class 5 pool
#
#       The delay pool classes are:
#
#               class 1         Everything is limited by a single aggregate
#                               bucket.
#
#               class 2         Everything is limited by a single aggregate
#                               bucket as well as an "individual" bucket chosen
#                               from bits 25 through 32 of the IPv4 address.
#
#               class 3         Everything is limited by a single aggregate
#                               bucket as well as a "network" bucket chosen
#                               from bits 17 through 24 of the IP address and a
#                               "individual" bucket chosen from bits 17 through
#                               32 of the IPv4 address.
#
#               class 4         Everything in a class 3 delay pool, with an
#                               additional limit on a per user basis. This
#                               only takes effect if the username is established
#                               in advance - by forcing authentication in your
#                               http_access rules.
#
#               class 5         Requests are grouped according their tag (see
#                               external_acl's tag= reply).
#
#
#       Each pool also requires a delay_parameters directive to configure the pool size
#       and speed limits used whenever the pool is applied to a request. Along with
#       a set of delay_access directives to determine when it is used.
#
#       NOTE: If an IP address is a.b.c.d
#               -> bits 25 through 32 are "d"
#               -> bits 17 through 24 are "c"
#               -> bits 17 through 32 are "c * 256 + d"
#
#       NOTE-2: Due to the use of bitmasks in class 2,3,4 pools they only apply to
#               IPv4 traffic. Class 1 and 5 pools may be used with IPv6 traffic.
#
#       This clause only supports fast acl types.
#       See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.
#
#       See also delay_parameters and delay_access.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: delay_access
#       This is used to determine which delay pool a request falls into.
#
#       delay_access is sorted per pool and the matching starts with pool 1,
#       then pool 2, ..., and finally pool N. The first delay pool where the
#       request is allowed is selected for the request. If it does not allow
#       the request to any pool then the request is not delayed (default).
#
#       For example, if you want some_big_clients in delay
#       pool 1 and lotsa_little_clients in delay pool 2:
#
#               delay_access 1 allow some_big_clients
#               delay_access 1 deny all
#               delay_access 2 allow lotsa_little_clients
#               delay_access 2 deny all
#               delay_access 3 allow authenticated_clients
#
#       See also delay_parameters and delay_class.
#
#Default:
# Deny using the pool, unless allow rules exist in squid.conf for the pool.

#  TAG: delay_parameters
#       This defines the parameters for a delay pool.  Each delay pool has
#       a number of "buckets" associated with it, as explained in the
#       description of delay_class.
#
#       For a class 1 delay pool, the syntax is:
#               delay_class pool 1
#               delay_parameters pool aggregate
#
#       For a class 2 delay pool:
#               delay_class pool 2
#               delay_parameters pool aggregate individual
#
#       For a class 3 delay pool:
#               delay_class pool 3
#               delay_parameters pool aggregate network individual
#
#       For a class 4 delay pool:
#               delay_class pool 4
#               delay_parameters pool aggregate network individual user
#
#       For a class 5 delay pool:
#               delay_class pool 5
#               delay_parameters pool tagrate
#
#       The option variables are:
#
#               pool            a pool number - ie, a number between 1 and the
#                               number specified in delay_pools as used in
#                               delay_class lines.
#
#               aggregate       the speed limit parameters for the aggregate bucket
#                               (class 1, 2, 3).
#
#               individual      the speed limit parameters for the individual
#                               buckets (class 2, 3).
#
#               network         the speed limit parameters for the network buckets
#                               (class 3).
#
#               user            the speed limit parameters for the user buckets
#                               (class 4).
#
#               tagrate         the speed limit parameters for the tag buckets
#                               (class 5).
#
#       A pair of delay parameters is written restore/maximum, where restore is
#       the number of bytes (not bits - modem and network speeds are usually
#       quoted in bits) per second placed into the bucket, and maximum is the
#       maximum number of bytes which can be in the bucket at any time.
#
#       There must be one delay_parameters line for each delay pool.
#
#
#       For example, if delay pool number 1 is a class 2 delay pool as in the
#       above example, and is being used to strictly limit each host to 64Kbit/sec
#       (plus overheads), with no overall limit, the line is:
#
#               delay_parameters 1 none 8000/8000
#
#       Note that 8 x 8K Byte/sec -> 64K bit/sec.
#
#       Note that the word 'none' is used to represent no limit.
#
#
#       And, if delay pool number 2 is a class 3 delay pool as in the above
#       example, and you want to limit it to a total of 256Kbit/sec (strict limit)
#       with each 8-bit network permitted 64Kbit/sec (strict limit) and each
#       individual host permitted 4800bit/sec with a bucket maximum size of 64Kbits
#       to permit a decent web page to be downloaded at a decent speed
#       (if the network is not being limited due to overuse) but slow down
#       large downloads more significantly:
#
#               delay_parameters 2 32000/32000 8000/8000 600/8000
#
#       Note that 8 x  32K Byte/sec ->  256K bit/sec.
#                 8 x   8K Byte/sec ->   64K bit/sec.
#                 8 x 600  Byte/sec -> 4800  bit/sec.
#
#
#       Finally, for a class 4 delay pool as in the example - each user will
#       be limited to 128Kbits/sec no matter how many workstations they are logged into.:
#
#               delay_parameters 4 32000/32000 8000/8000 600/64000 16000/16000
#
#
#       See also delay_class and delay_access.
#
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: delay_initial_bucket_level      (percent, 0-100)
#       The initial bucket percentage is used to determine how much is put
#       in each bucket when squid starts, is reconfigured, or first notices
#       a host accessing it (in class 2 and class 3, individual hosts and
#       networks only have buckets associated with them once they have been
#       "seen" by squid).
#Default:
# delay_initial_bucket_level 50

# CLIENT DELAY POOL PARAMETERS
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

#  TAG: client_delay_pools
#       This option specifies the number of client delay pools used. It must
#       preceed other client_delay_* options.
#
#       Example:
#               client_delay_pools 2
#
#       See also client_delay_parameters and client_delay_access.
#Default:
# client_delay_pools 0

#  TAG: client_delay_initial_bucket_level       (percent, 0-no_limit)
#       This option determines the initial bucket size as a percentage of
#       max_bucket_size from client_delay_parameters. Buckets are created
#       at the time of the "first" connection from the matching IP. Idle
#       buckets are periodically deleted up.
#
#       You can specify more than 100 percent but note that such "oversized"
#       buckets are not refilled until their size goes down to max_bucket_size
#       from client_delay_parameters.
#
#       Example:
#               client_delay_initial_bucket_level 50
#Default:
# client_delay_initial_bucket_level 50

#  TAG: client_delay_parameters
#
#       This option configures client-side bandwidth limits using the
#       following format:
#
#           client_delay_parameters pool speed_limit max_bucket_size
#
#       pool is an integer ID used for client_delay_access matching.
#
#       speed_limit is bytes added to the bucket per second.
#
#       max_bucket_size is the maximum size of a bucket, enforced after any
#       speed_limit additions.
#
#       Please see the delay_parameters option for more information and
#       examples.
#
#       Example:
#               client_delay_parameters 1 1024 2048
#               client_delay_parameters 2 51200 16384
#
#       See also client_delay_access.
#
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: client_delay_access
#       This option determines the client-side delay pool for the
#       request:
#
#           client_delay_access pool_ID allow|deny acl_name
#
#       All client_delay_access options are checked in their pool ID
#       order, starting with pool 1. The first checked pool with allowed
#       request is selected for the request. If no ACL matches or there
#       are no client_delay_access options, the request bandwidth is not
#       limited.
#
#       The ACL-selected pool is then used to find the
#       client_delay_parameters for the request. Client-side pools are
#       not used to aggregate clients. Clients are always aggregated
#       based on their source IP addresses (one bucket per source IP).
#
#       This clause only supports fast acl types.
#       See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.
#       Additionally, only the client TCP connection details are available.
#       ACLs testing HTTP properties will not work.
#
#       Please see delay_access for more examples.
#
#       Example:
#               client_delay_access 1 allow low_rate_network
#               client_delay_access 2 allow vips_network
#
#
#       See also client_delay_parameters and client_delay_pools.
#Default:
# Deny use of the pool, unless allow rules exist in squid.conf for the pool.

#  TAG: response_delay_pool
#       This option configures client response bandwidth limits using the
#       following format:
#
#       response_delay_pool name [option=value] ...
#
#       name    the response delay pool name
#
#       available options:
#
#               individual-restore      The speed limit of an individual
#                                       bucket(bytes/s). To be used in conjunction
#                                       with 'individual-maximum'.
#
#               individual-maximum      The maximum number of bytes which can
#                                       be placed into the individual bucket. To be used
#                                       in conjunction with 'individual-restore'.
#
#               aggregate-restore       The speed limit for the aggregate
#                                       bucket(bytes/s). To be used in conjunction with
#                                       'aggregate-maximum'.
#
#               aggregate-maximum       The maximum number of bytes which can
#                                       be placed into the aggregate bucket. To be used
#                                       in conjunction with 'aggregate-restore'.
#
#               initial-bucket-level    The initial bucket size as a percentage
#                                       of individual-maximum.
#
#       Individual and(or) aggregate bucket options may not be specified,
#       meaning no individual and(or) aggregate speed limitation.
#       See also response_delay_pool_access and delay_parameters for
#       terminology details.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: response_delay_pool_access
#       Determines whether a specific named response delay pool is used
#       for the transaction. The syntax for this directive is:
#
#       response_delay_pool_access pool_name allow|deny acl_name
#
#       All response_delay_pool_access options are checked in the order
#       they appear in this configuration file. The first rule with a
#       matching ACL wins. If (and only if) an "allow" rule won, Squid
#       assigns the response to the corresponding named delay pool.
#Default:
# Deny use of the pool, unless allow rules exist in squid.conf for the pool.

# WCCPv1 AND WCCPv2 CONFIGURATION OPTIONS
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

#  TAG: wccp_router
#       Use this option to define your WCCP ``home'' router for
#       Squid.
#
#       wccp_router supports a single WCCP(v1) router
#
#       wccp2_router supports multiple WCCPv2 routers
#
#       only one of the two may be used at the same time and defines
#       which version of WCCP to use.
#Default:
# WCCP disabled.

#  TAG: wccp2_router
#       Use this option to define your WCCP ``home'' router for
#       Squid.
#
#       wccp_router supports a single WCCP(v1) router
#
#       wccp2_router supports multiple WCCPv2 routers
#
#       only one of the two may be used at the same time and defines
#       which version of WCCP to use.
#Default:
# WCCPv2 disabled.

#  TAG: wccp_version
#       This directive is only relevant if you need to set up WCCP(v1)
#       to some very old and end-of-life Cisco routers. In all other
#       setups it must be left unset or at the default setting.
#       It defines an internal version in the WCCP(v1) protocol,
#       with version 4 being the officially documented protocol.
#
#       According to some users, Cisco IOS 11.2 and earlier only
#       support WCCP version 3.  If you're using that or an earlier
#       version of IOS, you may need to change this value to 3, otherwise
#       do not specify this parameter.
#Default:
# wccp_version 4

#  TAG: wccp2_rebuild_wait
#       If this is enabled Squid will wait for the cache dir rebuild to finish
#       before sending the first wccp2 HereIAm packet
#Default:
# wccp2_rebuild_wait on

#  TAG: wccp2_forwarding_method
#       WCCP2 allows the setting of forwarding methods between the
#       router/switch and the cache.  Valid values are as follows:
#
#       gre - GRE encapsulation (forward the packet in a GRE/WCCP tunnel)
#       l2  - L2 redirect (forward the packet using Layer 2/MAC rewriting)
#
#       Currently (as of IOS 12.4) cisco routers only support GRE.
#       Cisco switches only support the L2 redirect assignment method.
#Default:
# wccp2_forwarding_method gre

#  TAG: wccp2_return_method
#       WCCP2 allows the setting of return methods between the
#       router/switch and the cache for packets that the cache
#       decides not to handle.  Valid values are as follows:
#
#       gre - GRE encapsulation (forward the packet in a GRE/WCCP tunnel)
#       l2  - L2 redirect (forward the packet using Layer 2/MAC rewriting)
#
#       Currently (as of IOS 12.4) cisco routers only support GRE.
#       Cisco switches only support the L2 redirect assignment.
#
#       If the "ip wccp redirect exclude in" command has been
#       enabled on the cache interface, then it is still safe for
#       the proxy server to use a l2 redirect method even if this
#       option is set to GRE.
#Default:
# wccp2_return_method gre

#  TAG: wccp2_assignment_method
#       WCCP2 allows the setting of methods to assign the WCCP hash
#       Valid values are as follows:
#
#       hash - Hash assignment
#       mask - Mask assignment
#
#       As a general rule, cisco routers support the hash assignment method
#       and cisco switches support the mask assignment method.
#Default:
# wccp2_assignment_method hash

#  TAG: wccp2_service
#       WCCP2 allows for multiple traffic services. There are two
#       types: "standard" and "dynamic". The standard type defines
#       one service id - http (id 0). The dynamic service ids can be from
#       51 to 255 inclusive.  In order to use a dynamic service id
#       one must define the type of traffic to be redirected; this is done
#       using the wccp2_service_info option.
#
#       The "standard" type does not require a wccp2_service_info option,
#       just specifying the service id will suffice.
#
#       MD5 service authentication can be enabled by adding
#       "password=<password>" to the end of this service declaration.
#
#       Examples:
#
#       wccp2_service standard 0        # for the 'web-cache' standard service
#       wccp2_service dynamic 80        # a dynamic service type which will be
#                                       # fleshed out with subsequent options.
#       wccp2_service standard 0 password=foo
#Default:
# Use the 'web-cache' standard service.

#  TAG: wccp2_service_info
#       Dynamic WCCPv2 services require further information to define the
#       traffic you wish to have diverted.
#
#       The format is:
#
#       wccp2_service_info <id> protocol=<protocol> flags=<flag>,<flag>..
#           priority=<priority> ports=<port>,<port>..
#
#       The relevant WCCPv2 flags:
#       + src_ip_hash, dst_ip_hash
#       + source_port_hash, dst_port_hash
#       + src_ip_alt_hash, dst_ip_alt_hash
#       + src_port_alt_hash, dst_port_alt_hash
#       + ports_source
#
#       The port list can be one to eight entries.
#
#       Example:
#
#       wccp2_service_info 80 protocol=tcp flags=src_ip_hash,ports_source
#           priority=240 ports=80
#
#       Note: the service id must have been defined by a previous
#       'wccp2_service dynamic <id>' entry.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: wccp2_weight
#       Each cache server gets assigned a set of the destination
#       hash proportional to their weight.
#Default:
# wccp2_weight 10000

#  TAG: wccp_address
#       Use this option if you require WCCP(v1) to use a specific
#       interface address.
#
#       The default behavior is to not bind to any specific address.
#Default:
# Address selected by the operating system.

#  TAG: wccp2_address
#       Use this option if you require WCCPv2 to use a specific
#       interface address.
#
#       The default behavior is to not bind to any specific address.
#Default:
# Address selected by the operating system.

# PERSISTENT CONNECTION HANDLING
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#
# Also see "pconn_timeout" in the TIMEOUTS section

#  TAG: client_persistent_connections
#       Persistent connection support for clients.
#       Squid uses persistent connections (when allowed). You can use
#       this option to disable persistent connections with clients.
#Default:
# client_persistent_connections on

#  TAG: server_persistent_connections
#       Persistent connection support for servers.
#       Squid uses persistent connections (when allowed). You can use
#       this option to disable persistent connections with servers.
#Default:
# server_persistent_connections on

#  TAG: persistent_connection_after_error
#       With this directive the use of persistent connections after
#       HTTP errors can be disabled. Useful if you have clients
#       who fail to handle errors on persistent connections proper.
#Default:
# persistent_connection_after_error on

#  TAG: detect_broken_pconn
#       Some servers have been found to incorrectly signal the use
#       of HTTP/1.0 persistent connections even on replies not
#       compatible, causing significant delays. This server problem
#       has mostly been seen on redirects.
#
#       By enabling this directive Squid attempts to detect such
#       broken replies and automatically assume the reply is finished
#       after 10 seconds timeout.
#Default:
# detect_broken_pconn off

# CACHE DIGEST OPTIONS
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

#  TAG: digest_generation
#       This controls whether the server will generate a Cache Digest
#       of its contents.  By default, Cache Digest generation is
#       enabled if Squid is compiled with --enable-cache-digests defined.
#Default:
# digest_generation on

#  TAG: digest_bits_per_entry
#       This is the number of bits of the server's Cache Digest which
#       will be associated with the Digest entry for a given HTTP
#       Method and URL (public key) combination.  The default is 5.
#Default:
# digest_bits_per_entry 5

#  TAG: digest_rebuild_period   (seconds)
#       This is the wait time between Cache Digest rebuilds.
#Default:
# digest_rebuild_period 1 hour

#  TAG: digest_rewrite_period   (seconds)
#       This is the wait time between Cache Digest writes to
#       disk.
#Default:
# digest_rewrite_period 1 hour

#  TAG: digest_swapout_chunk_size       (bytes)
#       This is the number of bytes of the Cache Digest to write to
#       disk at a time.  It defaults to 4096 bytes (4KB), the Squid
#       default swap page.
#Default:
# digest_swapout_chunk_size 4096 bytes

#  TAG: digest_rebuild_chunk_percentage (percent, 0-100)
#       This is the percentage of the Cache Digest to be scanned at a
#       time.  By default it is set to 10% of the Cache Digest.
#Default:
# digest_rebuild_chunk_percentage 10

# SNMP OPTIONS
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

#  TAG: snmp_port
#       The port number where Squid listens for SNMP requests. To enable
#       SNMP support set this to a suitable port number. Port number
#       3401 is often used for the Squid SNMP agent. By default it's
#       set to "0" (disabled)
#
#       Example:
#               snmp_port 3401
#Default:
# SNMP disabled.

#  TAG: snmp_access
#       Allowing or denying access to the SNMP port.
#
#       All access to the agent is denied by default.
#       usage:
#
#       snmp_access allow|deny [!]aclname ...
#
#       This clause only supports fast acl types.
#       See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.
#
#Example:
# snmp_access allow snmppublic localhost
# snmp_access deny all
#Default:
# Deny, unless rules exist in squid.conf.

#  TAG: snmp_incoming_address
#       Just like 'udp_incoming_address', but for the SNMP port.
#
#       snmp_incoming_address   is used for the SNMP socket receiving
#                               messages from SNMP agents.
#
#       The default snmp_incoming_address is to listen on all
#       available network interfaces.
#Default:
# Accept SNMP packets from all machine interfaces.

#  TAG: snmp_outgoing_address
#       Just like 'udp_outgoing_address', but for the SNMP port.
#
#       snmp_outgoing_address   is used for SNMP packets returned to SNMP
#                               agents.
#
#       If snmp_outgoing_address is not set it will use the same socket
#       as snmp_incoming_address. Only change this if you want to have
#       SNMP replies sent using another address than where this Squid
#       listens for SNMP queries.
#
#       NOTE, snmp_incoming_address and snmp_outgoing_address can not have
#       the same value since they both use the same port.
#Default:
# Use snmp_incoming_address or an address selected by the operating system.

# ICP OPTIONS
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

#  TAG: icp_port
#       The port number where Squid sends and receives ICP queries to
#       and from neighbor caches.  The standard UDP port for ICP is 3130.
#
#       Example:
#               icp_port 3130
#Default:
# ICP disabled.

#  TAG: htcp_port
#       The port number where Squid sends and receives HTCP queries to
#       and from neighbor caches.  To turn it on you want to set it to
#       4827.
#
#       Example:
#               htcp_port 4827
#Default:
# HTCP disabled.

#  TAG: log_icp_queries on|off
#       If set, ICP queries are logged to access.log. You may wish
#       do disable this if your ICP load is VERY high to speed things
#       up or to simplify log analysis.
#Default:
# log_icp_queries on

#  TAG: udp_incoming_address
#       udp_incoming_address    is used for UDP packets received from other
#                               caches.
#
#       The default behavior is to not bind to any specific address.
#
#       Only change this if you want to have all UDP queries received on
#       a specific interface/address.
#
#       NOTE: udp_incoming_address is used by the ICP, HTCP, and DNS
#       modules. Altering it will affect all of them in the same manner.
#
#       see also; udp_outgoing_address
#
#       NOTE, udp_incoming_address and udp_outgoing_address can not
#       have the same value since they both use the same port.
#Default:
# Accept packets from all machine interfaces.

#  TAG: udp_outgoing_address
#       udp_outgoing_address    is used for UDP packets sent out to other
#                               caches.
#
#       The default behavior is to not bind to any specific address.
#
#       Instead it will use the same socket as udp_incoming_address.
#       Only change this if you want to have UDP queries sent using another
#       address than where this Squid listens for UDP queries from other
#       caches.
#
#       NOTE: udp_outgoing_address is used by the ICP, HTCP, and DNS
#       modules. Altering it will affect all of them in the same manner.
#
#       see also; udp_incoming_address
#
#       NOTE, udp_incoming_address and udp_outgoing_address can not
#       have the same value since they both use the same port.
#Default:
# Use udp_incoming_address or an address selected by the operating system.

#  TAG: icp_hit_stale   on|off
#       If you want to return ICP_HIT for stale cache objects, set this
#       option to 'on'.  If you have sibling relationships with caches
#       in other administrative domains, this should be 'off'.  If you only
#       have sibling relationships with caches under your control,
#       it is probably okay to set this to 'on'.
#       If set to 'on', your siblings should use the option "allow-miss"
#       on their cache_peer lines for connecting to you.
#Default:
# icp_hit_stale off

#  TAG: minimum_direct_hops
#       If using the ICMP pinging stuff, do direct fetches for sites
#       which are no more than this many hops away.
#Default:
# minimum_direct_hops 4

#  TAG: minimum_direct_rtt      (msec)
#       If using the ICMP pinging stuff, do direct fetches for sites
#       which are no more than this many rtt milliseconds away.
#Default:
# minimum_direct_rtt 400

#  TAG: netdb_low
#       The low water mark for the ICMP measurement database.
#
#       Note: high watermark controlled by netdb_high directive.
#
#       These watermarks are counts, not percents.  The defaults are
#       (low) 900 and (high) 1000.  When the high water mark is
#       reached, database entries will be deleted until the low
#       mark is reached.
#Default:
# netdb_low 900

#  TAG: netdb_high
#       The high water mark for the ICMP measurement database.
#
#       Note: low watermark controlled by netdb_low directive.
#
#       These watermarks are counts, not percents.  The defaults are
#       (low) 900 and (high) 1000.  When the high water mark is
#       reached, database entries will be deleted until the low
#       mark is reached.
#Default:
# netdb_high 1000

#  TAG: netdb_ping_period
#       The minimum period for measuring a site.  There will be at
#       least this much delay between successive pings to the same
#       network.  The default is five minutes.
#Default:
# netdb_ping_period 5 minutes

#  TAG: query_icmp      on|off
#       If you want to ask your peers to include ICMP data in their ICP
#       replies, enable this option.
#
#       If your peer has configured Squid (during compilation) with
#       '--enable-icmp' that peer will send ICMP pings to origin server
#       sites of the URLs it receives.  If you enable this option the
#       ICP replies from that peer will include the ICMP data (if available).
#       Then, when choosing a parent cache, Squid will choose the parent with
#       the minimal RTT to the origin server.  When this happens, the
#       hierarchy field of the access.log will be
#       "CLOSEST_PARENT_MISS".  This option is off by default.
#Default:
# query_icmp off

#  TAG: test_reachability       on|off
#       When this is 'on', ICP MISS replies will be ICP_MISS_NOFETCH
#       instead of ICP_MISS if the target host is NOT in the ICMP
#       database, or has a zero RTT.
#Default:
# test_reachability off

#  TAG: icp_query_timeout       (msec)
#       Normally Squid will automatically determine an optimal ICP
#       query timeout value based on the round-trip-time of recent ICP
#       queries.  If you want to override the value determined by
#       Squid, set this 'icp_query_timeout' to a non-zero value.  This
#       value is specified in MILLISECONDS, so, to use a 2-second
#       timeout (the old default), you would write:
#
#               icp_query_timeout 2000
#Default:
# Dynamic detection.

#  TAG: maximum_icp_query_timeout       (msec)
#       Normally the ICP query timeout is determined dynamically.  But
#       sometimes it can lead to very large values (say 5 seconds).
#       Use this option to put an upper limit on the dynamic timeout
#       value.  Do NOT use this option to always use a fixed (instead
#       of a dynamic) timeout value. To set a fixed timeout see the
#       'icp_query_timeout' directive.
#Default:
# maximum_icp_query_timeout 2000

#  TAG: minimum_icp_query_timeout       (msec)
#       Normally the ICP query timeout is determined dynamically.  But
#       sometimes it can lead to very small timeouts, even lower than
#       the normal latency variance on your link due to traffic.
#       Use this option to put an lower limit on the dynamic timeout
#       value.  Do NOT use this option to always use a fixed (instead
#       of a dynamic) timeout value. To set a fixed timeout see the
#       'icp_query_timeout' directive.
#Default:
# minimum_icp_query_timeout 5

#  TAG: background_ping_rate    time-units
#       Controls how often the ICP pings are sent to siblings that
#       have background-ping set.
#Default:
# background_ping_rate 10 seconds

# MULTICAST ICP OPTIONS
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

#  TAG: mcast_groups
#       This tag specifies a list of multicast groups which your server
#       should join to receive multicasted ICP queries.
#
#       NOTE!  Be very careful what you put here!  Be sure you
#       understand the difference between an ICP _query_ and an ICP
#       _reply_.  This option is to be set only if you want to RECEIVE
#       multicast queries.  Do NOT set this option to SEND multicast
#       ICP (use cache_peer for that).  ICP replies are always sent via
#       unicast, so this option does not affect whether or not you will
#       receive replies from multicast group members.
#
#       You must be very careful to NOT use a multicast address which
#       is already in use by another group of caches.
#
#       If you are unsure about multicast, please read the Multicast
#       chapter in the Squid FAQ (http://www.squid-cache.org/FAQ/).
#
#       Usage: mcast_groups 239.128.16.128 224.0.1.20
#
#       By default, Squid doesn't listen on any multicast groups.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: mcast_miss_addr
# Note: This option is only available if Squid is rebuilt with the
#       -DMULTICAST_MISS_STREAM define
#
#       If you enable this option, every "cache miss" URL will
#       be sent out on the specified multicast address.
#
#       Do not enable this option unless you are are absolutely
#       certain you understand what you are doing.
#Default:
# disabled.

#  TAG: mcast_miss_ttl
# Note: This option is only available if Squid is rebuilt with the
#       -DMULTICAST_MISS_STREAM define
#
#       This is the time-to-live value for packets multicasted
#       when multicasting off cache miss URLs is enabled.  By
#       default this is set to 'site scope', i.e. 16.
#Default:
# mcast_miss_ttl 16

#  TAG: mcast_miss_port
# Note: This option is only available if Squid is rebuilt with the
#       -DMULTICAST_MISS_STREAM define
#
#       This is the port number to be used in conjunction with
#       'mcast_miss_addr'.
#Default:
# mcast_miss_port 3135

#  TAG: mcast_miss_encode_key
# Note: This option is only available if Squid is rebuilt with the
#       -DMULTICAST_MISS_STREAM define
#
#       The URLs that are sent in the multicast miss stream are
#       encrypted.  This is the encryption key.
#Default:
# mcast_miss_encode_key XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

#  TAG: mcast_icp_query_timeout (msec)
#       For multicast peers, Squid regularly sends out ICP "probes" to
#       count how many other peers are listening on the given multicast
#       address.  This value specifies how long Squid should wait to
#       count all the replies.  The default is 2000 msec, or 2
#       seconds.
#Default:
# mcast_icp_query_timeout 2000

# INTERNAL ICON OPTIONS
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

#  TAG: icon_directory
#       Where the icons are stored. These are normally kept in
#       /usr/share/squid/icons
#Default:
# icon_directory /usr/share/squid/icons

#  TAG: global_internal_static
#       This directive controls is Squid should intercept all requests for
#       /squid-internal-static/ no matter which host the URL is requesting
#       (default on setting), or if nothing special should be done for
#       such URLs (off setting). The purpose of this directive is to make
#       icons etc work better in complex cache hierarchies where it may
#       not always be possible for all corners in the cache mesh to reach
#       the server generating a directory listing.
#Default:
# global_internal_static on

#  TAG: short_icon_urls
#       If this is enabled Squid will use short URLs for icons.
#       If disabled it will revert to the old behavior of including
#       it's own name and port in the URL.
#
#       If you run a complex cache hierarchy with a mix of Squid and
#       other proxies you may need to disable this directive.
#Default:
# short_icon_urls on

# ERROR PAGE OPTIONS
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

#  TAG: error_directory
#       If you wish to create your own versions of the default
#       error files to customize them to suit your company copy
#       the error/template files to another directory and point
#       this tag at them.
#
#       WARNING: This option will disable multi-language support
#                on error pages if used.
#
#       The squid developers are interested in making squid available in
#       a wide variety of languages. If you are making translations for a
#       language that Squid does not currently provide please consider
#       contributing your translation back to the project.
#       http://wiki.squid-cache.org/Translations
#
#       The squid developers working on translations are happy to supply drop-in
#       translated error files in exchange for any new language contributions.
#Default:
# Send error pages in the clients preferred language

#  TAG: error_default_language
#       Set the default language which squid will send error pages in
#       if no existing translation matches the clients language
#       preferences.
#
#       If unset (default) generic English will be used.
#
#       The squid developers are interested in making squid available in
#       a wide variety of languages. If you are interested in making
#       translations for any language see the squid wiki for details.
#       http://wiki.squid-cache.org/Translations
#Default:
# Generate English language pages.

#  TAG: error_log_languages
#       Log to cache.log what languages users are attempting to
#       auto-negotiate for translations.
#
#       Successful negotiations are not logged. Only failures
#       have meaning to indicate that Squid may need an upgrade
#       of its error page translations.
#Default:
# error_log_languages on

#  TAG: err_page_stylesheet
#       CSS Stylesheet to pattern the display of Squid default error pages.
#
#       For information on CSS see http://www.w3.org/Style/CSS/
#Default:
# err_page_stylesheet /etc/squid/errorpage.css

#  TAG: err_html_text
#       HTML text to include in error messages.  Make this a "mailto"
#       URL to your admin address, or maybe just a link to your
#       organizations Web page.
#
#       To include this in your error messages, you must rewrite
#       the error template files (found in the "errors" directory).
#       Wherever you want the 'err_html_text' line to appear,
#       insert a %L tag in the error template file.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: email_err_data  on|off
#       If enabled, information about the occurred error will be
#       included in the mailto links of the ERR pages (if %W is set)
#       so that the email body contains the data.
#       Syntax is <A HREF="mailto:%w%W">%w</A>
#Default:
# email_err_data on

#  TAG: deny_info
#       Usage:   deny_info err_page_name acl
#       or       deny_info http://... acl
#       or       deny_info TCP_RESET acl
#
#       This can be used to return a ERR_ page for requests which
#       do not pass the 'http_access' rules.  Squid remembers the last
#       acl it evaluated in http_access, and if a 'deny_info' line exists
#       for that ACL Squid returns a corresponding error page.
#
#       The acl is typically the last acl on the http_access deny line which
#       denied access. The exceptions to this rule are:
#       - When Squid needs to request authentication credentials. It's then
#         the first authentication related acl encountered
#       - When none of the http_access lines matches. It's then the last
#         acl processed on the last http_access line.
#       - When the decision to deny access was made by an adaptation service,
#         the acl name is the corresponding eCAP or ICAP service_name.
#
#       NP: If providing your own custom error pages with error_directory
#           you may also specify them by your custom file name:
#           Example: deny_info ERR_CUSTOM_ACCESS_DENIED bad_guys
#
#       By defaut Squid will send "403 Forbidden". A different 4xx or 5xx
#       may be specified by prefixing the file name with the code and a colon.
#       e.g. 404:ERR_CUSTOM_ACCESS_DENIED
#
#       Alternatively you can tell Squid to reset the TCP connection
#       by specifying TCP_RESET.
#
#       Or you can specify an error URL or URL pattern. The browsers will
#       get redirected to the specified URL after formatting tags have
#       been replaced. Redirect will be done with 302 or 307 according to
#       HTTP/1.1 specs. A different 3xx code may be specified by prefixing
#       the URL. e.g. 303:http://example.com/
#
#       URL FORMAT TAGS:
#               %a      - username (if available. Password NOT included)
#               %A      - Local listening IP address the client connection was connected to
#               %B      - FTP path URL
#               %e      - Error number
#               %E      - Error description
#               %h      - Squid hostname
#               %H      - Request domain name
#               %i      - Client IP Address
#               %M      - Request Method
#               %O      - Unescaped message result from external ACL helper
#               %o      - Message result from external ACL helper
#               %p      - Request Port number
#               %P      - Request Protocol name
#               %R      - Request URL path
#               %T      - Timestamp in RFC 1123 format
#               %U      - Full canonical URL from client
#                         (HTTPS URLs terminate with *)
#               %u      - Full canonical URL from client
#               %w      - Admin email from squid.conf
#               %x      - Error name
#               %%      - Literal percent (%) code
#
#Default:
# none

# OPTIONS INFLUENCING REQUEST FORWARDING 
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

#  TAG: nonhierarchical_direct
#       By default, Squid will send any non-hierarchical requests
#       (not cacheable request type) direct to origin servers.
#
#       When this is set to "off", Squid will prefer to send these
#       requests to parents.
#
#       Note that in most configurations, by turning this off you will only
#       add latency to these request without any improvement in global hit
#       ratio.
#
#       This option only sets a preference. If the parent is unavailable a
#       direct connection to the origin server may still be attempted. To
#       completely prevent direct connections use never_direct.
#Default:
# nonhierarchical_direct on

#  TAG: prefer_direct
#       Normally Squid tries to use parents for most requests. If you for some
#       reason like it to first try going direct and only use a parent if
#       going direct fails set this to on.
#
#       By combining nonhierarchical_direct off and prefer_direct on you
#       can set up Squid to use a parent as a backup path if going direct
#       fails.
#
#       Note: If you want Squid to use parents for all requests see
#       the never_direct directive. prefer_direct only modifies how Squid
#       acts on cacheable requests.
#Default:
# prefer_direct off

#  TAG: cache_miss_revalidate   on|off
#       RFC 7232 defines a conditional request mechanism to prevent
#       response objects being unnecessarily transferred over the network.
#       If that mechanism is used by the client and a cache MISS occurs
#       it can prevent new cache entries being created.
#
#       This option determines whether Squid on cache MISS will pass the
#       client revalidation request to the server or tries to fetch new
#       content for caching. It can be useful while the cache is mostly
#       empty to more quickly have the cache populated by generating
#       non-conditional GETs.
#
#       When set to 'on' (default), Squid will pass all client If-* headers
#       to the server. This permits server responses without a cacheable
#       payload to be delivered and on MISS no new cache entry is created.
#
#       When set to 'off' and if the request is cacheable, Squid will
#       remove the clients If-Modified-Since and If-None-Match headers from
#       the request sent to the server. This requests a 200 status response
#       from the server to create a new cache entry with.
#Default:
# cache_miss_revalidate on

#  TAG: always_direct
#       Usage: always_direct allow|deny [!]aclname ...
#
#       Here you can use ACL elements to specify requests which should
#       ALWAYS be forwarded by Squid to the origin servers without using
#       any peers.  For example, to always directly forward requests for
#       local servers ignoring any parents or siblings you may have use
#       something like:
#
#               acl local-servers dstdomain my.domain.net
#               always_direct allow local-servers
#
#       To always forward FTP requests directly, use
#
#               acl FTP proto FTP
#               always_direct allow FTP
#
#       NOTE: There is a similar, but opposite option named
#       'never_direct'.  You need to be aware that "always_direct deny
#       foo" is NOT the same thing as "never_direct allow foo".  You
#       may need to use a deny rule to exclude a more-specific case of
#       some other rule.  Example:
#
#               acl local-external dstdomain external.foo.net
#               acl local-servers dstdomain  .foo.net
#               always_direct deny local-external
#               always_direct allow local-servers
#
#       NOTE: If your goal is to make the client forward the request
#       directly to the origin server bypassing Squid then this needs
#       to be done in the client configuration. Squid configuration
#       can only tell Squid how Squid should fetch the object.
#
#       NOTE: This directive is not related to caching. The replies
#       is cached as usual even if you use always_direct. To not cache
#       the replies see the 'cache' directive.
#
#       This clause supports both fast and slow acl types.
#       See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.
#Default:
# Prevent any cache_peer being used for this request.

#  TAG: never_direct
#       Usage: never_direct allow|deny [!]aclname ...
#
#       never_direct is the opposite of always_direct.  Please read
#       the description for always_direct if you have not already.
#
#       With 'never_direct' you can use ACL elements to specify
#       requests which should NEVER be forwarded directly to origin
#       servers.  For example, to force the use of a proxy for all
#       requests, except those in your local domain use something like:
#
#               acl local-servers dstdomain .foo.net
#               never_direct deny local-servers
#               never_direct allow all
#
#       or if Squid is inside a firewall and there are local intranet
#       servers inside the firewall use something like:
#
#               acl local-intranet dstdomain .foo.net
#               acl local-external dstdomain external.foo.net
#               always_direct deny local-external
#               always_direct allow local-intranet
#               never_direct allow all
#
#       This clause supports both fast and slow acl types.
#       See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.
#Default:
# Allow DNS results to be used for this request.

# ADVANCED NETWORKING OPTIONS
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

#  TAG: incoming_udp_average
#       Heavy voodoo here.  I can't even believe you are reading this.
#       Are you crazy?  Don't even think about adjusting these unless
#       you understand the algorithms in comm_select.c first!
#Default:
# incoming_udp_average 6

#  TAG: incoming_tcp_average
#       Heavy voodoo here.  I can't even believe you are reading this.
#       Are you crazy?  Don't even think about adjusting these unless
#       you understand the algorithms in comm_select.c first!
#Default:
# incoming_tcp_average 4

#  TAG: incoming_dns_average
#       Heavy voodoo here.  I can't even believe you are reading this.
#       Are you crazy?  Don't even think about adjusting these unless
#       you understand the algorithms in comm_select.c first!
#Default:
# incoming_dns_average 4

#  TAG: min_udp_poll_cnt
#       Heavy voodoo here.  I can't even believe you are reading this.
#       Are you crazy?  Don't even think about adjusting these unless
#       you understand the algorithms in comm_select.c first!
#Default:
# min_udp_poll_cnt 8

#  TAG: min_dns_poll_cnt
#       Heavy voodoo here.  I can't even believe you are reading this.
#       Are you crazy?  Don't even think about adjusting these unless
#       you understand the algorithms in comm_select.c first!
#Default:
# min_dns_poll_cnt 8

#  TAG: min_tcp_poll_cnt
#       Heavy voodoo here.  I can't even believe you are reading this.
#       Are you crazy?  Don't even think about adjusting these unless
#       you understand the algorithms in comm_select.c first!
#Default:
# min_tcp_poll_cnt 8

#  TAG: accept_filter
#       FreeBSD:
#
#       The name of an accept(2) filter to install on Squid's
#       listen socket(s).  This feature is perhaps specific to
#       FreeBSD and requires support in the kernel.
#
#       The 'httpready' filter delays delivering new connections
#       to Squid until a full HTTP request has been received.
#       See the accf_http(9) man page for details.
#
#       The 'dataready' filter delays delivering new connections
#       to Squid until there is some data to process.
#       See the accf_dataready(9) man page for details.
#
#       Linux:
#
#       The 'data' filter delays delivering of new connections
#       to Squid until there is some data to process by TCP_ACCEPT_DEFER.
#       You may optionally specify a number of seconds to wait by
#       'data=N' where N is the number of seconds. Defaults to 30
#       if not specified.  See the tcp(7) man page for details.
#EXAMPLE:
## FreeBSD
#accept_filter httpready
## Linux
#accept_filter data
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: client_ip_max_connections
#       Set an absolute limit on the number of connections a single
#       client IP can use. Any more than this and Squid will begin to drop
#       new connections from the client until it closes some links.
#
#       Note that this is a global limit. It affects all HTTP, HTCP, Gopher and FTP
#       connections from the client. For finer control use the ACL access controls.
#
#       Requires client_db to be enabled (the default).
#
#       WARNING: This may noticably slow down traffic received via external proxies
#       or NAT devices and cause them to rebound error messages back to their clients.
#Default:
# No limit.

#  TAG: tcp_recv_bufsize        (bytes)
#       Size of receive buffer to set for TCP sockets.  Probably just
#       as easy to change your kernel's default.
#       Omit from squid.conf to use the default buffer size.
#Default:
# Use operating system TCP defaults.

# ICAP OPTIONS
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

#  TAG: icap_enable     on|off
#       If you want to enable the ICAP module support, set this to on.
#Default:
# icap_enable off

#  TAG: icap_connect_timeout
#       This parameter specifies how long to wait for the TCP connect to
#       the requested ICAP server to complete before giving up and either
#       terminating the HTTP transaction or bypassing the failure.
#
#       The default for optional services is peer_connect_timeout.
#       The default for essential services is connect_timeout.
#       If this option is explicitly set, its value applies to all services.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: icap_io_timeout time-units
#       This parameter specifies how long to wait for an I/O activity on
#       an established, active ICAP connection before giving up and
#       either terminating the HTTP transaction or bypassing the
#       failure.
#Default:
# Use read_timeout.

#  TAG: icap_service_failure_limit      limit [in memory-depth time-units]
#       The limit specifies the number of failures that Squid tolerates
#       when establishing a new TCP connection with an ICAP service. If
#       the number of failures exceeds the limit, the ICAP service is
#       not used for new ICAP requests until it is time to refresh its
#       OPTIONS.
#
#       A negative value disables the limit. Without the limit, an ICAP
#       service will not be considered down due to connectivity failures
#       between ICAP OPTIONS requests.
#
#       Squid forgets ICAP service failures older than the specified
#       value of memory-depth. The memory fading algorithm 
#       is approximate because Squid does not remember individual 
#       errors but groups them instead, splitting the option
#       value into ten time slots of equal length.
#
#       When memory-depth is 0 and by default this option has no 
#       effect on service failure expiration.
#
#       Squid always forgets failures when updating service settings
#       using an ICAP OPTIONS transaction, regardless of this option
#       setting.
#
#       For example,
#               # suspend service usage after 10 failures in 5 seconds:
#               icap_service_failure_limit 10 in 5 seconds
#Default:
# icap_service_failure_limit 10

#  TAG: icap_service_revival_delay
#       The delay specifies the number of seconds to wait after an ICAP
#       OPTIONS request failure before requesting the options again. The
#       failed ICAP service is considered "down" until fresh OPTIONS are
#       fetched.
#
#       The actual delay cannot be smaller than the hardcoded minimum
#       delay of 30 seconds.
#Default:
# icap_service_revival_delay 180

#  TAG: icap_preview_enable     on|off
#       The ICAP Preview feature allows the ICAP server to handle the
#       HTTP message by looking only at the beginning of the message body
#       or even without receiving the body at all. In some environments, 
#       previews greatly speedup ICAP processing.
#
#       During an ICAP OPTIONS transaction, the server may tell Squid what
#       HTTP messages should be previewed and how big the preview should be.
#       Squid will not use Preview if the server did not request one.
#
#       To disable ICAP Preview for all ICAP services, regardless of
#       individual ICAP server OPTIONS responses, set this option to "off".
#Example:
#icap_preview_enable off
#Default:
# icap_preview_enable on

#  TAG: icap_preview_size
#       The default size of preview data to be sent to the ICAP server.
#       This value might be overwritten on a per server basis by OPTIONS requests.
#Default:
# No preview sent.

#  TAG: icap_206_enable on|off
#       206 (Partial Content) responses is an ICAP extension that allows the
#       ICAP agents to optionally combine adapted and original HTTP message
#       content. The decision to combine is postponed until the end of the
#       ICAP response. Squid supports Partial Content extension by default.
#
#       Activation of the Partial Content extension is negotiated with each
#       ICAP service during OPTIONS exchange. Most ICAP servers should handle
#       negotation correctly even if they do not support the extension, but
#       some might fail. To disable Partial Content support for all ICAP
#       services and to avoid any negotiation, set this option to "off".
#
#       Example:
#           icap_206_enable off
#Default:
# icap_206_enable on

#  TAG: icap_default_options_ttl
#       The default TTL value for ICAP OPTIONS responses that don't have
#       an Options-TTL header.
#Default:
# icap_default_options_ttl 60

#  TAG: icap_persistent_connections     on|off
#       Whether or not Squid should use persistent connections to
#       an ICAP server.
#Default:
# icap_persistent_connections on

#  TAG: adaptation_send_client_ip       on|off
#       If enabled, Squid shares HTTP client IP information with adaptation
#       services. For ICAP, Squid adds the X-Client-IP header to ICAP requests.
#       For eCAP, Squid sets the libecap::metaClientIp transaction option.
#
#       See also: adaptation_uses_indirect_client
#Default:
# adaptation_send_client_ip off

#  TAG: adaptation_send_username        on|off
#       This sends authenticated HTTP client username (if available) to
#       the adaptation service.
#
#       For ICAP, the username value is encoded based on the
#       icap_client_username_encode option and is sent using the header
#       specified by the icap_client_username_header option.
#Default:
# adaptation_send_username off

#  TAG: icap_client_username_header
#       ICAP request header name to use for adaptation_send_username.
#Default:
# icap_client_username_header X-Client-Username

#  TAG: icap_client_username_encode     on|off
#       Whether to base64 encode the authenticated client username.
#Default:
# icap_client_username_encode off

#  TAG: icap_service
#       Defines a single ICAP service using the following format:
#
#       icap_service id vectoring_point uri [option ...]
#
#       id: ID
#               an opaque identifier or name which is used to direct traffic to
#               this specific service. Must be unique among all adaptation
#               services in squid.conf.
#
#       vectoring_point: reqmod_precache|reqmod_postcache|respmod_precache|respmod_postcache
#               This specifies at which point of transaction processing the
#               ICAP service should be activated. *_postcache vectoring points
#               are not yet supported.
#
#       uri: icap://servername:port/servicepath
#               ICAP server and service location.
#            icaps://servername:port/servicepath
#               The "icap:" URI scheme is used for traditional ICAP server and
#               service location (default port is 1344, connections are not
#               encrypted). The "icaps:" URI scheme is for Secure ICAP
#               services that use SSL/TLS-encrypted ICAP connections (by
#               default, on port 11344).
#
#       ICAP does not allow a single service to handle both REQMOD and RESPMOD
#       transactions. Squid does not enforce that requirement. You can specify
#       services with the same service_url and different vectoring_points. You
#       can even specify multiple identical services as long as their
#       service_names differ.
#
#       To activate a service, use the adaptation_access directive. To group
#       services, use adaptation_service_chain and adaptation_service_set.
#
#       Service options are separated by white space. ICAP services support
#       the following name=value options:
#
#       bypass=on|off|1|0
#               If set to 'on' or '1', the ICAP service is treated as
#               optional. If the service cannot be reached or malfunctions,
#               Squid will try to ignore any errors and process the message as
#               if the service was not enabled. No all ICAP errors can be
#               bypassed.  If set to 0, the ICAP service is treated as
#               essential and all ICAP errors will result in an error page
#               returned to the HTTP client.
#
#               Bypass is off by default: services are treated as essential.
#
#       routing=on|off|1|0
#               If set to 'on' or '1', the ICAP service is allowed to
#               dynamically change the current message adaptation plan by
#               returning a chain of services to be used next. The services
#               are specified using the X-Next-Services ICAP response header
#               value, formatted as a comma-separated list of service names.
#               Each named service should be configured in squid.conf. Other
#               services are ignored. An empty X-Next-Services value results
#               in an empty plan which ends the current adaptation.
#
#               Dynamic adaptation plan may cross or cover multiple supported
#               vectoring points in their natural processing order.
#
#               Routing is not allowed by default: the ICAP X-Next-Services
#               response header is ignored.
#
#       ipv6=on|off
#               Only has effect on split-stack systems. The default on those systems
#               is to use IPv4-only connections. When set to 'on' this option will
#               make Squid use IPv6-only connections to contact this ICAP service.
#
#       on-overload=block|bypass|wait|force
#               If the service Max-Connections limit has been reached, do
#               one of the following for each new ICAP transaction:
#                 * block:  send an HTTP error response to the client
#                 * bypass: ignore the "over-connected" ICAP service
#                 * wait:   wait (in a FIFO queue) for an ICAP connection slot
#                 * force:  proceed, ignoring the Max-Connections limit 
#
#               In SMP mode with N workers, each worker assumes the service
#               connection limit is Max-Connections/N, even though not all
#               workers may use a given service.
#
#               The default value is "bypass" if service is bypassable,
#               otherwise it is set to "wait".
#
#
#       max-conn=number
#               Use the given number as the Max-Connections limit, regardless
#               of the Max-Connections value given by the service, if any.
#
#       connection-encryption=on|off
#               Determines the ICAP service effect on the connections_encrypted
#               ACL.
#
#               The default is "on" for Secure ICAP services (i.e., those
#               with the icaps:// service URIs scheme) and "off" for plain ICAP
#               services.
#
#               Does not affect ICAP connections (e.g., does not turn Secure
#               ICAP on or off).
#
#       ==== ICAPS / TLS OPTIONS ====
#
#       These options are used for Secure ICAP (icaps://....) services only.
#
#       tls-cert=/path/to/ssl/certificate
#                       A client X.509 certificate to use when connecting to
#                       this ICAP server.
#
#       tls-key=/path/to/ssl/key
#                       The private key corresponding to the previous
#                       tls-cert= option.
#
#                       If tls-key= is not specified tls-cert= is assumed to
#                       reference a PEM file containing both the certificate
#                       and private key.
#
#       tls-cipher=...  The list of valid TLS/SSL ciphers to use when connecting
#                       to this icap server.
#
#       tls-min-version=1.N
#                       The minimum TLS protocol version to permit. To control
#                       SSLv3 use the tls-options= parameter.
#                       Supported Values: 1.0 (default), 1.1, 1.2
#
#       tls-options=... Specify various OpenSSL library options:
#
#                           NO_SSLv3    Disallow the use of SSLv3
#
#                           SINGLE_DH_USE
#                                     Always create a new key when using
#                                     temporary/ephemeral DH key exchanges
#
#                           ALL       Enable various bug workarounds
#                                     suggested as "harmless" by OpenSSL
#                                     Be warned that this reduces SSL/TLS
#                                     strength to some attacks.
#
#                       See the OpenSSL SSL_CTX_set_options documentation for a
#                       more complete list. Options relevant only to SSLv2 are
#                       not supported.
#
#       tls-cafile=     PEM file containing CA certificates to use when verifying
#                       the icap server certificate.
#                       Use to specify intermediate CA certificate(s) if not sent
#                       by the server. Or the full CA chain for the server when
#                       using the tls-default-ca=off flag.
#                       May be repeated to load multiple files.
#
#       tls-capath=...  A directory containing additional CA certificates to
#                       use when verifying the icap server certificate.
#                       Requires OpenSSL or LibreSSL.
#
#       tls-crlfile=... A certificate revocation list file to use when
#                       verifying the icap server certificate.
#
#       tls-flags=...   Specify various flags modifying the Squid TLS implementation:
#
#                       DONT_VERIFY_PEER
#                               Accept certificates even if they fail to
#                               verify.
#                       DONT_VERIFY_DOMAIN
#                               Don't verify the icap server certificate
#                               matches the server name
#
#       tls-default-ca[=off]
#                       Whether to use the system Trusted CAs. Default is ON.
#
#       tls-domain=     The icap server name as advertised in it's certificate.
#                       Used for verifying the correctness of the received icap
#                       server certificate. If not specified the icap server
#                       hostname extracted from ICAP URI will be used.
#
#       Older icap_service format without optional named parameters is
#       deprecated but supported for backward compatibility.
#
#Example:
#icap_service svcBlocker reqmod_precache icap://icap1.mydomain.net:1344/reqmod bypass=0
#icap_service svcLogger reqmod_precache icaps://icap2.mydomain.net:11344/reqmod routing=on
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: icap_class
#       This deprecated option was documented to define an ICAP service
#       chain, even though it actually defined a set of similar, redundant
#       services, and the chains were not supported. 
#
#       To define a set of redundant services, please use the
#       adaptation_service_set directive. For service chains, use
#       adaptation_service_chain.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: icap_access
#       This option is deprecated. Please use adaptation_access, which
#       has the same ICAP functionality, but comes with better
#       documentation, and eCAP support.
#Default:
# none

# eCAP OPTIONS
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

#  TAG: ecap_enable     on|off
#       Controls whether eCAP support is enabled.
#Default:
# ecap_enable off

#  TAG: ecap_service
#       Defines a single eCAP service
#
#       ecap_service id vectoring_point uri [option ...]
#
#        id: ID
#               an opaque identifier or name which is used to direct traffic to
#               this specific service. Must be unique among all adaptation
#               services in squid.conf.
#
#       vectoring_point: reqmod_precache|reqmod_postcache|respmod_precache|respmod_postcache
#               This specifies at which point of transaction processing the
#               eCAP service should be activated. *_postcache vectoring points
#               are not yet supported.
#
#       uri: ecap://vendor/service_name?custom&cgi=style&parameters=optional
#               Squid uses the eCAP service URI to match this configuration
#               line with one of the dynamically loaded services. Each loaded
#               eCAP service must have a unique URI. Obtain the right URI from
#               the service provider.
#
#       To activate a service, use the adaptation_access directive. To group
#       services, use adaptation_service_chain and adaptation_service_set.
#
#       Service options are separated by white space. eCAP services support
#       the following name=value options:
#
#       bypass=on|off|1|0
#               If set to 'on' or '1', the eCAP service is treated as optional.
#               If the service cannot be reached or malfunctions, Squid will try
#               to ignore any errors and process the message as if the service
#               was not enabled. No all eCAP errors can be bypassed.
#               If set to 'off' or '0', the eCAP service is treated as essential
#               and all eCAP errors will result in an error page returned to the
#               HTTP client.
#
#                Bypass is off by default: services are treated as essential.
#
#       routing=on|off|1|0
#               If set to 'on' or '1', the eCAP service is allowed to
#               dynamically change the current message adaptation plan by
#               returning a chain of services to be used next.
#
#               Dynamic adaptation plan may cross or cover multiple supported
#               vectoring points in their natural processing order.
#
#               Routing is not allowed by default.
#
#       connection-encryption=on|off
#               Determines the eCAP service effect on the connections_encrypted
#               ACL. 
#
#               Defaults to "on", which does not taint the master transaction
#               w.r.t. that ACL.
#
#               Does not affect eCAP API calls.
#
#       Older ecap_service format without optional named parameters is
#       deprecated but supported for backward compatibility.
#
#
#Example:
#ecap_service s1 reqmod_precache ecap://filters.R.us/leakDetector?on_error=block bypass=off
#ecap_service s2 respmod_precache ecap://filters.R.us/virusFilter config=/etc/vf.cfg bypass=on
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: loadable_modules
#       Instructs Squid to load the specified dynamic module(s) or activate
#       preloaded module(s).
#Example:
#loadable_modules /usr/lib/MinimalAdapter.so
#Default:
# none

# MESSAGE ADAPTATION OPTIONS
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

#  TAG: adaptation_service_set
#
#       Configures an ordered set of similar, redundant services. This is
#       useful when hot standby or backup adaptation servers are available.
#
#           adaptation_service_set set_name service_name1 service_name2 ...
#
#       The named services are used in the set declaration order. The first
#       applicable adaptation service from the set is used first. The next
#       applicable service is tried if and only if the transaction with the
#       previous service fails and the message waiting to be adapted is still
#       intact.
#
#       When adaptation starts, broken services are ignored as if they were
#       not a part of the set. A broken service is a down optional service.
#
#       The services in a set must be attached to the same vectoring point
#       (e.g., pre-cache) and use the same adaptation method (e.g., REQMOD).
#
#       If all services in a set are optional then adaptation failures are
#       bypassable. If all services in the set are essential, then a
#       transaction failure with one service may still be retried using
#       another service from the set, but when all services fail, the master
#       transaction fails as well.
#
#       A set may contain a mix of optional and essential services, but that
#       is likely to lead to surprising results because broken services become
#       ignored (see above), making previously bypassable failures fatal.
#       Technically, it is the bypassability of the last failed service that
#       matters.
#
#       See also: adaptation_access adaptation_service_chain
#
#Example:
#adaptation_service_set svcBlocker urlFilterPrimary urlFilterBackup
#adaptation service_set svcLogger loggerLocal loggerRemote
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: adaptation_service_chain
#
#       Configures a list of complementary services that will be applied
#       one-by-one, forming an adaptation chain or pipeline. This is useful
#       when Squid must perform different adaptations on the same message.
#
#           adaptation_service_chain chain_name service_name1 svc_name2 ...
#
#       The named services are used in the chain declaration order. The first
#       applicable adaptation service from the chain is used first. The next
#       applicable service is applied to the successful adaptation results of
#       the previous service in the chain.
#
#       When adaptation starts, broken services are ignored as if they were
#       not a part of the chain. A broken service is a down optional service.
#
#       Request satisfaction terminates the adaptation chain because Squid
#       does not currently allow declaration of RESPMOD services at the
#       "reqmod_precache" vectoring point (see icap_service or ecap_service).
#
#       The services in a chain must be attached to the same vectoring point
#       (e.g., pre-cache) and use the same adaptation method (e.g., REQMOD).
#
#       A chain may contain a mix of optional and essential services. If an
#       essential adaptation fails (or the failure cannot be bypassed for
#       other reasons), the master transaction fails. Otherwise, the failure
#       is bypassed as if the failed adaptation service was not in the chain.
#
#       See also: adaptation_access adaptation_service_set
#
#Example:
#adaptation_service_chain svcRequest requestLogger urlFilter leakDetector
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: adaptation_access
#       Sends an HTTP transaction to an ICAP or eCAP adaptation service.
#
#       adaptation_access service_name allow|deny [!]aclname...
#       adaptation_access set_name     allow|deny [!]aclname...
#
#       At each supported vectoring point, the adaptation_access
#       statements are processed in the order they appear in this
#       configuration file. Statements pointing to the following services
#       are ignored (i.e., skipped without checking their ACL):
#
#           - services serving different vectoring points
#           - "broken-but-bypassable" services
#           - "up" services configured to ignore such transactions
#              (e.g., based on the ICAP Transfer-Ignore header).
#
#        When a set_name is used, all services in the set are checked
#       using the same rules, to find the first applicable one. See
#       adaptation_service_set for details.
#
#       If an access list is checked and there is a match, the
#       processing stops: For an "allow" rule, the corresponding
#       adaptation service is used for the transaction. For a "deny"
#       rule, no adaptation service is activated.
#
#       It is currently not possible to apply more than one adaptation
#       service at the same vectoring point to the same HTTP transaction.
#
#        See also: icap_service and ecap_service
#
#Example:
#adaptation_access service_1 allow all
#Default:
# Allow, unless rules exist in squid.conf.

#  TAG: adaptation_service_iteration_limit
#       Limits the number of iterations allowed when applying adaptation
#       services to a message. If your longest adaptation set or chain
#       may have more than 16 services, increase the limit beyond its
#       default value of 16. If detecting infinite iteration loops sooner
#       is critical, make the iteration limit match the actual number
#       of services in your longest adaptation set or chain.
#
#       Infinite adaptation loops are most likely with routing services.
#
#       See also: icap_service routing=1
#Default:
# adaptation_service_iteration_limit 16

#  TAG: adaptation_masterx_shared_names
#       For each master transaction (i.e., the HTTP request and response
#       sequence, including all related ICAP and eCAP exchanges), Squid
#       maintains a table of metadata. The table entries are (name, value)
#       pairs shared among eCAP and ICAP exchanges. The table is destroyed
#       with the master transaction.
#
#       This option specifies the table entry names that Squid must accept
#       from and forward to the adaptation transactions.
#
#       An ICAP REQMOD or RESPMOD transaction may set an entry in the 
#       shared table by returning an ICAP header field with a name 
#       specified in adaptation_masterx_shared_names.
#
#       An eCAP REQMOD or RESPMOD transaction may set an entry in the
#       shared table by implementing the libecap::visitEachOption() API
#       to provide an option with a name specified in
#       adaptation_masterx_shared_names.
#
#       Squid will store and forward the set entry to subsequent adaptation
#       transactions within the same master transaction scope.
#
#       Only one shared entry name is supported at this time.
#
#Example:
## share authentication information among ICAP services
#adaptation_masterx_shared_names X-Subscriber-ID
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: adaptation_meta
#       This option allows Squid administrator to add custom ICAP request
#       headers or eCAP options to Squid ICAP requests or eCAP transactions.
#       Use it to pass custom authentication tokens and other
#       transaction-state related meta information to an ICAP/eCAP service.
#
#       The addition of a meta header is ACL-driven:
#               adaptation_meta name value [!]aclname ...
#
#       Processing for a given header name stops after the first ACL list match.
#       Thus, it is impossible to add two headers with the same name. If no ACL
#       lists match for a given header name, no such header is added. For 
#       example:
#
#               # do not debug transactions except for those that need debugging
#               adaptation_meta X-Debug 1 needs_debugging
#
#               # log all transactions except for those that must remain secret
#               adaptation_meta X-Log 1 !keep_secret
#
#               # mark transactions from users in the "G 1" group
#               adaptation_meta X-Authenticated-Groups "G 1" authed_as_G1
#
#       The "value" parameter may be a regular squid.conf token or a "double
#       quoted string". Within the quoted string, use backslash (\) to escape
#       any character, which is currently only useful for escaping backslashes
#       and double quotes. For example,
#           "this string has one backslash (\\) and two \"quotes\""
#
#       Used adaptation_meta header values may be logged via %note
#       logformat code. If multiple adaptation_meta headers with the same name
#       are used during master transaction lifetime, the header values are
#       logged in the order they were used and duplicate values are ignored
#       (only the first repeated value will be logged).
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: icap_retry
#       This ACL determines which retriable ICAP transactions are
#       retried. Transactions that received a complete ICAP response
#       and did not have to consume or produce HTTP bodies to receive
#       that response are usually retriable.
#
#       icap_retry allow|deny [!]aclname ...
#
#       Squid automatically retries some ICAP I/O timeouts and errors
#       due to persistent connection race conditions.
#
#       See also: icap_retry_limit
#Default:
# icap_retry deny all

#  TAG: icap_retry_limit
#       Limits the number of retries allowed.
#
#       Communication errors due to persistent connection race
#       conditions are unavoidable, automatically retried, and do not
#       count against this limit.
#
#       See also: icap_retry
#Default:
# No retries are allowed.

# DNS OPTIONS
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

#  TAG: check_hostnames
#       For security and stability reasons Squid can check
#       hostnames for Internet standard RFC compliance. If you want
#       Squid to perform these checks turn this directive on.
#Default:
# check_hostnames off

#  TAG: allow_underscore
#       Underscore characters is not strictly allowed in Internet hostnames
#       but nevertheless used by many sites. Set this to off if you want
#       Squid to be strict about the standard.
#       This check is performed only when check_hostnames is set to on.
#Default:
# allow_underscore on

#  TAG: dns_retransmit_interval
#       Initial retransmit interval for DNS queries. The interval is
#       doubled each time all configured DNS servers have been tried.
#Default:
# dns_retransmit_interval 5 seconds

#  TAG: dns_timeout
#       DNS Query timeout. If no response is received to a DNS query
#       within this time all DNS servers for the queried domain
#       are assumed to be unavailable.
#Default:
# dns_timeout 30 seconds

#  TAG: dns_packet_max
#       Maximum number of bytes packet size to advertise via EDNS.
#       Set to "none" to disable EDNS large packet support.
#
#       For legacy reasons DNS UDP replies will default to 512 bytes which
#       is too small for many responses. EDNS provides a means for Squid to
#       negotiate receiving larger responses back immediately without having
#       to failover with repeat requests. Responses larger than this limit
#       will retain the old behaviour of failover to TCP DNS.
#
#       Squid has no real fixed limit internally, but allowing packet sizes
#       over 1500 bytes requires network jumbogram support and is usually not
#       necessary.
#
#       WARNING: The RFC also indicates that some older resolvers will reply
#       with failure of the whole request if the extension is added. Some
#       resolvers have already been identified which will reply with mangled
#       EDNS response on occasion. Usually in response to many-KB jumbogram
#       sizes being advertised by Squid.
#       Squid will currently treat these both as an unable-to-resolve domain
#       even if it would be resolvable without EDNS.
#Default:
# EDNS disabled

#  TAG: dns_defnames    on|off
#       Normally the RES_DEFNAMES resolver option is disabled
#       (see res_init(3)).  This prevents caches in a hierarchy
#       from interpreting single-component hostnames locally.  To allow
#       Squid to handle single-component names, enable this option.
#Default:
# Search for single-label domain names is disabled.

#  TAG: dns_multicast_local     on|off
#       When set to on, Squid sends multicast DNS lookups on the local
#       network for domains ending in .local and .arpa.
#       This enables local servers and devices to be contacted in an
#       ad-hoc or zero-configuration network environment.
#Default:
# Search for .local and .arpa names is disabled.

#  TAG: dns_nameservers
#       Use this if you want to specify a list of DNS name servers
#       (IP addresses) to use instead of those given in your
#       /etc/resolv.conf file.
#
#       On Windows platforms, if no value is specified here or in
#       the /etc/resolv.conf file, the list of DNS name servers are
#       taken from the Windows registry, both static and dynamic DHCP
#       configurations are supported.
#
#       Example: dns_nameservers 10.0.0.1 192.172.0.4
#Default:
# Use operating system definitions

#  TAG: hosts_file
#       Location of the host-local IP name-address associations
#       database. Most Operating Systems have such a file on different
#       default locations:
#       - Un*X & Linux:    /etc/hosts
#       - Windows NT/2000: %SystemRoot%\system32\drivers\etc\hosts
#                          (%SystemRoot% value install default is c:\winnt)
#       - Windows XP/2003: %SystemRoot%\system32\drivers\etc\hosts
#                          (%SystemRoot% value install default is c:\windows)
#       - Windows 9x/Me:   %windir%\hosts
#                          (%windir% value is usually c:\windows)
#       - Cygwin:          /etc/hosts
#
#       The file contains newline-separated definitions, in the
#       form ip_address_in_dotted_form name [name ...] names are
#       whitespace-separated. Lines beginning with an hash (#)
#       character are comments.
#
#       The file is checked at startup and upon configuration.
#       If set to 'none', it won't be checked.
#       If append_domain is used, that domain will be added to
#       domain-local (i.e. not containing any dot character) host
#       definitions.
#Default:
# hosts_file /etc/hosts

#  TAG: append_domain
#       Appends local domain name to hostnames without any dots in
#       them.  append_domain must begin with a period.
#
#       Be warned there are now Internet names with no dots in
#       them using only top-domain names, so setting this may
#       cause some Internet sites to become unavailable.
#
#Example:
# append_domain .yourdomain.com
#Default:
# Use operating system definitions

#  TAG: ignore_unknown_nameservers
#       By default Squid checks that DNS responses are received
#       from the same IP addresses they are sent to.  If they
#       don't match, Squid ignores the response and writes a warning
#       message to cache.log.  You can allow responses from unknown
#       nameservers by setting this option to 'off'.
#Default:
# ignore_unknown_nameservers on

#  TAG: ipcache_size    (number of entries)
#       Maximum number of DNS IP cache entries.
#Default:
# ipcache_size 1024

#  TAG: ipcache_low     (percent)
#Default:
# ipcache_low 90

#  TAG: ipcache_high    (percent)
#       The size, low-, and high-water marks for the IP cache.
#Default:
# ipcache_high 95

#  TAG: fqdncache_size  (number of entries)
#       Maximum number of FQDN cache entries.
#Default:
# fqdncache_size 1024

# MISCELLANEOUS
# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

#  TAG: configuration_includes_quoted_values    on|off
#       If set, Squid will recognize each "quoted string" after a configuration
#       directive as a single parameter. The quotes are stripped before the
#       parameter value is interpreted or used.
#       See "Values with spaces, quotes, and other special characters"
#       section for more details.
#Default:
# configuration_includes_quoted_values off

#  TAG: memory_pools    on|off
#       If set, Squid will keep pools of allocated (but unused) memory
#       available for future use.  If memory is a premium on your
#       system and you believe your malloc library outperforms Squid
#       routines, disable this.
#Default:
# memory_pools on

#  TAG: memory_pools_limit      (bytes)
#       Used only with memory_pools on:
#       memory_pools_limit 50 MB
#
#       If set to a non-zero value, Squid will keep at most the specified
#       limit of allocated (but unused) memory in memory pools. All free()
#       requests that exceed this limit will be handled by your malloc
#       library. Squid does not pre-allocate any memory, just safe-keeps
#       objects that otherwise would be free()d. Thus, it is safe to set
#       memory_pools_limit to a reasonably high value even if your
#       configuration will use less memory.
#
#       If set to none, Squid will keep all memory it can. That is, there
#       will be no limit on the total amount of memory used for safe-keeping.
#
#       To disable memory allocation optimization, do not set
#       memory_pools_limit to 0 or none. Set memory_pools to "off" instead.
#
#       An overhead for maintaining memory pools is not taken into account
#       when the limit is checked. This overhead is close to four bytes per
#       object kept. However, pools may actually _save_ memory because of
#       reduced memory thrashing in your malloc library.
#Default:
# memory_pools_limit 5 MB

#  TAG: forwarded_for   on|off|transparent|truncate|delete
#       If set to "on", Squid will append your client's IP address
#       in the HTTP requests it forwards. By default it looks like:
#
#               X-Forwarded-For: 192.1.2.3
#
#       If set to "off", it will appear as
#
#               X-Forwarded-For: unknown
#
#       If set to "transparent", Squid will not alter the
#       X-Forwarded-For header in any way.
#
#       If set to "delete", Squid will delete the entire
#       X-Forwarded-For header.
#
#       If set to "truncate", Squid will remove all existing
#       X-Forwarded-For entries, and place the client IP as the sole entry.
#Default:
# forwarded_for on

#  TAG: cachemgr_passwd
#       Specify passwords for cachemgr operations.
#
#       Usage: cachemgr_passwd password action action ...
#
#       Some valid actions are (see cache manager menu for a full list):
#               5min
#               60min
#               asndb
#               authenticator
#               cbdata
#               client_list
#               comm_incoming
#               config *
#               counters
#               delay
#               digest_stats
#               dns
#               events
#               filedescriptors
#               fqdncache
#               histograms
#               http_headers
#               info
#               io
#               ipcache
#               mem
#               menu
#               netdb
#               non_peers
#               objects
#               offline_toggle *
#               pconn
#               peer_select
#               reconfigure *
#               redirector
#               refresh
#               server_list
#               shutdown *
#               store_digest
#               storedir
#               utilization
#               via_headers
#               vm_objects
#
#       * Indicates actions which will not be performed without a
#         valid password, others can be performed if not listed here.
#
#       To disable an action, set the password to "disable".
#       To allow performing an action without a password, set the
#       password to "none".
#
#       Use the keyword "all" to set the same password for all actions.
#
#Example:
# cachemgr_passwd secret shutdown
# cachemgr_passwd lesssssssecret info stats/objects
# cachemgr_passwd disable all
#Default:
# No password. Actions which require password are denied.

#  TAG: client_db       on|off
#       If you want to disable collecting per-client statistics,
#       turn off client_db here.
#Default:
# client_db on

#  TAG: refresh_all_ims on|off
#       When you enable this option, squid will always check
#       the origin server for an update when a client sends an
#       If-Modified-Since request.  Many browsers use IMS
#       requests when the user requests a reload, and this
#       ensures those clients receive the latest version.
#
#       By default (off), squid may return a Not Modified response
#       based on the age of the cached version.
#Default:
# refresh_all_ims off

#  TAG: reload_into_ims on|off
#       When you enable this option, client no-cache or ``reload''
#       requests will be changed to If-Modified-Since requests.
#       Doing this VIOLATES the HTTP standard.  Enabling this
#       feature could make you liable for problems which it
#       causes.
#
#       see also refresh_pattern for a more selective approach.
#Default:
# reload_into_ims off

#  TAG: connect_retries
#       Limits the number of reopening attempts when establishing a single
#       TCP connection. All these attempts must still complete before the
#       applicable connection opening timeout expires.
#
#       By default and when connect_retries is set to zero, Squid does not
#       retry failed connection opening attempts.
#
#       The (not recommended) maximum is 10 tries. An attempt to configure a
#       higher value results in the value of 10 being used (with a warning).
#
#       Squid may open connections to retry various high-level forwarding
#       failures. For an outside observer, that activity may look like a
#       low-level connection reopening attempt, but those high-level retries
#       are governed by forward_max_tries instead.
#
#       See also: connect_timeout, forward_timeout, icap_connect_timeout,
#       ident_timeout, and forward_max_tries.
#Default:
# Do not retry failed connections.

#  TAG: retry_on_error
#       If set to ON Squid will automatically retry requests when
#       receiving an error response with status 403 (Forbidden),
#       500 (Internal Error), 501 or 503 (Service not available).
#       Status 502 and 504 (Gateway errors) are always retried.
#
#       This is mainly useful if you are in a complex cache hierarchy to
#       work around access control errors.
#
#       NOTE: This retry will attempt to find another working destination.
#       Which is different from the server which just failed.
#Default:
# retry_on_error off

#  TAG: as_whois_server
#       WHOIS server to query for AS numbers.  NOTE: AS numbers are
#       queried only when Squid starts up, not for every request.
#Default:
# as_whois_server whois.ra.net

#  TAG: offline_mode
#       Enable this option and Squid will never try to validate cached
#       objects.
#Default:
# offline_mode off

#  TAG: uri_whitespace
#       What to do with requests that have whitespace characters in the
#       URI.  Options:
#
#       strip:  The whitespace characters are stripped out of the URL.
#               This is the behavior recommended by RFC2396 and RFC3986
#               for tolerant handling of generic URI.
#               NOTE: This is one difference between generic URI and HTTP URLs.
#
#       deny:   The request is denied.  The user receives an "Invalid
#               Request" message.
#               This is the behaviour recommended by RFC2616 for safe
#               handling of HTTP request URL.
#
#       allow:  The request is allowed and the URI is not changed.  The
#               whitespace characters remain in the URI.  Note the
#               whitespace is passed to redirector processes if they
#               are in use.
#               Note this may be considered a violation of RFC2616
#               request parsing where whitespace is prohibited in the
#               URL field.
#
#       encode: The request is allowed and the whitespace characters are
#               encoded according to RFC1738.
#
#       chop:   The request is allowed and the URI is chopped at the
#               first whitespace.
#
#
#       NOTE the current Squid implementation of encode and chop violates
#       RFC2616 by not using a 301 redirect after altering the URL.
#Default:
# uri_whitespace strip

#  TAG: chroot
#       Specifies a directory where Squid should do a chroot() while
#       initializing.  This also causes Squid to fully drop root
#       privileges after initializing.  This means, for example, if you
#       use a HTTP port less than 1024 and try to reconfigure, you may
#       get an error saying that Squid can not open the port.
#Default:
# none

#  TAG: pipeline_prefetch
#       HTTP clients may send a pipeline of 1+N requests to Squid using a
#       single connection, without waiting for Squid to respond to the first
#       of those requests. This option limits the number of concurrent
#       requests Squid will try to handle in parallel. If set to N, Squid
#       will try to receive and process up to 1+N requests on the same
#       connection concurrently.
#
#       Defaults to 0 (off) for bandwidth management and access logging
#       reasons.
#
#       NOTE: pipelining requires persistent connections to clients.
#
#       WARNING: pipelining breaks NTLM and Negotiate/Kerberos authentication.
#Default:
# Do not pre-parse pipelined requests.

#  TAG: high_response_time_warning      (msec)
#       If the one-minute median response time exceeds this value,
#       Squid prints a WARNING with debug level 0 to get the
#       administrators attention.  The value is in milliseconds.
#Default:
# disabled.

#  TAG: high_page_fault_warning
#       If the one-minute average page fault rate exceeds this
#       value, Squid prints a WARNING with debug level 0 to get
#       the administrators attention.  The value is in page faults
#       per second.
#Default:
# disabled.

#  TAG: high_memory_warning
# Note: This option is only available if Squid is rebuilt with the
#       GNU Malloc with mstats()
#
#       If the memory usage (as determined by gnumalloc, if available and used)
#       exceeds this amount, Squid prints a WARNING with debug level 0 to get
#       the administrators attention.
#Default:
# disabled.

#  TAG: sleep_after_fork        (microseconds)
#       When this is set to a non-zero value, the main Squid process
#       sleeps the specified number of microseconds after a fork()
#       system call. This sleep may help the situation where your
#       system reports fork() failures due to lack of (virtual)
#       memory. Note, however, if you have a lot of child
#       processes, these sleep delays will add up and your
#       Squid will not service requests for some amount of time
#       until all the child processes have been started.
#       On Windows value less then 1000 (1 milliseconds) are
#       rounded to 1000.
#Default:
# sleep_after_fork 0

#  TAG: windows_ipaddrchangemonitor     on|off
# Note: This option is only available if Squid is rebuilt with the
#       MS Windows
#
#       On Windows Squid by default will monitor IP address changes and will 
#       reconfigure itself after any detected event. This is very useful for
#       proxies connected to internet with dial-up interfaces.
#       In some cases (a Proxy server acting as VPN gateway is one) it could be
#       desiderable to disable this behaviour setting this to 'off'.
#       Note: after changing this, Squid service must be restarted.
#Default:
# windows_ipaddrchangemonitor on

#  TAG: eui_lookup
#       Whether to lookup the EUI or MAC address of a connected client.
#Default:
# eui_lookup on

#  TAG: max_filedescriptors
#       Set the maximum number of filedescriptors, either below the
#       operating system default or up to the hard limit.
#
#       Remove from squid.conf to inherit the current ulimit soft
#       limit setting.
#
#       Note: Changing this requires a restart of Squid. Also
#       not all I/O types supports large values (eg on Windows).
#Default:
# Use operating system soft limit set by ulimit.

#  TAG: force_request_body_continuation
#       This option controls how Squid handles data upload requests from HTTP
#       and FTP agents that require a "Please Continue" control message response
#       to actually send the request body to Squid. It is mostly useful in
#       adaptation environments.
#
#       When Squid receives an HTTP request with an "Expect: 100-continue"
#       header or an FTP upload command (e.g., STOR), Squid normally sends the
#       request headers or FTP command information to an adaptation service (or
#       peer) and waits for a response. Most adaptation services (and some
#       broken peers) may not respond to Squid at that stage because they may
#       decide to wait for the HTTP request body or FTP data transfer. However,
#       that request body or data transfer may never come because Squid has not
#       responded with the HTTP 100 or FTP 150 (Please Continue) control message
#       to the request sender yet!
#
#       An allow match tells Squid to respond with the HTTP 100 or FTP 150
#       (Please Continue) control message on its own, before forwarding the
#       request to an adaptation service or peer. Such a response usually forces
#       the request sender to proceed with sending the body. A deny match tells
#       Squid to delay that control response until the origin server confirms
#       that the request body is needed. Delaying is the default behavior.
#Default:
# Deny, unless rules exist in squid.conf.

#  TAG: http_upgrade_request_protocols
#       Controls client-initiated and server-confirmed switching from HTTP to
#       another protocol (or to several protocols) using HTTP Upgrade mechanism
#       defined in RFC 7230 Section 6.7. Squid itself does not understand the
#       protocols being upgraded to and participates in the upgraded
#       communication only as a dumb TCP proxy. Admins should not allow
#       upgrading to protocols that require a more meaningful proxy
#       participation.
#
#       Usage: http_upgrade_request_protocols <protocol> allow|deny [!]acl ...
#
#       The required "protocol" parameter is either an all-caps word OTHER or an
#       explicit protocol name (e.g. "WebSocket") optionally followed by a slash
#       and a version token (e.g. "HTTP/3"). Explicit protocol names and
#       versions are case sensitive.
#
#       When an HTTP client sends an Upgrade request header, Squid iterates over
#       the client-offered protocols and, for each protocol P (with an optional
#       version V), evaluates the first non-empty set of
#       http_upgrade_request_protocols rules (if any) from the following list:
#
#               * All rules with an explicit protocol name equal to P.
#               * All rules that use OTHER instead of a protocol name.
#
#       In other words, rules using OTHER are considered for protocol P if and
#       only if there are no rules mentioning P by name.
#
#       If both of the above sets are empty, then Squid removes protocol P from
#       the Upgrade offer.
#
#       If the client sent a versioned protocol offer P/X, then explicit rules
#       referring to the same-name but different-version protocol P/Y are
#       declared inapplicable. Inapplicable rules are not evaluated (i.e. are
#       ignored). However, inapplicable rules still belong to the first set of
#       rules for P.
#
#       Within the applicable rule subset, individual rules are evaluated in
#       their configuration order. If all ACLs of an applicable "allow" rule
#       match, then the protocol offered by the client is forwarded to the next
#       hop as is. If all ACLs of an applicable "deny" rule match, then the
#       offer is dropped. If no applicable rules have matching ACLs, then the
#       offer is also dropped. The first matching rule also ends rules
#       evaluation for the offered protocol.
#
#       If all client-offered protocols are removed, then Squid forwards the
#       client request without the Upgrade header. Squid never sends an empty
#       Upgrade request header.
#
#       An Upgrade request header with a value violating HTTP syntax is dropped
#       and ignored without an attempt to use extractable individual protocol
#       offers.
#
#       Upon receiving an HTTP 101 (Switching Protocols) control message, Squid
#       checks that the server listed at least one protocol name and sent a
#       Connection:upgrade response header. Squid does not understand individual
#       protocol naming and versioning concepts enough to implement stricter
#       checks, but an admin can restrict HTTP 101 (Switching Protocols)
#       responses further using http_reply_access. Responses denied by
#       http_reply_access rules and responses flagged by the internal Upgrade
#       checks result in HTTP 502 (Bad Gateway) ERR_INVALID_RESP errors and
#       Squid-to-server connection closures.
#
#       If Squid sends an Upgrade request header, and the next hop (e.g., the
#       origin server) responds with an acceptable HTTP 101 (Switching
#       Protocols), then Squid forwards that message to the client and becomes
#       a TCP tunnel.
#
#       The presence of an Upgrade request header alone does not preclude cache
#       lookups. In other words, an Upgrade request might be satisfied from the
#       cache, using regular HTTP caching rules.
#
#       This clause only supports fast acl types.
#       See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.
#
#       Each of the following groups of configuration lines represents a
#       separate configuration example:
#
#       # never upgrade to protocol Foo; all others are OK
#       http_upgrade_request_protocols Foo deny all
#       http_upgrade_request_protocols OTHER allow all
#
#       # only allow upgrades to protocol Bar (except for its first version)
#       http_upgrade_request_protocols Bar/1 deny all
#       http_upgrade_request_protocols Bar allow all
#       http_upgrade_request_protocols OTHER deny all # this rule is optional
#
#       # only allow upgrades to protocol Baz, and only if Baz is the only offer
#       acl UpgradeHeaderHasMultipleOffers ...
#       http_upgrade_request_protocols Baz deny UpgradeHeaderHasMultipleOffers
#       http_upgrade_request_protocols Baz allow all
#Default:
# Upgrade header dropped, effectively blocking an upgrade attempt.

#  TAG: server_pconn_for_nonretriable
#       This option provides fine-grained control over persistent connection
#       reuse when forwarding HTTP requests that Squid cannot retry. It is useful
#       in environments where opening new connections is very expensive
#       (e.g., all connections are secured with TLS with complex client and server
#       certificate validation) and race conditions associated with persistent
#       connections are very rare and/or only cause minor problems.
#
#       HTTP prohibits retrying unsafe and non-idempotent requests (e.g., POST).
#       Squid limitations also prohibit retrying all requests with bodies (e.g., PUT).
#       By default, when forwarding such "risky" requests, Squid opens a new
#       connection to the server or cache_peer, even if there is an idle persistent
#       connection available. When Squid is configured to risk sending a non-retriable
#       request on a previously used persistent connection, and the server closes
#       the connection before seeing that risky request, the user gets an error response
#       from Squid. In most cases, that error response will be HTTP 502 (Bad Gateway)
#       with ERR_ZERO_SIZE_OBJECT or ERR_WRITE_ERROR (peer connection reset) error detail.
#
#       If an allow rule matches, Squid reuses an available idle persistent connection
#       (if any) for the request that Squid cannot retry. If a deny rule matches, then
#       Squid opens a new connection for the request that Squid cannot retry.
#
#       This option does not affect requests that Squid can retry. They will reuse idle
#       persistent connections (if any).
#
#       This clause only supports fast acl types.
#       See http://wiki.squid-cache.org/SquidFaq/SquidAcl for details.
#
#       Example:
#               acl SpeedIsWorthTheRisk method POST
#               server_pconn_for_nonretriable allow SpeedIsWorthTheRisk
#Default:
# Open new connections for forwarding requests Squid cannot retry safely.

#  TAG: happy_eyeballs_connect_timeout  (msec)
#       This Happy Eyeballs (RFC 8305) tuning directive specifies the minimum
#       delay between opening a primary to-server connection and opening a
#       spare to-server connection for the same master transaction. This delay
#       is similar to the Connection Attempt Delay in RFC 8305, but it is only
#       applied to the first spare connection attempt. Subsequent spare
#       connection attempts use happy_eyeballs_connect_gap, and primary
#       connection attempts are not artificially delayed at all.
#
#       Terminology: The "primary" and "spare" designations are determined by
#       the order of DNS answers received by Squid: If Squid DNS AAAA query
#       was answered first, then primary connections are connections to IPv6
#       peer addresses (while spare connections use IPv4 addresses).
#       Similarly, if Squid DNS A query was answered first, then primary
#       connections are connections to IPv4 peer addresses (while spare
#       connections use IPv6 addresses).
#
#       Shorter happy_eyeballs_connect_timeout values reduce master
#       transaction response time, potentially improving user-perceived
#       response times (i.e., making user eyeballs happier). Longer delays
#       reduce both concurrent connection level and server bombardment with
#       connection requests, potentially improving overall Squid performance
#       and reducing the chance of being blocked by servers for opening too
#       many unused connections.
#
#       RFC 8305 prohibits happy_eyeballs_connect_timeout values smaller than
#       10 (milliseconds) to "avoid congestion collapse in the presence of
#       high packet-loss rates".
#
#       The following Happy Eyeballs directives place additional connection
#       opening restrictions: happy_eyeballs_connect_gap and
#       happy_eyeballs_connect_limit.
#Default:
# happy_eyeballs_connect_timeout 250

#  TAG: happy_eyeballs_connect_gap      (msec)
#       This Happy Eyeballs (RFC 8305) tuning directive specifies the
#       minimum delay between opening spare to-server connections (to any
#       server; i.e. across all concurrent master transactions in a Squid
#       instance). Each SMP worker currently multiplies the configured gap
#       by the total number of workers so that the combined spare connection
#       opening rate of a Squid instance obeys the configured limit. The
#       workers do not coordinate connection openings yet; a micro burst
#       of spare connection openings may violate the configured gap.
#
#       This directive has similar trade-offs as
#       happy_eyeballs_connect_timeout, but its focus is on limiting traffic
#       amplification effects for Squid as a whole, while
#       happy_eyeballs_connect_timeout works on an individual master
#       transaction level.
#
#       The following Happy Eyeballs directives place additional connection
#       opening restrictions: happy_eyeballs_connect_timeout and
#       happy_eyeballs_connect_limit. See the former for related terminology.
#Default:
# no artificial delays between spare attempts

#  TAG: happy_eyeballs_connect_limit
#       This Happy Eyeballs (RFC 8305) tuning directive specifies the
#       maximum number of spare to-server connections (to any server; i.e.
#       across all concurrent master transactions in a Squid instance).
#       Each SMP worker gets an equal share of the total limit. However,
#       the workers do not share the actual connection counts yet, so one
#       (busier) worker cannot "borrow" spare connection slots from another
#       (less loaded) worker.
#
#       Setting this limit to zero disables concurrent use of primary and
#       spare TCP connections: Spare connection attempts are made only after
#       all primary attempts fail. However, Squid would still use the
#       DNS-related optimizations of the Happy Eyeballs approach.
#
#       This directive has similar trade-offs as happy_eyeballs_connect_gap,
#       but its focus is on limiting Squid overheads, while
#       happy_eyeballs_connect_gap focuses on the origin server and peer
#       overheads.
#
#       The following Happy Eyeballs directives place additional connection
#       opening restrictions: happy_eyeballs_connect_timeout and
#       happy_eyeballs_connect_gap. See the former for related terminology.
#Default:
# no artificial limit on the number of concurrent spare attempts
systemctl squid start

Webmin 설치

Webmin은 Squid를 관리하기 위한 웹 기반 인터페이스입니다. Webmin을 설치하기 위해 아래 명령을 실행합니다.

sudo vim /etc/apt/sources.list

편집기에서 sources.list 파일을 열고 다음 줄을 파일의 맨 아래에 추가합니다

deb http://download.webmin.com/download/repository sarge contrib

저장하고 에디터를 닫은 후 아래 명령을 실행하여 Webmin의 GPG 키를 추가합니다

wget http://www.webmin.com/jcameron-key.asc
sudo apt-key add jcameron-key.asc

패키지 목록을 업데이트하고 Webmin을 설치합니다

sudo apt-get update
sudo apt-get install -y webmin

 

Webmin 액세스

  • 계정 패스워드 정보
    • 계정 : root
    • 패스워드 : root 패스워드
https://your_server_ip:10000

 

 

Dashboard

 

Squid Proxy Server

 

squid 구성 파일 설정

acl localnet src 0.0.0.1-0.255.255.255 # RFC 1122 "this" network (LAN)
acl localnet src 10.0.0.0/8 # RFC 1918 local private network (LAN)
acl localnet src 100.64.0.0/10 # RFC 6598 shared address space (CGN)
acl localnet src 169.254.0.0/16 # RFC 3927 link-local (directly plugged) machines
acl localnet src 172.16.0.0/12 # RFC 1918 local private network (LAN)
acl localnet src 192.168.0.0/16 # RFC 1918 local private network (LAN)
acl localnet src fc00::/7 # RFC 4193 local private network range
acl localnet src fe80::/10 # RFC 4291 link-local (directly plugged) machines

acl allowed_clients src 192.168.0.14

acl SSL_ports port 443

acl Safe_ports port 80 # http
acl Safe_ports port 21 # ftp
acl Safe_ports port 443 # https
acl Safe_ports port 70 # gopher
acl Safe_ports port 210 # wais
acl Safe_ports port 1025-65535 # unregistered ports
acl Safe_ports port 280 # http-mgmt
acl Safe_ports port 488 # gss-http
acl Safe_ports port 591 # filemaker
acl Safe_ports port 777 # multiling http

acl allowed_sites dstdomain .naver.com

http_access deny !Safe_ports
http_access deny CONNECT !SSL_ports
http_access allow localhost manager
http_access deny manager
http_access allow localhost

#http_access allow allowed_clients
#http_access allow allowed_sites
http_access allow allowed_clients allowed_sites

http_access deny all

include /etc/squid/conf.d/*.conf

http_port 3128

cache_dir ufs /var/spool/squid 100 16 256

access_log daemon:/var/log/squid/access.log squid
logfile_rotate 7

coredump_dir /var/spool/squid

refresh_pattern ^ftp:		1440	20%	10080
refresh_pattern ^gopher:	1440	0%	1440
refresh_pattern -i (/cgi-bin/|\?) 0	0%	0
refresh_pattern \/(Packages|Sources)(|\.bz2|\.gz|\.xz)$ 0 0% 0 refresh-ims
refresh_pattern \/Release(|\.gpg)$ 0 0% 0 refresh-ims
refresh_pattern \/InRelease$ 0 0% 0 refresh-ims
refresh_pattern \/(Translation-.*)(|\.bz2|\.gz|\.xz)$ 0 0% 0 refresh-ims
refresh_pattern .		0	20%	4320

cache_effective_user proxy
cache_effective_group proxy

 

squid 구성 파일 검사

  • /etc/squid/squid.conf
sudo squid -k parse
728x90

원문출처 : https://www.tecmint.com/disable-suspend-and-hibernation-in-linux/

 

How to Disable Suspend and Hibernation Modes In Linux

In this article, we take you through how to disable suspend and hibernation modes on a Linux system.

www.tecmint.com

 

이 기사에서는 Linux 시스템에서 일시 중지  최대 절전 모드를 비활성화하는 방법을 설명합니다 . 그러나 그 전에 이 두 가지 모드에 대해 간단히 살펴보겠습니다.

Linux 시스템을 일시 중지하면 기본적으로 활성화하거나 절전 모드로 전환합니다. 컴퓨터 전원이 계속 켜져 있는데도 화면이 꺼집니다. 또한 모든 문서와 응용 프로그램은 열린 상태로 유지됩니다.

시스템을 일시 중단하면 시스템을 사용하지 않을 때 전원을 절약할 수 있습니다. 시스템을 다시 사용하려면 간단한 마우스 클릭이나 키보드 버튼을 탭하기만 하면 됩니다. 경우에 따라 전원 버튼을 눌러야 할 수도 있습니다 .

Linux에는 3가지 정지 모드가 있습니다.

  • Suspend to RAM(Normal Suspend) : PC가 배터리로 작동 중일 때 일정 시간 동안 사용하지 않거나 덮개를 닫으면 대부분의 노트북이 자동으로 들어가는 모드입니다. 이 모드에서 전원은 RAM용으로 예약되며 대부분의 구성 요소에서 차단됩니다.
  • Suspend to Disk (Hibernate) : 이 모드에서는 시스템 상태가 스왑 공간에 저장되고 시스템 전원이 완전히 꺼집니다. 그러나 전원을 켜면 모든 것이 복원되고 떠난 곳에서 픽업합니다.
  • Suspend to both (Hybrid suspend) : 여기서 머신 상태는 스왑에 저장되지만 시스템이 꺼지지는 않습니다. 대신 PC가 RAM으로 일시 중단됩니다. 배터리는 사용되지 않으며 디스크에서 시스템을 안전하게 재개하고 작업을 계속 진행할 수 있습니다. 이 방법은 RAM 일시 중단보다 훨씬 느립니다.

Linux에서 일시 중단 및 최대 절전 모드 비활성화

Linux 시스템이 일시 중단 되거나 최대 절전 모드 로 전환되지 않도록 하려면 다음 systemd 대상을 비활성화해야 합니다.

$ sudo systemctl mask sleep.target suspend.target hibernate.target hybrid-sleep.target

아래와 같은 출력이 표시됩니다.

hybrid-sleep.target
Created symlink /etc/systemd/system/sleep.target → /dev/null.
Created symlink /etc/systemd/system/suspend.target → /dev/null.
Created symlink /etc/systemd/system/hibernate.target → /dev/null.
Created symlink /etc/systemd/system/hybrid-sleep.target → /dev/null.

Ubuntu에서 일시 중단 및 최대 절전 모드 비활성화

그런 다음 시스템을 재부팅하고 다시 로그인하십시오.

다음 명령을 사용하여 변경 사항이 적용되었는지 확인합니다.

$ sudo systemctl status sleep.target suspend.target hibernate.target hybrid-sleep.target

Ubuntu에서 일시 중단 및 최대 절전 모드 확인

출력에서 네 가지 상태가 모두 비활성화되었음을 알 수 있습니다.

Linux에서 일시 중단 및 최대 절전 모드 활성화

일시 중단  최대 절전 모드를 다시 활성화하려면 다음 명령을 실행하십시오.

$ sudo systemctl unmask sleep.target suspend.target hibernate.target hybrid-sleep.target

다음은 얻을 수 있는 결과입니다.

Removed /etc/systemd/system/sleep.target.
Removed /etc/systemd/system/suspend.target.
Removed /etc/systemd/system/hibernate.target.
Removed /etc/systemd/system/hybrid-sleep.target.

Ubuntu에서 일시 중단 및 최대 절전 모드 활성화

이를 확인하려면 다음 명령을 실행하십시오.

$ sudo systemctl status sleep.target suspend.target hibernate.target hybrid-sleep.target

Ubuntu에서 일시 중단 및 최대 절전 모드 확인

덮개를 닫을 때 시스템이 일시 중지 상태로 전환되지 않도록 하려면 /etc/systemd/logind.conf 파일을 편집하십시오.

$ sudo vim /etc/systemd/logind.conf

파일에 다음 줄을 추가합니다.

[Login] 
HandleLidSwitch=ignore 
HandleLidSwitchDocked=ignore

파일을 저장하고 종료합니다. 변경 사항을 적용하려면 재부팅해야 합니다.

이것으로 Linux 시스템에서 일시 중단  최대 절전 모드를 비활성화하는 방법에 대한 기사를 마무리합니다 . 이 가이드가 도움이 되었기를 바랍니다. 귀하의 피드백을 환영합니다.

728x90

원문출처 : https://ostechnix.com/linux-tips-disable-suspend-and-hibernation/

 

How To Disable Suspend And Hibernation In Linux - OSTechNix

This guide explains what are suspend and hibernation modes and how to disable suspend and hibernation in Linux operating systems.

ostechnix.com

 

오늘 우리는 Linux에서 일시 중지 및 최대 절전 모드를 비활성화 하는 방법을 배웁니다 . 주제에 들어가기 전에 컴퓨터의 일시 중단 및 최대 절전 모드에 대한 간략한 소개를 살펴보겠습니다.

일시 중단 및 최대 절전 모드란 무엇입니까?

시스템을 일시 중단 할 때마다 컴퓨터는 절전 모드로 들어갑니다. 의미 - 열려 있는 모든 응용 프로그램, 파일 및 문서는 열린 상태로 유지되지만 모니터와 시스템의 다른 부분은 전원을 절약하기 위해 꺼집니다. 컴퓨터를 일시 중단해도 전원이 완전히 꺼지는 것은 아닙니다. 컴퓨터는 여전히 켜져 있고 여전히 소량의 전력을 사용합니다.

 

최대 절전 모드  일시 중지 유형 중 하나입니다. 현재 세 가지 일시 중단 방법을 사용할 수 있습니다.

  1. RAM 일시 중단 또는 일반 일시 중단 - 이 모드에서는 RAM 을 제외하고 화면과 시스템의 대부분이 꺼집니다(완전히 꺼지는 것은 아님) . 모든 랩탑은 사용자가 특정 시간 동안 활동하지 않거나 시스템이 배터리로 실행 중이거나 덮개가 닫혀 있을 때 이 일시 중지 모드에 들어갑니다. 키를 누르거나 마우스 버튼을 클릭하면 컴퓨터가 일반 모드로 깨어납니다.
  2. Suspend to DISK 또는 Hibernate - 이 모드에서는 현재 컴퓨터의 상태가 스왑 공간 에 저장되고 시스템이 완전히 꺼집니다. 시스템을 다시 켜면 상태가 복원됩니다. 이것은 일반적으로 최대 절전 모드 로 알려져 있습니다 .
  3. 둘 다 일시 중단 또는 하이브리드 일시 중단 - 이 모드에서는 현재 컴퓨터의 상태가 스왑 공간에 저장되고 일반적인 RAM 일시 중단 모드가 호출됩니다. 따라서 컴퓨터가 완전히 꺼지지 않습니다. 배터리가 고갈되면 디스크에서 컴퓨터를 다시 시작할 수 있습니다. 배터리가 고갈되지 않은 경우 RAM에서 컴퓨터를 다시 시작할 수 있습니다. 이를 하이브리드 일시 중단 이라고도 합니다.

일시 중지 및 최대 절전 모드에 대한 기본 아이디어를 얻으시기 바랍니다. 이제 주제로 돌아가 일시 중지 및 최대 절전 모드를 비활성화하는 방법을 살펴보겠습니다.

Linux에서 일시 중지 및 최대 절전 모드 비활성화

Linux 시스템이 일시 중단 및 최대 절전 모드로 전환되지 않도록 하려면 systemd 수준에서 다음 대상을 비활성화하십시오.

$ sudo systemctl mask sleep.target suspend.target hibernate.target hybrid-sleep.target

샘플 출력:

Created symlink /etc/systemd/system/sleep.target → /dev/null.
Created symlink /etc/systemd/system/suspend.target → /dev/null.
Created symlink /etc/systemd/system/hibernate.target → /dev/null.
Created symlink /etc/systemd/system/hybrid-sleep.target → /dev/null.
Linux에서 일시 중지 및 최대 절전 모드 비활성화

만일을 대비하여 모든 작업을 저장하고 다음 명령을 실행하여 변경 사항을 적용합니다.

$ sudo systemctl restart systemd-logind.service

또는 이를 적용하려면 시스템을 재부팅하십시오.

변경 사항이 실제로 적용되었는지 확인합니다.

$ systemctl status sleep.target suspend.target hibernate.target hybrid-sleep.target

샘플 출력:

● sleep.target
   Loaded: masked (/dev/null; bad)
   Active: inactive (dead)

● suspend.target
   Loaded: masked (/dev/null; bad)
   Active: inactive (dead)

● hibernate.target
   Loaded: masked (/dev/null; bad)
   Active: inactive (dead)

● hybrid-sleep.target
   Loaded: masked (/dev/null; bad)
   Active: inactive (dead)

위의 출력에서 ​​볼 수 있듯이 일시 중단 및 최대 절전 모드 시스템 대상이 마스크되고 비활성화되었습니다.

시스템에서 일시 중단 및 최대 절전 모드를 다시 활성화하려면 다음을 실행하십시오.

$ sudo systemctl unmask sleep.target suspend.target hibernate.target hybrid-sleep.target

샘플 출력:

Removed /etc/systemd/system/sleep.target.
Removed /etc/systemd/system/suspend.target.
Removed /etc/systemd/system/hibernate.target.
Removed /etc/systemd/system/hybrid-sleep.target.

노트북 뚜껑을 닫았을 때 중단되는 것을 방지하려면 다음 /etc/systemd/logind.conf파일 을 편집하십시오.

$ sudo nano /etc/systemd/logind.conf

다음 줄을 추가/수정합니다.

[Login] 
HandleLidSwitch=ignore 
HandleLidSwitchDocked=ignore

파일을 저장하고 닫습니다. 변경 사항을 적용하려면 systemd-logind .service 를 다시 시작하거나 시스템을 재부팅하는 것을 잊지 마십시오 .

자세한 내용은 매뉴얼 페이지를 확인하십시오.

$ man logind.conf

도움이 되었기를 바랍니다.

728x90

yum repository 관리에 필요한 yum-utils 를 설치한다. (설치가 안되어있을 경우)

$ sudo yum install -y yum-utils

 

Docker repository 추가

$ sudo yum-config-manager \
	--add-repo \
	https://download.docker.com/linux/centos/docker-ce.repo

 

Docker Engine 설치

$ sudo yum install docker-ce docker-ce-cli containerd.io

 

Docker 실행

$ sudo systemctl start docker

 

hellow-world 이미지로 Docker가 잘 설치 되었는지 확인

$ sudo docker run hello-world
Unable to find image 'hello-world:latest' locally
latest: Pulling from library/hello-world
2db29710123e: Pull complete 
Digest: sha256:975f4b14f326b05db86e16de00144f9c12257553bba9484fed41f9b6f2257800
Status: Downloaded newer image for hello-world:latest

Hello from Docker!
This message shows that your installation appears to be working correctly.

To generate this message, Docker took the following steps:
 1. The Docker client contacted the Docker daemon.
 2. The Docker daemon pulled the "hello-world" image from the Docker Hub.
    (amd64)
 3. The Docker daemon created a new container from that image which runs the
    executable that produces the output you are currently reading.
 4. The Docker daemon streamed that output to the Docker client, which sent it
    to your terminal.

To try something more ambitious, you can run an Ubuntu container with:
 $ docker run -it ubuntu bash

Share images, automate workflows, and more with a free Docker ID:
 https://hub.docker.com/

For more examples and ideas, visit:
 https://docs.docker.com/get-started/

 

dnf 를 이용하여 설치할 때도 yum 을 이용할때와 거의 동일하다.

$ sudo dnf -y install dnf-plugins-core
$ sudo dnf config-manager \
	--add-repo \
    https://download.docker.com/linux/centos/docker-ce.repo
$ sudo dnf install docker-ce docker-ce-cli containerd.io




참고

https://docs.docker.com/engine/install/centos/

https://docs.docker.com/engine/install/fedora/

728x90

원문출처 : https://solo5star.tistory.com/4

 

우분투 20.04 사용중인 53번 포트 끄기

pi-hole을 설치하려고 했으나 53번 포트가 사용중이라고 뜬다. $ sudo netstat -nap | grep LISTEN tcp 0 0 127.0.0.53:53 0.0.0.0:* LISTEN 633/systemd-resolve tcp 0 0 0.0.0.0:22 0.0.0.0:* LISTEN 819/sshd: /usr/sbin tcp 0 0 0.0.0.0:445 0.0.0.0

solo5star.tistory.com

pi-hole을 설치하려고 했으나 53번 포트가 사용중이라고 뜬다.

$ sudo netstat -nap | grep LISTEN
tcp        0      0 127.0.0.53:53           0.0.0.0:*               LISTEN      633/systemd-resolve 
tcp        0      0 0.0.0.0:22              0.0.0.0:*               LISTEN      819/sshd: /usr/sbin 
tcp        0      0 0.0.0.0:445             0.0.0.0:*               LISTEN      835/smbd            
tcp        0      0 0.0.0.0:139             0.0.0.0:*               LISTEN      835/smbd            
tcp        0      0 0.0.0.0:80              0.0.0.0:*               LISTEN      1409/nginx: master  
tcp6       0      0 :::51413                :::*                    LISTEN      1233/docker-proxy   
tcp6       0      0 :::22                   :::*                    LISTEN      819/sshd: /usr/sbin 
tcp6       0      0 :::445                  :::*                    LISTEN      835/smbd            
tcp6       0      0 :::8000                 :::*                    LISTEN      1193/docker-proxy   
tcp6       0      0 :::9091                 :::*                    LISTEN      1278/docker-proxy   
tcp6       0      0 :::9098                 :::*                    LISTEN      1365/grafana-server 
tcp6       0      0 :::9099                 :::*                    LISTEN      1397/prometheus     
tcp6       0      0 :::139                  :::*                    LISTEN      835/smbd            
tcp6       0      0 :::9100                 :::*                    LISTEN      1368/node_exporter  
tcp6       0      0 :::9101                 :::*                    LISTEN      1194/docker-proxy 

sudo를 붙이면 특정 포트를 어떤 서비스에서 쓰는지 확인할 수 있다

 

53번 포트를 쓰는 서비스를 설치한 적이 없는데... 왜 그런가 알아보니 systemd-resolved 서비스에서 DNSStubListener가 53포트를 쓴다고 한다.

 

53번엔 다른 DNS 서비스를 설치할 것이기 때문에, 끌려고 한다.

 

먼저 systemd-resolved 서비스를 멈춘다.

$ sudo systemctl stop systemd-resolved
$ sudo vi /etc/systemd/resolved.conf

 

DNS 서버는 8.8.8.8로, DNSStubListener는 no로 설정하여 꺼준다.

[Resolve]
DNS=8.8.8.8
#FallbackDNS=
#Domains=
#LLMNR=no
#MulticastDNS=no
#DNSSEC=no
#DNSOverTLS=no
#Cache=yes
DNSStubListener=no
#ReadEtcHosts=yes

 

링크를 만들어준다.

$ sudo ln -sf /run/systemd/resolve/resolv.conf /etc/resolv.conf

 

이렇게 하면 53번 포트를 정상적으로 사용할 수 있다.

 

그런데 sudo로 명령어를 치면 아래와 같이 에러 메세지가 뜨는데...

$ sudo
sudo: unable to resolve host Home-NAS: Name or service not known

 

서버의 hostname을 Home-NAS로 설정해두었다.

 

기존엔 우분투에서 Home-NAS를 알아서 localhost로 인식해주었지만 지금은 DNSStubListener를 거치지 않고 바로 8.8.8.8에 질의하기 때문에 이러한 문제가 생긴 것 같다.

 

관련 문제를 검색해보니... /etc/hostname 과 /etc/hosts에 적혀있는 hostname이 달라서 발생한다고 한다.

# /etc/hostname
Home-NAS
# /etc/hosts
127.0.0.1 localhost
127.0.1.1 Home-NAS

 

이렇게 수정해주니 오류가 뜨지 않는다.

 

$ sudo netstat -nap | grep LISTEN
tcp        0      0 0.0.0.0:139             0.0.0.0:*               LISTEN      798/smbd            
tcp        0      0 0.0.0.0:80              0.0.0.0:*               LISTEN      1381/nginx: master  
tcp        0      0 0.0.0.0:22              0.0.0.0:*               LISTEN      782/sshd: /usr/sbin 
tcp        0      0 0.0.0.0:445             0.0.0.0:*               LISTEN      798/smbd            
tcp6       0      0 :::8000                 :::*                    LISTEN      1174/docker-proxy   
tcp6       0      0 :::9091                 :::*                    LISTEN      1247/docker-proxy   
tcp6       0      0 :::9098                 :::*                    LISTEN      1380/grafana-server 
tcp6       0      0 :::9099                 :::*                    LISTEN      1360/prometheus     
tcp6       0      0 :::139                  :::*                    LISTEN      798/smbd            
tcp6       0      0 :::9100                 :::*                    LISTEN      1372/node_exporter  
tcp6       0      0 :::9101                 :::*                    LISTEN      1194/docker-proxy   
tcp6       0      0 :::51413                :::*                    LISTEN      1196/docker-proxy   
tcp6       0      0 :::22                   :::*                    LISTEN      782/sshd: /usr/sbin 
tcp6       0      0 :::445                  :::*                    LISTEN      798/smbd            

 

드디어 53번 포트를 쓸 수 있게 되었다.

728x90

원문 출처 : https://computingforgeeks.com/upgrade-to-rocky-linux-9-from-rocky-linux-8/

 

How To Upgrade to Rocky Linux 9 from Rocky Linux 8 | ComputingForGeeks

The most amazing thing is that Rocky Linux is free and open-source, 100% bug-for-bug Red Hat Enterprise Linux compatible distribution. The latest release

computingforgeeks.com

 

Rocky Project는 CentOS의 창시자인 Gregory Kurtzer 에 의해 시작되었습니다. 이것은 Redhat에서 CentOS Linux의 죽음을 발표한 후였습니다. CentOS의 원래 목표를 달성하기 위해 개발된 이 Linux 배포판은 2021년 4월 30일에 처음 출시되었으며 2021년 6월 21일에 일반 출시 버전이 출시되었습니다.

가장 놀라운 점은 Rocky Linux가 무료이며 오픈 소스이며 100% 버그 대 버그 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 호환 배포판이라는 것입니다. 이 Linux 배포판의 최신 릴리스 버전은 Rocky Linux 9 입니다. RHEL 9와 일치하는 이 릴리스 버전은 2022년 7월 14일에 공개되었습니다. 다음과 같은 몇 가지 놀라운 기능과 개선 사항이 포함되어 있습니다.

  • 시스템 모니터링 : CPU, 메모리, 디스크 및 네트워크 사용을 식별하는 데 도움이 되는 메트릭이 있는 업데이트된 Cockpit 웹 콘솔이 있습니다.
  • 프로그래밍을 위한 다음의 새 버전:
    • Rocky Linux 9의 전체 수명 주기 동안 지원될 Python 3.9 
    •  V8 엔진을 버전 9.2로 업그레이드, 새로운 Timer Promises API, 새로운 웹 스트림 API 및 npm 패키지 관리자 버전 7.20.3에 대한 지원을 포함하는 Node.js 16 .
    • Ruby 3.0.3  은 버그 및 보안 수정과 함께 몇 가지 성능 개선 사항을 제공합니다.
    • 유니코드 버전 13을 포함하여 버그 수정 및 개선 사항이 포함된 Perl 5.32  .
    • 구조화된 메타데이터 구문 사용, 순서 독립적인 새로 명명된 인수, Just-In-Time 컴파일 성능 개선 등 버그 수정 및 개선 사항이 포함된 PHP 8.0  .
  • 제공되는 데이터베이스 서버는 다음과 같습니다.
    • 마리아DB 10.5
    • PostgreSQL 13
    • 레디스 6.2
    • MySQL 8.0
  • 파일 시스템 : Rocky Linux 9에서 XFS는 바이트 주소 지정이 가능한 영구 메모리에 대한 직접 액세스를 허용하는 DAX(직접 액세스)를 지원합니다. 이는 기존 블록 I/O 규칙에서 발생하는 대기 시간을 줄이는 데 도움이 됩니다.
  • 새 데스크탑 : Rocky Linux 9 는 기본 데스크탑 환경으로 GNOME 40 을 제공합니다. 핵심 응용 프로그램과 UI를 재설계하여 간단하고 사용하기 쉽게 했습니다. 새로운 모양과 느낌은 작업하고, 앱을 실행하고, 작업 공간을 정렬할 때 완전히 다른 경험을 제공합니다.
  • 다음 컴파일러 및 개발 도구가 추가되었습니다.
    • GCC 11.2.1
    • binutils 2.35.2
    • glibc 2.34
    • Go 도구 세트 1.17.7, LLVM 도구 세트 13.0.1, Rust 도구 세트 1.58.1 등을 포함하는 컴파일러 도구 세트

이 가이드의 주요 목표는 Rocky Linux 8에서 Rocky Linux 9로 업그레이드하는 방법을 보여주는 것입니다.

업그레이드 요구 사항

Rocky Linux 9는 다음 아키텍처에서 지원됩니다.

  • AMD 및 Intel 64비트 아키텍처(x86-64-v2)
  • 64비트 ARM 아키텍처(ARMv8.0-A)
  • IBM Power Systems, Little Endian(POWER9)
  • 64비트 IBM Z(z14)

이 가이드에는 다음이 필요합니다.

  • 작동하는 Rocky Linux 8 시스템.
  • 인터넷 연결
  • 부팅 파티션에 약 100MB의 여유 공간

부인 성명:이것은 프로덕션 Rocky Linux 8 서버를 Rocky Linux 9로 마이그레이션하기 위해 공식적으로 지원되는 방법이 아닙니다.. 수행 중인 작업이 확실하지 않은 경우 프로덕션 서버에서 공유되는 명령을 실행하지 마십시오. 새 OS 설치 및 애플리케이션 마이그레이션에 대한 설치 가이드를 참조하십시오.

1. Rocky Linux 8 서버 준비

시스템과 사용 가능한 모든 패키지를 사용 가능한 최신 버전으로 업데이트하여 시작하십시오.

sudo dnf update -y

시스템에서 사용 가능한 현재 OS 및 버전을 확인합니다.

$ cat /etc/os-release
NAME="Rocky Linux"
VERSION="8.6 (Green Obsidian)"
ID="rocky"
ID_LIKE="rhel centos fedora"
VERSION_ID="8.6"
PLATFORM_ID="platform:el8"
PRETTY_NAME="Rocky Linux 8.6 (Green Obsidian)"
ANSI_COLOR="0;32"
CPE_NAME="cpe:/o:rocky:rocky:8:GA"
HOME_URL="https://rockylinux.org/"
BUG_REPORT_URL="https://bugs.rockylinux.org/"
ROCKY_SUPPORT_PRODUCT="Rocky Linux"
ROCKY_SUPPORT_PRODUCT_VERSION="8"
REDHAT_SUPPORT_PRODUCT="Rocky Linux"
REDHAT_SUPPORT_PRODUCT_VERSION="8"

중요한 시스템 구성을 백업해야 할 수도 있습니다. 이를 위해 사용할 수 있는 몇 가지 도구가 있습니다. 여기에는 다음이 포함됩니다.

  • Rsync –  개인  및  $ 홈  디렉토리 데이터 를 백업하는 데 사용되는 명령줄 유틸리티 도구
  • Deja Dup – 개인 데이터를 백업하는 데 사용되는 GUI 유틸리티입니다.
  • Timeshift – 시스템 파일 및 구성을 백업하는 데 사용되는 도구입니다.
  • Restic – 다른 백엔드에 저장된 암호화된 리포지토리에 파일의 여러 개정판을 저장하는 명령줄 유틸리티 도구입니다.
  • Rsnapshot – 이것은 ssh를 통해 로컬 및 원격 시스템에 대한 주기적 스냅샷을 생성하는 명령줄 유틸리티 도구입니다.
  • Bacula – 네트워크를 통한 데이터 백업, 복원 및 검증을 관리하는 데 사용되는 프로그램 세트. Rocky Linux 8|AlmaLinux 8에서 Bacula Backup 을 설치하고 사용하는 방법에 대한 자세한 정보는 가이드에 캡처되어 있습니다.

시스템 백업이 완료되면 그림과 같이 진행하십시오.

2. Rocky Linux 9 저장소 추가

Rocky Linux 9 저장소를 추가하고 시스템에 키 서명을 추가하여 시작하십시오. 공식 repo 웹 경로 에서 최신 패키지 릴리스를 참조하십시오 .

REPO_URL="https://download.rockylinux.org/pub/rocky/9/BaseOS/x86_64/os/Packages/r"
RELEASE_PKG="rocky-release-9.0-2.2.el9.noarch.rpm "
REPOS_PKG="rocky-repos-9.0-2.2.el9.noarch.rpm "
GPG_KEYS_PKG="rocky-gpg-keys-9.0-2.2.el9.noarch.rpm"

이에 사용되는 명령은 다음과 같습니다.

sudo dnf --nogpgcheck -y install $REPO_URL/$RELEASE_PKG $REPO_URL/$REPOS_PKG $REPO_URL/$GPG_KEYS_PKG 

3. 필요한 Rocky Linux 9 패키지 설치

추가된 저장소를 구성하고 Rocky Linux 9에 필요한 모든 패키지를 설치합니다. 하지만 먼저 root사용자로 전환하고 아래 패키지를 제거합니다.

sudo su - 
dnf -y remove rpmconf yum-utils epel-release

redhat-logos또한 여기에서 필요하지 않은 항목 을 삭제해야 합니다.

rm -rf /usr/share/redhat-logos

이제 Rocky Linux 9에 필요한 모든 패키지를 설치하십시오

dnf -y --releasever=9 --allowerasing --setopt=deltarpm=false distro-sync

이 프로세스는 많은 패키지를 설치/업그레이드해야 하므로 시간이 걸릴 수 있습니다. 완료되면 아래와 같이 진행합니다.

4. Rocky Linux 커널 업데이트

이전 커널을 제거하고 최신 커널이 설치되었는지도 확인해야 합니다. 여기에 사용된 명령은 다음과 같습니다.

rpm  -qa | grep kernel

샘플 출력:

warning: Found bdb_ro Packages database while attempting sqlite backend: using bdb_ro backend.
kernel-core-4.18.0-372.16.1.el8_6.0.1.x86_64
kernel-modules-4.18.0-372.9.1.el8.x86_64
kernel-tools-libs-5.14.0-70.17.1.el9_0.x86_64
kernel-core-5.14.0-70.17.1.el9_0.x86_64
kernel-modules-4.18.0-372.16.1.el8_6.0.1.x86_64
kernel-modules-5.14.0-70.17.1.el9_0.x86_64
kernel-tools-5.14.0-70.17.1.el9_0.x86_64
kernel-5.14.0-70.17.1.el9_0.x86_64
kernel-4.18.0-372.16.1.el8_6.0.1.x86_64
kernel-core-4.18.0-372.9.1.el8.x86_64
kernel-4.18.0-372.9.1.el8.x86_64

위의 출력에서 ​​RPM 저장소를 다시 빌드해야 한다는 경고가 표시됩니다.

cd /var/lib/rpm 
rm -f __db.00*
rpm --rebuilddb

이제 아래 명령을 실행하여 출력에서 ​​이전 커널 4.18.*을 제거하십시오.

rpm -e --nodeps  `rpm -qa|grep -i kernel|grep 4.18`

커널을 확인하기 위해 명령을 다시 실행하면 커널 4.18이 제거되어야 합니다.

$ rpm  -qa | grep kernel
kernel-tools-libs-5.14.0-70.17.1.el9_0.x86_64
kernel-core-5.14.0-70.17.1.el9_0.x86_64
kernel-modules-5.14.0-70.17.1.el9_0.x86_64
kernel-tools-5.14.0-70.17.1.el9_0.x86_64
kernel-5.14.0-70.17.1.el9_0.x86_64

시스템에 5.x 커널 이 없으면 다음 명령을 사용하여 설치합니다.

dnf -y install kernel kernel-core shim

샘플 출력:

Dependencies resolved.
===================================================================================
 Package               Architecture  Version                   Repository     Size
===================================================================================
Installing:
 shim-x64              x86_64        15.4-2.el9.rocky.1        baseos        669 k
Installing dependencies:
 efi-filesystem        noarch        6-2.el9_0                 baseos        7.7 k
 mokutil               x86_64        2:0.4.0-8.el9_0.1         baseos         44 k

Transaction Summary
===================================================================================
Install  3 Packages

Total download size: 721 k

위의 출력 에서 ​​특정 모듈의 오류 가 있으며 활성화된 모듈을 나열합니다.

# dnf module list
........
Name               Stream    Profiles Summary                                      
container-tools    rhel8 [e] common   Most recent (rolling) versions of podman, bui
                                      ldah, skopeo, runc, conmon, runc, conmon, CRI
                                      U, Udica, etc as well as dependencies such as
                                       container-selinux built and tested together,
                                       and updated as frequently as every 12 weeks.
llvm-toolset       rhel8 [e] common   LLVM                                         
perl               5.26 [e]  common,  Practical Extraction and Report Language     
                             minimal                                               
perl-DBD-SQLite    1.58 [e]  common   SQLite DBI driver                            
perl-DBI           1.641 [e] common   A database access API for Perl               
perl-IO-Socket-SSL 2.066 [e] common   Perl library for transparent TLS             
perl-libwww-perl   6.34 [e]  common   A Perl interface to the World-Wide Web       
python36           3.6 [e]   build, c Python programming language, version 3.6     
                             ommon                                                 
virt               rhel [e]  common   Virtualization module                        

Hint: [d]efault, [e]nabled, [x]disabled, [i]nstalled

다음 명령으로 비활성화합니다.

dnf module disable  perl container-tools llvm-toolset  virt perl-IO-Socket-SSL perl-libwww-perl python36 perl-DBI perl-DBD-SQLite

샘플 출력:

Dependencies resolved.
===================================================================================
 Package            Architecture      Version             Repository          Size
===================================================================================
Disabling modules:
 container-tools                                                                  
 llvm-toolset                                                                     
 perl                                                                             
 perl-DBD-SQLite                                                                  
 perl-DBI                                                                         
 perl-IO-Socket-SSL                                                               
 perl-libwww-perl                                                                 
 python36                                                                         
 virt                                                                             

Transaction Summary
===================================================================================

Is this ok [y/N]: y

5. 시스템 업데이트 및 재부팅

이 시점에서 모든 패키지가 최신 상태이므로 시스템에서 업데이트할 내용이 많지 않습니다. 패키지를 업데이트하려면 다음 명령을 실행합니다.

dnf update -y

시스템을 재부팅합니다.

reboot

그림과 같이 시스템이 Rocky Linux 9로 부팅됩니다.

6. Rocky Linux 9 활동 업그레이드 후.

시스템이 재부팅되면 시스템 사용자를 사용하여 로그인합니다.

Rocky Linux 9는 둘러보고 Rocky Linux 9에 익숙해져야 하는 아래 창으로 시작됩니다.

다음과 같이 놀라운 Gnome 40 데스크탑 환경이 시작됩니다.

설치를 확인하려면 설정 -> 정보 로 이동하십시오.

neofecth또는 다음 과 같이 설치하고 사용할 수 있습니다 .

sudo yum install epel-release -y
sudo dnf install neofetch -y

Rocky Linux 버전을 확인하십시오.

이제 다음 명령을 사용하여 시스템을 업데이트할 수 있습니다.

sudo dnf update -y

선호하는 도구를 설치하십시오. 예를 들어 vim텍스트 편집기

sudo dnf install vim

모든 것이 원하는 대로 작동하는지 확인한 후 이전에 만든 백업을 복원할 수 있습니다.

끝!

Rocky Linux 8에서 Rocky Linux 9로 업그레이드하는 방법에 대한 이 가이드가 귀하에게 의미가 있기를 바랍니다. 최고 관리자가 되는 데 도움이 되는 다른 Rocky Linux 가이드를 웹사이트에서 확인하십시오.

728x90

리눅스 OS(Redhat, Debian, Ubuntu 등 리눅스 기반 운영체제)가 설치된 서버에서 현재 사용 중인 메모리 사용량을 확인하고 캐시 메모리 사용량이 많은 경우 이를 비워서 시스템 효율을 높이는 방법입니다. 명령어 기반으로 터미널에서 간단히 사용할 수 있습니다.


메모리 사용량 확인 명령어
$  free -m

pagecache 해제 명령어
$  echo 1 > /proc/sys/vm/drop_caches

dentry 및 inode 캐시메모리 해제 명령어
$ echo 2 > /proc/sys/vm/drop_caches

pagecache, dentry, inode 캐시메모리 모두 해제 시
$ echo 3 > /proc/sys/vm/drop_caches

크론탭(crontab)을 사용하여 시스템이 주기적으로 메모리 관리
$ crontab -e
크론탭 편집 모드에서 아래와 같이 입력

0 3 * * * sync && echo 3 > /proc/sys/vm/drop_caches
위의 명령어는 매일 새벽 3시에 시스템이 자동으로 전체 캐시 메모리를 비우는 명령어로 시간대는 원하는 때로 변경 가능

00 */2 * * * sync && echo 3 > /proc/sys/vm/drop_caches
매 2시간 마다 캐시 메모리 정리 명령어 자동 실행

용어 참고
- pagecache : 파일의 입출력(I/O)의 속도와 퍼포먼스를 높이기 위해 시스템이 할당한 메모리 영역(임시 메모리 저장소). 예를 들어 어떤 경로의 파일을 한 번 읽어들이면 시스템이 해당 파일 내용을 임시메모리에 저장시키는데 이후에 해당 파일을 다시 읽을 때 이를 새로 읽어들이지 않고 이 메모리에서 바로 불러오면 디스크의 읽기/쓰기 속도가 빨라지므로 효율이 높아짐. 윈도우 OS의 페이지 파일 같은 역할.

- dentry : directory entry의 줄임말로 예를 들어 /usr/share 같은 경로에서 usr과 share를 지칭.

- inode : 파일과 디렉토리에 관한 정보를 담고 있는 자료구조. 예를 들어 파일의 퍼미션 정보, 디스크 상의 파일의 물리적 위치, 크기, 생성된 일시 정보 등을 저장.

728x90

참조 URL : https://github.com/sephid86/archas

 

GitHub - sephid86/archas: archas

archas. Contribute to sephid86/archas development by creating an account on GitHub.

github.com

 

728x90

jail.conf 파일수정

================

/etc/fail2ban/jail.conf

bantime = -1

 

touch /etc/fail2ban/ip.blacklist

cd /etc/fail2ban/action.d/

cp iptables-multiport.conf iptables-multiport.conf.backup

 

vi iptables-multiport.conf

==========================

....
....
actionban
 = iptables -I fail2ban-<name> 1 -s <ip> -j DROP
            echo <ip> >> /etc/fail2ban/ip.blacklist

....
....

actionstart = iptables -N fail2ban-<name>
              iptables -A fail2ban-<name> -j RETURN
              iptables -I <chain> -p <protocol> -m multiport --dports <port> -j fail2ban-<name>
              cat /etc/fail2ban/ip.blacklist | while read IP; do iptables -I fail2ban-<name> 1 -s $IP -j DROP; done

 

fail2ban 재시작

===============

service fail2ban restart

 

iptables 동작확인

================

iptables -L -v -n

 

차단해제

=========

ip.blacklist 에서 해당IP 삭제 후

/etc/init.d/fail2ban restart

 

 

참조

http://katselphrime.com/2015/01/22/how-to-make-fail2ban-ip-bans-persistent/

728x90

htop은 실행 중인 프로세스와 사용된 시스템 리소스에 대한 동적 개요를 표시하기 위해 Linux 시스템에서 사용할 수 있는 경량입니다. 클래식 탑과 비교하여 이 프로세스 관리자는 몇 가지 편리한 기능을 제공합니다. 여기에서 AlmaLinux, CentOS, 8, Rocky, Oracle 또는 RHEL에 설치하는 단계를 볼 수 있습니다.

이 프로그램에는 ncurses 인터페이스가 있으며, ncurses는 새로운 curses를 나타내며, 설명 텍스트 터미널 또는 터미널 에뮬레이터 디스플레이와 독립적으로 문자 기반 사용자 인터페이스(텍스트 사용자 인터페이스 - TUI)에 대한 무료 C 프로그램 라이브러리입니다. Htop은 긴 명령을 입력하지 않고도 키보드로 쉽게 조작할 수 있습니다. htop이 데스크탑 환경의 터미널에서 시작되면 마우스도 사용할 수 있습니다. 가상 터미널에서 마우스를 사용하려면 gpm이 설치되어 있어야 합니다.

또한 프로그램은 디스플레이 상단에 자유롭게 구성 가능한 막대를 제공합니다. 시스템 리소스 및 기타 다양한 정보에 대한 그래프를 출력할 수 있습니다.

htop의 개발자에 따라 비교 가능한 프로세스 관리자와 달리 프로세스의 모든 개별 스레드가 표시됩니다. 이것은 트리 뷰에서 쉽게 볼 수 있습니다. 그러나 부모 프로세스의 총 메모리 소비는 각 스레드가 아니라 각 스레드에 대해 지정됩니다. F2 키를 사용하여 "설정" 에서 모든 스레드 목록을 완전히 비활성화하거나 색상으로 그룹화하도록 구성할 수 있습니다.

AlmaLinux 또는 Rocky Linux 8에 Htop을 설치하는 단계

1. 시스템 업데이트 실행

먼저 시스템 저장소 새로 고침과 함께 모든 시스템 설치 패키지를 업데이트하겠습니다.

나를 복사
sudo dnf update

2. Epel 저장소 추가

AlmaLinux, CentOS, RHEL 또는 Rocky Linux에 htop을 설치하는 패키지는 EPEL 리포지토리에서 사용할 수 있으므로 아직 활성화하지 않은 경우 먼저 시스템에서 활성화했습니다.

나를 복사
sudo dnf install epel-release

2. AlmaLinux 또는 Rocky에 htop을 설치하는 명령

따라서 htop에 필요한 것이 설정되었으므로 이제 아래 주어진 명령을 사용하여 설치할 차례입니다.

나를 복사
sudo dnf install htop

3. Almalinux/Rocky/CentOS/RHEL 8에서 htop을 실행합니다.

설치가 완료되면 터미널에서 실행하여 다양한 프로세스 모니터링을 시작할 수 있습니다. 이 도구의 인터페이스 상단에서 Linux 운영 체제의 시스템 하드웨어 사용량을 빠르게 볼 수도 있습니다.

나를 복사
sudo htop

4. htop 옵션 또는 매개변수 사용

htop 명령을 사용하면 몇 가지 옵션을 사용하여 사용자 지정 결과를 얻거나 설정을 변경할 수 있습니다. 업데이트 속도를 지연시키는 것과 같이 -d매개변수를 사용할 수 있습니다.

나를 복사
htop -d 10

10 은 초 단위의 시간입니다.

매개변수 함수
-d
--delay= 10
1/10초 단위로 업데이트 속도 지정
-C
--no-color
--no-colour
색상 없이 시작
-h
--help
빠른 도움말 표시
-u
--user=username
지정된 사용자의 프로세스만 표시
-s
--sort-key
특정 열을 기준으로 정렬합니다. 허용된 열 이름 목록은 " "가 있는 htop -s 도움말 출력일 수 있습니다.
-v
--version
버전 표시

htop 키보드 단축키

우리는 마우스를 사용하여 htop 하단에 있는 옵션을 선택하고 다른 옵션과 함께 사용할 수 있지만 빠르고 효율적으로 액세스하려면 키보드 단축키를 htop과 함께 사용하는 것이 가장 좋습니다. 다음은 사용할 수 있는 몇 가지 주요 단축키입니다.

열쇠 함수
  ,    ,    ,   프로세스 목록 스크롤
  +   모든 태그 제거
. 또는 , PID에 대한 증분 검색
   
F1  ,  ?  ,  H 도움말 보기
사용자의 프로세스 표시
F2  ,    +  S 설정 열기 및 설정 변경
  +  H 사용자 스레드 표시/숨기기
F3    +  / 증분 프로세스 이름 검색
  +  K 커널 스레드 표시/숨기기
F4  \ 이름으로 필터링
  +  F. 커서를 프로세스에 고정
F5  ,  T 트리 보기 활성화/비활성화
+  ,  - 트리 확장/축소
F6  > 정렬할 열 선택
  +  P CPU 사용량에 따라 프로세스 정렬
F7 나이스 값 감소
  +  M 메모리 사용량에 따라 프로세스 정렬
F8 나이스 값 증가
  +  T 시간순으로 프로세스 정렬
F9  K 하루의 프로세스 또는 프로세스 종료
L lsof open으로 파일 열기
F10  ,  Q  ,  Ctrl  +  C    헤어지다
S strace추적 을 위한 시스템 호출 
스페이스 바 태그 프로세스
  +  L 라이브러리  ltrace호출 추적
I 입출력 제어

 

728x90

VPN을 통해 ssh를 접속하지 않는 이상 서버를 공개망에서 사용하게 될 경우 ssh 접속은 외부에 노출될 수 밖에 없습니다.

대부분 해외에서 지속적으로 ssh 로그인을 시도하면서 무작위 비밀번호를 대입합니다.

특히, 지난 Brute-force 해킹으로 인한 서버 탈취 사건을 경험한 이후로 SSH 보안의 중요성을 실감했습니다.

0. 보안? 내가 필요할까?

우분투 서버에서 아래 명령어를 실행시키면, 실시간 ssh 로그인 실패기록을 볼 수 있습니다.

journalctl -f

깜짝 놀랄 수도 있습니다.
실시간으로 계속해서 로그인시도 (공격) 이 발생하고 있습니다.

via GIPHY

먼지와 같은 우리 보안

1. 당장 설치하기.

Fail2ban은 ssh log파일을 스캔해 수상한 ip를 ban해주는 소프트웨어입니다.

1-1. 설치하기

우분투에서 다음을 실행시킵니다.

apt-get install fail2ban

방화벽을 확인해봅니다.

iptables -L
...
Chain f2b-sshd (1 references)
target     prot opt source               destination
RETURN     all  --  anywhere             anywhere
...

성공적으로 fail2ban이 추가된 것을 볼 수 있습니다.


1-2. 사용자 설정하기

sudo vim /etc/fail2ban/jail.local

아래 내용을 입력해 입맛에 맞도록 설정해줍니다.

[DEFAULT]

## 차단하지 않을 IP
ignoreip = 127.0.0.1/8 192.168.10.0/24

# 접속을 차단할 시간. 600 = 10분
bantime  = 10800

# 최대 허용 횟수
maxretry = 10

#아래 시간동안 maxretry횟수만큼 실패시 차단
findtime  = 86400

# (선택) 메일 알림기능
destemail = sysadmin@example.com
sender = fail2ban@my-server.com
mta = sendmail
action = %(action_mwl)s

[sshd]
enabled = true

#여러 포트를 사용할 경우 port = ssh,10022
port = 22
filter = sshd
logpath = /var/log/auth.log

위와 같이 저장하면, 아래 규칙으로 동작합니다.

  • 최근 86400분 (60일) 동안
  • 10회의 로그인을 실패하면
  • 10800분 (180시간) 차단

1-3. 서비스 시작하기

service fail2ban restart

주의할 점은, restart할 때마다 벤 목록이 초기화 된다는 점입니다.

2. 기본 사용법

이제 서버에 접속하는 ip를 차단하고 관리할 수 있는 권한이 생겼습니다.

하지만 사용하다가 caps lock이 켜져있을 수도 있고, 비밀번호를 잘못 알려주어 공동작업자가 차단당할 수도 있습니다.

만약, 실수로 차단당했을 때, 푸는 방법을 알아보겠습니다.

2-1. 현재 차단 현황 보기

sudo fail2ban-client status sshd

2-2. 차단 풀어주기

sudo fail2ban-client set sshd unbanip 000.000.000.000
Status for the jail: sshd
|- Filter
|  |- Currently failed:	5
|  |- Total failed:	58
|  `- File list:	/var/log/auth.log
`- Actions
   |- Currently banned:	25
   |- Total banned:	25
   `- Banned IP list:	106.12.159.235 106.75.141.202 112.30.185.8 112.85.42.195 119.203.240.76 119.207.126.21 124.74.154.66 138.197.183.21 157.7.52.245 165.22.160.32 178.116.159.202 191.191.35.159 191.243.143.170 192.243.215.42 200.70.56.204 223.171.32.56 51.68.143.224 51.77.140.111 68.183.50.149 81.12.159.146 187.32.178.33 150.95.199.179 197.248.16.118 41.78.201.48 101.91.242.119

잠깐사이에 무려 25개의 ip가 밴되어있네요.
fail2ban이 잘 작동하고 있습니다.

결론

간단한 설정만으로 brute-force 공격시도를 방어해보았습니다.
이 외에도 다양한 설정이 가능하니, 공식 메뉴얼을 참고해주세요.

감사합니다!

728x90

Virtualbox에 Rocky Linux를 설치하면 화면 크기가 자동으로 조정되지 않습니다. 또한 호스트에서 게스트로의 클립보드 및 파일 끌어서 놓기와 같은 일부 다른 기능에 액세스할 수 없습니다. 이를 위해 Rocky Linux 8에 VirtualBox 게스트 추가 ISO를 설치해야 합니다.

또한 VirtualBox Guest Additions 설치는 가상 머신의 성능을 향상시키는 데도 도움이 됩니다.

내용 [ 보기 ]

Rocky Linux 8에 VirtualBox 게스트 추가 설치

글쎄, Rocky Linux에서 게스트 추가를 설정하려면 EPEL repo 및 DNF 관리자, 순전히 명령줄이 필요합니다.

1단계: Epel 저장소 추가

명령 터미널을 열고 다음과 같은 시스템 업데이트 명령을 처음 실행합니다.

sudo dnf update

그런 다음 간단한 명령을 사용하여 EPEL이라고 하는 Enterprise Linux용 추가 패키지를 추가합니다.

sudo dnf install epel-release

 

2단계: 커널 헤더 및 DKMS 설치

다음은 EPEL 저장소의 도움으로 여러 도구를 설치하는 것입니다. 커널 및 DKMS(동적 커널 모듈 지원)를 사용하여 AlmaLinux 8 배포판에 게스트 추가 기능 VirtualBox를 설치하는 데 필요한 커널 모듈을 빌드 및 설치합니다.

sudo dnf install gcc make perl kernel-devel kernel-headers bzip2 dkms

Y 를 입력 하고 Enter 키 를 눌러 설치 권한을 부여합니다 .

 

3단계: Rocky Linux 커널 업데이트

시스템은 커널 업데이트를 자동으로 수행하여 변경을 수행하지만 때로는 그렇지 않을 수도 있습니다. 따라서 시스템을 다시 시작하기 전에 커널 업데이트 명령을 실행하는 것이 좋습니다.

sudo dnf update kernel-*

 

4단계: 게스트 추가 설치 CD 이미지 삽입

Virtualbox 메뉴 >> 장치로 이동한 다음 "게스트 추가 CD 이미지 설치..." 옵션을 선택합니다.

 

5단계: VBoxLinuxAdditions.run 설치

이제 터미널에서 Rocky Linux에 Virtual Guest Additions를 설치하기 위한 스크립트가 포함된 CDROM을 마운트합니다.

sudo mkdir -p /mnt/cdrom
sudo mount /dev/cdrom /mnt/cdrom
cd /mnt/cdrom
sudo sh ./VBoxLinuxAdditions.run --nox11

 

6단계: 클립 공유 및 끌어서 놓기 기능 활성화

온 클릭 장치 오라클 버추얼 메뉴에서 주어진 다음을 클릭 공유 클립 보드 와 "양방향"을 선택합니다. 같은 방법으로 드래그 앤 드롭 을 선택하고 양방향 옵션을 선택합니다.

 

7단계: Rocky VM 다시 시작

마지막으로 Virtualbox Guest Additions의 변경 사항을 적용하고 해당 기능을 Guest에 적용하려면 시스템을 다시 시작하기만 하면 됩니다. 이를 위해 아래 명령을 사용할 수 있습니다.

sudo reboot

 

7단계: 게스트 추가 확인

Rocky Linux 가상 머신을 다시 시작한 후 VBox 게스트 추가가 성공적으로 설치되었는지 확인하십시오.

lsmod | grep vboxguest
728x90

Virtualbox는 Linux, Windows, OS/2, Solaris, MacOS 등과 같은 다양한 운영 체제에서 가상 머신을 생성 및 실행하는 데 사용되는 오픈 소스 유형 2 하이퍼바이저 소프트웨어입니다. VirtualBox는 2007년에 처음 출시되었습니다. 상업적 사용을 제한하는 PUEL에 따라 릴리스된 드라이버가 포함된 확장 팩이 있는 GPL v2.

Virtualbox 6.1은 2019년 12월에 출시되었습니다. 다음과 같은 놀라운 기능이 많이 있습니다.

  1. OCI에서 VM 가져오기 및 내보내기 기능
  2. 업데이트된 확장 가능한 펌웨어 인터페이스 및 사용
  3. Intel CPU에서 중첩 가상화 지원
  4. 가져온 VM 그룹 및 스토리지 설정이 있습니다.
  5. 여러 VM 인스턴스를 생성하는 기능 제공

시작하기

이 기사에서는 Rocky Linux 8에 VirtualBox 6.1을 설치할 것입니다. 시스템에서 Virtualbox를 실행하려면 프로세서에서 가상화가 활성화되어 있는지 확인하십시오. BIOS/EFI에서 가상화가 활성화되어 있는지 확인하십시오.

egrep -c '(vmx|svm)' /proc/cpuinfo

샘플 출력: (0이 아니 어야 함) 0이면 가상화가 활성화 되지 않습니다.

$ egrep -c '(vmx|svm)' /proc/cpuinfo
4

또한 다음을 실행하여 호스트 운영 체제가 64비트인지 확인하십시오.

$ lscpu
Architecture:        x86_64
CPU op-mode(s):      32-bit, 64-bit
Byte Order:          Little Endian
CPU(s):              1
On-line CPU(s) list: 0
Thread(s) per core:  1
Core(s) per socket:  1
Socket(s):           1
NUMA node(s):        1
Vendor ID:           GenuineIntel
CPU family:          6
Model:               69

Rocky Linux 8에 Virtualbox 6.1 설치

Rocky Linux 8에서 Virtualbox를 다운로드하고 설치하는 것은 쉽습니다. 다음 단계를 사용합니다.

1단계. VirtualBox 저장소를 추가합니다.

Rocky 시스템에 EPEL 저장소를 설치합니다.

sudo dnf install epel-release

설치된 버전 확인

 rpm -q epel-release

그런 다음 계속 진행하여 커널 헤더를 설치합니다.

sudo dnf install gcc make perl kernel-devel kernel-headers bzip2 dkms

커널 업데이트

sudo dnf update kernel-*

Virtualbox를 설치할 수 있도록 Rocky Linux 8 시스템에 Virtualbox 저장소를 추가하십시오.

sudo dnf config-manager --add-repo=https://download.virtualbox.org/virtualbox/rpm/el/virtualbox.repo

리포지토리를 추가한 후 변경 사항을 적용하려면 시스템 업데이트를 실행하세요.

sudo dnf update

2단계. Rocky Linux 8에 Virtualbox 6.1 설치

추가된 저장소에는 여러 버전의 Virtualbox가 있습니다. 먼저 사용 가능한 버전을 검색합니다.

dnf search virtualbox

샘플 출력

Last metadata expiration check: 0:00:10 ago on Sat 17 Jul 2021 12:28:27 AM EAT.
====================== Name & Summary Matched: virtualbox ======================
VirtualBox-5.2.x86_64 : Oracle VM VirtualBox
VirtualBox-6.0.x86_64 : Oracle VM VirtualBox
VirtualBox-6.1.x86_64 : Oracle VM VirtualBox

이 기사를 작성할 당시 Virtualbox에는 3가지 버전이 있었습니다. 다음 명령을 사용하여 Virtualbox 6.1을 설치합니다.

sudo dnf install VirtualBox-6.1

종속성 트리:

Dependencies resolved.
================================================================================
 Package                Arch      Version                   Repository     Size
================================================================================
Installing:
 VirtualBox-6.1         x86_64    6.1.22_144080_el8-1       virtualbox     90 M
Installing dependencies:
 SDL                    x86_64    1.2.15-39.el8             appstream     217 k
 qt5-qtbase             x86_64    5.12.5-8.el8.2            appstream     3.4 M
 qt5-qtbase-common      noarch    5.12.5-8.el8.2            appstream      39 k
 qt5-qtbase-gui         x86_64    5.12.5-8.el8.2            appstream     5.8 M
 qt5-qtx11extras        x86_64    5.12.5-1.el8              appstream      39 k
 xcb-util-image         x86_64    0.4.0-9.el8               appstream      20 k
 xcb-util-keysyms       x86_64    0.4.0-7.el8               appstream      15 k
 xcb-util-renderutil    x86_64    0.3.9-10.el8              appstream      18 k
 xcb-util-wm            x86_64    0.4.1-12.el8              appstream      31 k

Transaction Summary
================================================================================
Install  10 Packages

Total download size: 99 M
Installed size: 227 M
Is this ok [y/N]: y

아래와 같이 키 가져오기를 수락합니다.

Importing GPG key 0x98AB5139:
 Userid     : "Oracle Corporation (VirtualBox archive signing key) <info@virtualbox.org>"
 Fingerprint: 7B0F AB3A 13B9 0743 5925 D9C9 5442 2A4B 98AB 5139
 From       : https://www.virtualbox.org/download/oracle_vbox.asc
Is this ok [y/N]: y

Rocky Linux 8에 Virtualbox 확장 팩 설치

이제 USB 2.0, USB 3.0 장치 사용, virtualbox RDP, 디스크 암호화, 인텔 카드용 NVMe 및 PXE 부팅과 같은 다양한 기능을 지원하는 확장을 다운로드해야 합니다. 이 확장팩은 공식 웹사이트 에서 다운로드됩니다.

사이트에서 아래와 같이 VirtualBox Extension pack 지원되는 모든 플랫폼 으로 이동 합니다.

다운로드한 후 다운로드 디렉토리로 이동하여 다운로드한 파일을 찾습니다.

$ cd Downloads

사용 가능한 파일을 보려면 이 파일이 표시되어야 합니다.

$ ls
Oracle_VM_VirtualBox_Extension_Pack-*.vbox-extpack

그런 다음 설치

sudo VBoxManage extpack install Oracle_VM_VirtualBox_Extension_Pack-*.vbox-extpack

라이선스 조건에 동의하고 설치를 진행합니다.

그런 다음 커널 모듈을 빌드합니다.

$ sudo /sbin/vboxconfig
vboxdrv.sh: Stopping VirtualBox services.
vboxdrv.sh: Starting VirtualBox services.
vboxdrv.sh: Building VirtualBox kernel modules.

버추얼박스 6.1 사용

virtualbox가 설치되었으므로 이제 사용하려고 합니다. ISO 파일에서 Ubuntu 서버 20.04 LTS를 설치하려고 합니다.

아래와 같이 활동 / 앱 메뉴 에서 Virtualbox를 시작 합니다.

VirtualBox에서 가상 머신 만들기

virtualbox가 시작되면 새로 만들기를 클릭 하여 새 가상 머신을 만듭니다. 여기에서 다음 단계에 따라 가상 머신(Ubuntu 20.04LTS)을 만들 수 있습니다.

1단계. 머신 이름 및 유형 설정

이름, 파일을 저장할 경로 및 운영 체제 유형 설정

2단계. 메모리 및 스토리지 설정

그런 다음 가상 머신의 메모리를 설정합니다.

가상 머신을 위한 하드 디스크를 생성하고 스토리지 유형과 크기를 설정합니다.

4단계. 설치 미디어 추가

위의 설정을 완료했으면 이제 설치 미디어를 추가하려고 합니다. 이 경우 ISO 파일을 사용합니다. 설치 미디어를 추가하려면 설정 -> 저장소로 이동하여 컨트롤러 IDE 에서 ISO를 추가 하고 아래와 같이 광 드라이브 추가를 클릭 합니다.

위 페이지에서 생성하려는 가상 머신의 ISO 파일을 찾습니다. +추가  클릭 하여 파일로 이동합니다. ISO를 성공적으로 추가한 후 확인  클릭 하여 변경 사항을 적용합니다.

4단계. 설치를 시작합니다.

이제 " 시작 "을 클릭 하여 컴퓨터를 시작하십시오. 기계가 시작되면 아래와 같이 설치가 시작됩니다.

Ubuntu 또는 설치하려는 운영 체제의 일반 설치 프로세스를 진행합니다.

설치가 완료되면 시스템을 종료하고 설정 탭으로 이동한 다음 ISO 파일을 마우스 오른쪽 버튼으로 클릭하여 마운트 해제하고 "첨부 파일 제거"를 선택 합니다.

이제 "시작" 을 클릭하여 설치된 가상 머신을 실행할 수 있습니다.

Virtualbox에는 다른 많은 기능이 있습니다. 하나는 시스템에 대한 OVA/OVF 파일과 같은 파일을 가져와서 가상 시스템을 실행할 수 있습니다. 또한 기기에 대한 네트워크, 디스플레이, 오디오 및 기타 여러 설정을 지정할 수 있습니다. 또한 스냅샷을 저장하고 가상 머신 OVA 및 OVF 파일을 내보낼 수 있습니다. 이 파일 (템플릿)을 사용하면 유사한 가상 머신을 쉽게 배포할 수 있습니다.

결론

이 기사에서는 Rocky Linux 8에 VirtualBox 6.1을 설치하는 방법에 대한 단계별 데모를 살펴보았습니다. 또한 Virtualbox로 간단한 가상 머신을 설정하는 방법도 보여주었습니다. 이 기사가 도움이 되었기를 바랍니다.

웹사이트에서 더 많은 기사를 찾아보세요.

Linux Mint에 VirtualBox 6.x를 설치하는 방법

VirtualBox에서 KVM으로 가상 머신 가져오기

Manjaro Linux에 VirtualBox 게스트 추가 설치

728x90

- 참고로 해당 내용은 CentOS 7 을 기준으로 작성하였습니다.

특정 사용자(wheel 그룹)만 su 명령어 사용

아래 빨간색으로 강조된 부분 "auth required pam_wheel.so use_uid" 의 주석을 제거 하시면 됩니다.

[root@localhost ~]# vim /etc/pam.d/su

#%PAM-1.0
auth        sufficient  pam_rootok.so
# Uncomment the following line to implicitly trust users in the "wheel" group.
#auth       sufficient  pam_wheel.so trust use_uid
# Uncomment the following line to require a user to be in the "wheel" group.
auth        required    pam_wheel.so use_uid
auth        substack    system-auth
auth        include     postlogin
account     sufficient  pam_succeed_if.so uid = 0 use_uid quiet
account     include     system-auth
password    include     system-auth
session     include     system-auth
session     include     postlogin
session     optional    pam_xauth.so

 

wheel 그룹에 사용자 추가

위에서 su 명령어 사용을 wheel 그룹에 포함된 사용자로 제한하였습니다.
그러면 이제 su 명령어를 사용할 계정을 wheel 그룹에 추가하겠습니다.

[root@localhost ~]# vim /etc/group

root:x:0:
bin:x:1:
daemon:x:2:
sys:x:3:
adm:x:4:
tty:x:5:
disk:x:6:
lp:x:7:
mem:x:8:
kmem:x:9:
wheel:x:10:root,hong,kim

...

위와 같이 "wheel:x:10:사용자계정" 이런식으로 계정을 추가해주세요(그룹에 추가하는 명령어도 있지만 그냥 직접 추가해도 됩니다).

 

su 파일의 권한 수정

일반 사용자는 사용하지 못하게 하고 wheel 그룹에 속한 사용자만 su 명령어를 사용할 수 있도록 권한을 수정합니다.

[root@localhost ~]# which su
/bin/su
[root@localhost ~]# ll /bin/su
-rwsr-xr-x. 1 root root 32096 Apr 13 05:43 /bin/su

먼저 su 위치를 which 명령어를 이용하여 확인하고 ll 명령어로 조회 합니다. 그러면 위처럼 "-rwsr-xr-x. 1 root root" 이런 권한을 가지고 있을 겁니다.

 

[root@localhost ~]# chgrp wheel /bin/su
[root@localhost ~]# ll /bin/su
-rwxr-xr-x. 1 root wheel 32096 Apr 13 05:43 /bin/su

su 사용 그룹 권한을 wheel로 변경 합니다. wheel 그룹으로 변경하면 위와 같이 su 파일의 Permission 이 rws 에서 rwx 로 변경 된 것을 알수 있습니다.

 

[root@localhost ~]# chmod 4750 /bin/su
[root@localhost ~]# ll /bin/su
-rwsr-x---. 1 root wheel 32096 Apr 13 05:43 /bin/su

Permission 정보를 4750 으로 변경하면 끝.

728x90

As we all know that Docker Container is the highly demanded technology in IT world.  With help of Docker containers, developers and infra admins can package their application and its dependencies and can run it in one computing setup to another.

In this guide, we will cover how to install Docker and Docker Compose on Rocky Linux 8 step by step.

Minimum requirements for Docker

  • 2 GB RAM or higher
  • 2 vCPU / CPU (64-bit Processor)
  • Minimal Rocky Linux 8
  • Sudo User with privileges
  • 20 GB Free Space on /var
  • 1 Nic Card
  • Stable Internet Connection

Let’s dive on Docker Installation steps,

Step 1) Install updates and reboot

Login to Rocky Linux and install all the available updates and then reboot the system once.

$ sudo dnf update -y
$ reboot

Step 2) Configure Docker Package Repository & Install Docker

To install latest and stable version of docker, configure its official package repository using the following command,

$ sudo dnf config-manager --add-repo=https://download.docker.com/linux/centos/docker-ce.repo

Now run following dnf command to install docker,

$ sudo dnf install -y docker-ce

Output of commands would like below:

Note: In case you are getting container.io error while installing docker-ce package then run following command,

$ sudo dnf install docker-ce --allowerassing -y

 

혹 실행시 에러가 발생한다면 selinux를 꺼주시거나 별도로 셋팅해주셔야합니다.

$ sudo setenforce 0

Step 3) Start and enable docker Service

Once docker is installed then start and enable its service using following systemctl commands,

$ sudo systemctl start docker
$ sudo systemctl enable docker

To verify the status of docker run,

$ sudo systemctl status docker

Perfect, above output confirms that docker service is up and running.

If you wish local user to mange and run docker commands, then add the user to docker group using beneath command.

$ sudo usermod -aG docker $USER

After executing the above command, log out and log in once so that docker group is associated to user and user can run docker commands without sudo.

[sysadm@rocky-linux ~]$ docker --version
Docker version 20.10.7, build f0df350
[sysadm@rocky-linux ~]$

Let’s verify the docker installation in the next step.

Step 4) Test docker Installation

To test docker installation, run hello-world container using following docker command,

$ docker run hello-world

Output,

Above output confirms that container ‘hello-world’ has been launched successfully and it also confirms that docker is installed successfully.

Step 5) Install Docker-Compose

Docker Compose command allows to spin up multiple containers in one go. So, to install it run the following commands one after the another.

$ sudo dnf install -y curl
$ sudo curl -L "https://github.com/docker/compose/releases/download/v2.7.0/docker-compose-$(uname -s)-$(uname -m)" -o /usr/local/bin/docker-compose
$ sudo chmod +x /usr/local/bin/docker-compose
$ docker-compose --version
docker-compose version 2.7.0
$

Above output shows that docker-compose of version 1.29.2 is installed successfully. That’s all from guide. I hope you have found it informative. Please do share your feedback and queries in below comments section.

'IT > 리눅스(Linux)' 카테고리의 다른 글

Rocky Linux 8에 VirtualBox 6.1을 설치하는 방법  (0) 2021.12.06
root 계정 su 제한하는 방법  (0) 2021.11.30
Shadow 파일 내용  (0) 2021.10.20
Kali Linux 설치 후 접속정보 및 초기설정  (0) 2021.10.20
lsof  (0) 2021.09.29
728x90

Shadow 파일 내용

 

(예)
Kisa : $6$oLSEKmBI$Ptj.RvqrzLwTcZTZp603.WqaizUxacg.D.IKc6jqlZUNnltw.rLiq502qIPT6jgybuuashjw7Lkoewrn11gguVx0:117653:0:9999:7:::

 

위의 (예)에서
첫번째 $필드값 - 암호화기법
두번째 $필드값 - Solt값
세번째 $필드값 - 암호화된 Password 해시값

서로 다른 계정이 같은 비밀번호를 사용하더라도 Salt값이 다르면 전혀 다른 해시값이 생성된다. 또 같은 해시값이라도 솔트값이 전혀 다르기 때문에 평문을 유추하기 힘들어 레인보우 테이블에 의한 암호 크랙 공격에 대응이 가능하다.
[참고] 솔트(Salt)는 비밀번호와 같이 해시값에 추가적으로 포함된 가입시간이나 난수를 말한다.

pwunconv 명령어는 Shadow 비밀번호 정책의 비밀번호 시스템에서 일반정책으로 변환하는 명령어, 즉 Shadow 파일 비활성화 명령어이다.

'IT > 리눅스(Linux)' 카테고리의 다른 글

root 계정 su 제한하는 방법  (0) 2021.11.30
Rocky Linux 9에 Docker 및 Docker-Compose를 설치하는 방법  (0) 2021.11.20
Kali Linux 설치 후 접속정보 및 초기설정  (0) 2021.10.20
lsof  (0) 2021.09.29
Syslog  (0) 2021.09.15
728x90

Kali Linux 설치 후 초기 접속정보
 root / toor 또는 kali / kali

한글 표기 및 입력 설정
apt-get update
apt-get install fcitx-hangul
apt-get install fcitx-lib*
apt-get install fonts-nanum*

재부팅

메뉴바 좌측 버튼을 눌러 Input method를 누른다.
팝업창이 뜨게 되는데 YES를 누른다.
중간에 configuration을 선택하는 창이 나오는데 fctitx를 누른 후 OK를 누른다.
설정이 완료된 후 Fcitx Configuration을 누른다.
여기서 한글을 추가할 수 있는데, Method configuration 창에서 하단의 +버튼을 누르고 Only Show Current Language 체크박스를 해제한 후 Hangul을 입력한 뒤 OK를 누른다.
마지막으로 한/영 변환을 위해 Global Config창으로 들어가 Trigger Input Method에서 Ctrl+Space를 누른 후 한/영 버튼을 눌러 설정을 완료한다. 만일 한/영 버튼을 눌러도 Hotkey 설정이 안된다면 한/영 키 옆의 Alt 버튼을 사용하거나 그 외 편한 버튼을 사용하도록 한다.

'IT > 리눅스(Linux)' 카테고리의 다른 글

Rocky Linux 9에 Docker 및 Docker-Compose를 설치하는 방법  (0) 2021.11.20
Shadow 파일 내용  (0) 2021.10.20
lsof  (0) 2021.09.29
Syslog  (0) 2021.09.15
유닉스 환경의 Log 종류  (0) 2021.09.14
728x90

lsof

lsof는 유닉스 시스템에서 동작하는 있는 프로세스에 의해서 열린 파일 정보를 보여주는 시스템 관리 명령이다.

옵션
① -u :  특정 사용자가 사용하는 프로세스 확인 - 예) lsof -u $UID
② -p : 지정한 프로세스가 오픈한 파일 리스트 확인 - 예) lsof -p $PID
③ -i : 모든 네트워크에 연결되어 있는 프로세스와 파일 정보를 조회 - 예) lsof -i
④ -c : 지정한 데몬과 연결되어 있는 프로세스와 파일 정보를 조회 - 예) lsof -c 데몬명

728x90

Syslog

개요 
Syslog 란 로깅 메세지 프로그램의 표준이다. Syslog는 다양한 프로그램들이 생성하는 메세지들을 저장하고, 이 들 메세지들을 이용해서 다양한 분석 등이 가능하도록 로그 메세지들을 제공한다. Syslog는 프로그램 뿐만 아니라 device와 같은 장비들도 Syslog를 사용할 수 있도록 제공한다. 관리자들은 device 장비에서의 로그 메세지들을 통해 문제사항이나, 성능 등을 확인할 수 있다.

Syslog는 컴퓨터 시스템의 관리, 보안 알림 뿐만 아니라 일반적인 정보, 분석, 디버깅 메세지 등을 제공해준다. 프린터나 라우터와 같은 다양한 장비 뿐만 아니라 다양한 플랫폼을 지원한다. 이런 이유로 syslog는 중앙 저장소에 다양한 타입의 시스템들의 로그 데이터의 저장소로 사용되기도 한다. 

Syslog에서는 메세지를 생성해내는 주체(facility)에 따라 다음과 같이 나눈다. (auth, authpriv, daemon, cron, ftp, lpr, kern, mail, news, syslog, user, uucp, local0.. local7) 그리고 메세지의 우선순위 / 메세지 중요도(level)에 따라 다음과 같이 나뉘어 진다. (Emergency, Alert, Critical, Error, Warning, Notice, Info or Debug). 

Syslog의 설정을 통해 로컬 디바이스 혹은 파일 및 심지어 다른 시스템의 Syslog Daemon에도 로그 메세지들을 전달할 수 있다. 이 때에 한 가지 주의해야 할 점은 설정 파일의 facility나 level을 잘못 설정 해서 중요한 메세지들을 제대로 써지지 않아 로그 메세지들을 모두 놓쳐 버릴 수도 있으니, 조심해야한다. 

logger라는 명령어를 통해 syslog에 특정 메세지를 보낼 수도 있다. 

syslog는 Syslog working 그룹인 IETF에서의 표준으로 지정되기도 하였다. 

역사 
Syslog는 1980년대 Eric Allman이라는 사람이 send mail 프로젝트의 한 부분으로 개발 되었다. Syslog가 개발된 이후로 Unix나 Unix 계열의 많은 시스템에서 로깅의 표준이 되었다. 다른 운영체제 시스템의 로그 체제를 위한 근간이 되기도 했으며, 라우터와 같은 네트워크 장비에도 사용되고 있는 것을 확인할 수 있다. 

Syslog 설정
Syslog에서는 크게 두 가지의 중요 개념이 있는데, 이들이 위에서 설명한 facility와 level 이다. 우선 설정 파일의 예를 통해 살펴 보도록 하자. 

Syslog의 설정 파일은 /etc/syslog.conf, 우분투 혹은 데비안 시스템의 경우 /etc/rsyslog.conf 파일에서 찾아 볼 수 있다.

< rsyslog는 데비안 리눅스가 etch에서 lenny로 변경되면서 syslog 대신에 더 개량이 된 rsyslog를 사용하기 시작했다. >

다시 설정 파일로 돌아가서 /etc/syslog.d 디렉토리 혹은 /etc/rsyslog.d 디렉토리를 살펴보면 세부 설정 파일들을 확인해볼 수 있다.

kern.*                          -/var/log/kern.log

위의 내용은 syslog 파일의 일부를 발췌한 것인데, 위 내용을 살펴보면 다음과 같다. kern은 facility로써, kernel 메세지들에 대한 설정을 말하는 것이고, 뒤의 '*' 표시는 level로써, 이 예에서는 모든 level에 대해 로그를 기록하겠다는 설정이 된다. 뒤의 (/var/log/kern.log)는 로그가 씌어지는 파일의 경로이다.

(facility).(level)   (로그가 씌어질 파일 경로)

예를 들어, kern.info 라고 설정이 되어 있으면 커널 메세지 중에서 메세지의 level이 info 이면 커널 메세지 들을 필터링해서 info 이상의 메세지만 로그파일에 기록을 하겠다는 이야기가 된다. 

728x90

유닉스 환경의 Log 종류

① utmp : 시스템에 현재 로그인한 사용자들에 대한 상태 정보를 수집한다. 상태 정보는 사용자 이름, 터미널 장치 이름, 원격 로그인 시 원격 호스트 이름, 사용자가 로그인한 시간 등을 기록한다. who, w, whodo, users, finger 등의 명령어를 사용하여 분석할 수 있다.

② wtmp : 사용자의 로그인, 로그아웃 시간과 시스템의 종료 시간, 시스템의 시작시간 등을 기록한다. last 명령어를 사용하여 분석할 수 있다.

③ pact : 사용자가 로그인한 후부터 로그아웃할 때까지 입력한 명령과 시간, 작동된 tty 등에 대한 정보를 수집한다. lastcomm 명령어를 이용하여 분석할 수 있다.

④ History : 사용자 별로 실행한 명령을 기록하는 로그이다. bash, sh, tcsh, csh 등 사용자들이 사용하는 셸에 따라서 각각 .bash_history, .sh_history, .history 등의 파일로 기록을 남기며, 명령어뿐만 아니라 파일 위치 및 파일명까지 기록된다. vi 편집기, history 명령어를 이용하여 로그분석이 가능하다.

⑤ sulog : su 명령어를 사용한 결과를 저장하는 로그이다.

⑥ lastlog : 서버에 접속한 사용자의 IP별로 가장 최근에 로그인한 시간을 기록한다. lastlog 명령어를 이용하여 분석할 수 있다.

⑦ btmp : 5번 이상 로그인을 실패했을 경우에 로그인 실패 정보를 기록한다. lastb 명령어를 이용하여 분석할 수 있다.

⑧ message : syslog 계열의 로그로서 콘솔상의 화면에 출력되는 메시지들을 저장하고 시스템의 장애에 대한 기록뿐만 아니라 보안측면에서 취약점에 의한 공격흔적을 기록으로 남기게 된다. vi 명령어를 이용하여 로그분석이 가능하다.

'IT > 리눅스(Linux)' 카테고리의 다른 글

lsof  (0) 2021.09.29
Syslog  (0) 2021.09.15
유닉스에서 SetUID와 SetGID가 설정된 파일 검색 명령어  (0) 2021.09.01
리눅스 특수권한(SetUID, SetGID, Stickybit)  (0) 2021.08.25
Virtualbox Centos 7 게스트확장설치  (0) 2021.08.11
728x90

find / type f \(-perm -2000 -o -perm -4000\) -print

 

-o 옵션 : OR연산

-a 옵션 : AND연산

type f : 일반파일

728x90

리눅스 특수권한에 대해 살펴보겠습니다.

리눅스는 보통 사용자와 파일에 권한을 부여해 가장 기초적인 보안 체계를 이룹니다.

일반적으로 파일이나 디렉토리에는 user, group, other 권한이 존재하고

각각 읽기, 쓰기, 실행 권한을 부여할 수 있습니다.

이런 일반 권한 이외에도 리눅스에는 특수권한이란 것이 존재합니다.

 

  • SetUID

SetUID가 설정된 파일을 실행할 때 일시적으로 파일 소유자의 권한을 얻어 실행할 수 있도록 합니다. 

예를들어 root 권한으로 지정된 프로그램에 SetUID가 지정되어 있다면 실행할 때 root 권한으로 실행됩니다.

SetUID를 적용하기 위해서는 기존의 허가권 앞에 4를 붙이면 됩니다.

ex) # chmod 4644 파일이름

<기존 권한에 실행권한이 없으면 대문자 S, 있으면 소문자 s로 표시됩니다.>

 

SetUID가 적용되어 있는 파일 중 가장 대표적인 것은 /usr/bin/passwd 파일입니다.

해당 파일은 계정의 비밀번호를 변경할 수 있도록 하는 명령어 실행 파일로

/etc/passwd로 접근하여 비밀번호를 변경하도록 합니다.

실제 /etc/passwd의 권한은 소유주인 root만이 변경이 가능하도록 설정이 되어있습니다.

만약 /usr/bin/passwd에 SetUID가 적용되어있지 않다면 일반 사용자들은 

항상 관리자를 거쳐 자신의 비밀번호를 변경해야합니다.

이런 번거로움을 줄이기위해 일반 사용자들도 root의 권한으로 /etc/passwd 파일을 수정 가능하도록 설정한 것입니다.

 

  • SetGID

 SetUID와 마찬가지로 SetGID가 설정된 파일을 실행할 때 일시적으로 파일 소유그룹의 권한을 얻어 실행하도록 합니다.

SetGID를 적용하기 위해서는 기존의 허가권 앞에 2를 붙이면 됩니다.

ex) # chmod 2644 파일이름

<기존 권한에 실행권한이 없으면 대문자 S, 있으면 소문자 s로 표시됩니다.>

 

  • Sticky Bit

Sticky Bit가 설정된 디렉토리에 파일을 생성하면 해당 파일은 생성한 사람의 소유가 되며

소유자와 root만이 해당 파일에 대한 삭제 및 수정에 대한 권한을 가질 수 있습니다.

즉, Sticky Bit가 설정된 디렉토리안에 누구나 파일을 생성할 수는 있지만 삭제는 본인과 관리자만 가능하게 되는겁니다. 

Sticky Bit를 적용하기 위해서는 기존의 허가권 앞에 1를 붙이면 됩니다.

ex) # chmod 1644 디렉토리이름

<기존 권한에 실행권한이 없으면 대문자 T,  있으면 소문자 t로 표시됩니다.>

 

 

일반적으로 유닉스 운영체제는 파일이나 디렉토리의 소유자, 소유그룹만이 삭제, 수정을 할 수 있도록 권한을 지정하지만

모든 사용자들이 파일 생성, 수정, 삭제 할 수 있는 디렉토리가 있습니다. 

/tmp와 /var/tmp 디렉토리는 모든 사용자가 사용하는 공용 디렉토리입니다.

그렇다보니 파일의 소유자가 아닌 다른 사용자가 777권한인 파일을 삭제, 수정하는 부분에서 문제가 발생하게 됩니다.

이를 방지하기 위해 Sticky Bit를 설정하여 공용 디렉토리라 하더라도

그 파일의 소유자와 관리자만이 삭제, 수정 권한을 가질 수 있습니다.

 

  • 참고로 특수 권한은 해당 자리의 기존 권한에 실행 권한이 있어야 정상적으로 적용이 됩니다.
728x90

터미널에서

1. # yum update << 치고 930M 정도되는 업데이트를 20분간 실행한다.

2. # yum groupinstall "Development Tools" << 치고 설치.

3. # yum install kernel-devel << 치고 설치

4. 바탕화면에 있는 게스트확장CD 아이콘 실행

설치완료.

728x90

utmp : 현재 로그인한 사용자 상태 정보를 담보 있는 로그파일

위치 - /var/run/utmp

확인 명령어 w, who, finger

 

wtmp : 성공한 로그인/로그아웃 정보 및 시스템의 boot/shutdown의 히스토리를 담고있는 로그파일

위치 - /var/log/wtmp

확인 명령어 last

 

btmp : 실패한 로그인 정보를 담고 있는 로그파일

위치 - /var/log/btmp

확인 명령어 lastb

 

last log : 마지막으로 성공한 로그인 정보를 담고 있는 로그 파일

위치 - /var/log/lastlog

확인 명령어 - lastlog

 

sulog : su(switch user) 명령어와 관련된 로그 기록

 

 1) 시스템에 현재 로그인한 사용자들에 대한 상태를 기록하여 "who" 명령으로 내용을 볼 수 있다. - utmp

 2) 사용자가 로그인 또는 로그아웃 할 때마다 그 정보가 기록되며, "last" 명령으로 내용을 볼 수 있다. - wtmp

 3) 사용자들에 의해 실행된 모든 명령이 기록되며, "lastcomm" 명령으로 그 내용을 볼 수 있다 - pacct

 4) 가장 최근에 ID가 user01 라는 사용자가 로그인한 기록을 보고 싶을 때 - lastlog -u user01

 5) wtmp 파일에 저장된 ID가 user02 라는 사용자가 로그인한 기록을 보고 싶을 때 - last user02

 6) wtmp 파일에 저장된 정보 중 시스템 재부팅 기록을 보고 싶을 때 - last reboot

 7) btmp 파일에 저장된 로그인 실패기록을 보고 싶을 때 - lastb

 

acct/pacct 로그파일은 로그인부터 로그아웃까지 사용자가 입력한 명령어를 확인할 수 있다.

확인 명령어 - lastcomm 

728x90

먼저 조정해줘야 할 것은 게시판 자체의 파일 업로드 크기 제한이다.

아래 이미지는 그누보드5의 업로드 파일 크기 제한 설정 화면이다.

 

기본적으로 1M Byte로 되어 있었는데 10M 바이트로 늘린 화면이다. 하나의 게시물에 여러개의 파일이 올라가도 각각 개별적인 파일의 크기만 제한한다. 즉 위처럼 설정되어 있다면 10M 파일을 여러개 업로드 할 수 있다. 이 설정은 게시판~마다 설정해줘야 한다.

 

하지만 이 설정만 변경해서는 용량이 큰 파일을 업로드할 수는 없다.

다음은 php.ini 파일에서 업로드 파일 관련 설정을 변경해주어야 한다. php.ini는 /etc 디렉토리에 있다.

 

먼저 file_uploads가 On으로 되어 있어야 하며 upload_max_filesize를 원하는 용량으로 변경해주면 된다. 위의 설정은 한번의 파일 업로드 즉 하나의 php 스크립트가 실행되면서 해당 세션에서 업로드할 수 있는 용량을 의미한다.

 

만약 아파치서버의 임시디렉토리가 포함된 파일시스템의 용량이 작다면(일반적으로 /tmp) upload_tmp_dir을 설정할 필요도 있다.

 

다음은 php.ini에서 post 메소드 실행 시 사용할 수 있는 메모리 제한값을 설정해 주어야 한다.

 

그누보드의 경우(대부분 그럴 것으로 보임) 파일을 업로드 하면 POST 메소드로 전송이 되는데 이때 업로드하는 파일의 크기만큼 POST로 전송되는 메시지가 커진다. 이 설정도 보안과 관련이 있지만 게시판의 기능인 자료실 용도이니 만큼 제한을 작게 할 수는 없다. 아펭서 파일의 업로드크기 제한을 100M로 했으므로 POST 시 사용할 수 있는 메시지의 크기도 100M보다 커야한다. 

 

위에서는 128M로 설정했다. 왜 100이 아니고 128이냐고 묻는다면 8의 배수 그리고 16의 배수, 32의 배수, 64의 배수로 설정해주는게 습관이 돼서라고 이야기 해주겠다.

 

그리고 메모리 관련 설정이 또 하나가 있다. (제약이 참 많기도 하다.) 앞에서 POST 메소드에서 사용할 수 있는 메모리를 설정해 주어도 PHP 스크립트 하나에서 사용할 수 있는 메모리 제약이 걸려있기 때문에 post_max_size 보다 아래의 memory_limit 가 작다면 의미가 없다.

 

아래 처럼 post_max_size인 128M 보다 크거나 같게 설정한다.

 

이제 업로드 파일의 용량과 업로드 시 사용되는 웹서버 측의 메모리 제약에 대한 설정은 모두 변경하였다.

 

하지만 이것만 설정해선 또 오류가 발생할 수 있다. 파일을 업로드 하는 것은 하나의 PHP 스크립트 파일이 아파치 대몬에 의해 실행되는 것이다. PHP에선 하나의 스크립트가 실행될 수 있는 최대 시간도 제한이 걸려 있다. 만약 100M의 업로드에 제약이 걸린 시간보다 오랜 시간이 소요된다면 timeout 오류가 발생할 수 있다. 이 문제를 예방하기 위해 하나의 php 스크립트가 실행될 수 있는 최대 실행시간 즉, max_execution_time 을 변경해준다.

 

60초 이내에 100M 바이트의 파일 업로드가 완료되어야 한다. 만약 시간이 부족하다면 더 늘려주면 된다. 단위는 초다.

 

이제 아파치 데몬을 재구동하고 파일 업로드를 해보라..

728x90

CPU Governor 종류

 

* OnDemand : 현재 사용량에 따라 CPU frequnecy를 설정. CPU는 주파수를 빠르게 변경할 능력이 필요

* OnDemandX : 배터리 친화적인 OnDemand이며 I/O 스케줄러에 따라 성능이 크게 좌우.

* Conservative : 느린 OnDemand. 가능한 최저 속도에서 동작하도록 구현

  예) OnDemand는 min -> max로 바로 변경 / Conservative는 min -> lower -> mid -> hig -> max 변경

* Interactive : OnDemand처럼 CPU에 위치한 부하에 따라 주파수를 변경하나 훨씬 빠르게 반응

* Performance : CPU를 최고 주파수로 설정

* Powersave : CPU를 최저 주파수로 설정

* Userspace : 테스트를 위해 사용. CPU를 사용자가 지정한 주파수로 동작

 

현재 설정된 governors 확인

# cat /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu0/cpufreq/scaling_governor

 

사용가능한 설정

# cat /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu0/cpufreq/scaling_available_governors

 

governors 변경

# echo performance > /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu0/cpufreq/scaling_governor

 

* /sys/devices/system/cpu/ -> cpu[n] n 수만큼 다 변경

 

예)

# echo performance > /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu0/cpufreq/scaling_governor

# echo performance > /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu1/cpufreq/scaling_governor

# echo performance > /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu2/cpufreq/scaling_governor

# echo performance > /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu3/cpufreq/scaling_governor

# echo performance > /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu4/cpufreq/scaling_governor

# echo performance > /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu5/cpufreq/scaling_governor

# echo performance > /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu6/cpufreq/scaling_governor

# echo performance > /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu7/cpufreq/scaling_governor

# echo performance > /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu8/cpufreq/scaling_governor

# echo performance > /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu9/cpufreq/scaling_governor

# echo performance > /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu10/cpufreq/scaling_governor

# echo performance > /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu11/cpufreq/scaling_governor

728x90

사이트 운영이든 프로그램이나 앱 사용 시 보안 업데이트는 반드시 적용해야합니다.

우분투 서버 운영 시 우분투 서버 보안 자동 업데이트 및 업그레이드 방법 및 이 결과 메일 통보 방법에 대해 살펴봅니다.

 

서버 및 프로그램 보안 업데이트의 필요성

인터넷이 발전하면서 인터넷 사용자가 증가하고, 인터넷을 이용한 비지니스가 크게 융성해지고 있기 때문에 이에 편승한 해킹 위험이 크게 증가하고 있습니다.

 

테스트 또는 교육용으로 해킹하는 경우도 있겠지만 대부분은 무엇인가 이득을 노리는경우가 많죠. 그리고 이는 사용자가 많아질수록, 관련된 비지니스가 커질수록 시도는 증가하기 마련입니다.

 

이렇게 해킹 위험이 증가하고 프로그램등이 빠르게 변하면서 그동안 생각하지 못했던 위약점들이 나타나고 예전에 몰랐던 취약점을 새롭게 발견하기도 합니다.

 

그렇기 때문에 이러한 취약점들은 보완하는 보안 업데이트는 굉장히 자주 이루어집니다. 서버나 사이트를 안전하게 지키려면 이런 보안 업데이트를 바로바로 실행해 주는 것이 필요합니다.

 

실제로 해킹등은 이러한 업데이트를 무시하고 방치된 서버나 사이트에서 주로 일어나고 있다는 것도 보안 업데이트 및 업그레이드의 중요성을 웅변해 준다고 할 수 있습니다.

 

그리고 이런 업데이트 및 업그레이드 시 반드시 사전 백업이 필수적이죠. 어떤 일이 일어날지 모르기 때문이죠.

 

그런데 전업으로 서버 운영을 하는 담당자가 있다면 매일 일정 시간에 안정적을 상황을 파악해 업데이트 및 업그레이드를 진행 후 문제가 없는지 확인할 수 있지만  대부분의 경우는 그렇지 않고 서버에 접속할 여유가 적습니다.

 

그렇기 때문에 최소한 보안 업데이트 및 업그레이드는 자동으로 이루어지고 이를 메일로 통보 받는 것이 필요합니다. 그리고 이러한 업데이트는 가능하면 사용하지 않는 새벽 시간에 이루어 지도록 설정하는 것이 필요할 것입니다.

 

보안 업데이트 전에 사전 백업

보안 업데이트는 자동 실행

보안 업데이트로 시스템 부팅이 필요한 경우, 시스템 부팅은 사용자가 적은 새벽 시간에 진행

보안 업데이트 내용은 메일로 송부

 

우분투(Ubuntu) 서버 보안 자동 업데이트 방법

여기서는 우분투(Ubuntu) 서버 운영 시 보안 자동 업데이트 방법에 대해서 살펴봅니다.

 

어느 운영체제나 마찬가지겠지만 리눅스도 필요가 있으면 이를 지원하는 다양한 방법들을 제공되고 있습니다.

 

우분투 리눅스에서는 보안 업데이트가 발생 시 관련 내용만 업데이트하도록 하는 unattended-upgrades라는 프로그램이 있습니다. 오늘은 이를 이용해 우분투 서버 자동 업데이트 방법에 대해서 알아보도록 하겠습니다.

 

unattended-upgrades 프로그램 설치

먼저 서버 업데이트 및 업그레이드를 통해서 최신 상태로 만듭니다.

sudo apt update && sudo apt upgrade 

 

다음으로는 위에서 이야기한 unattended-upgrades 프로그램을 설치합니다. 이는 아래 명령을 사용합니다. 별다른 메일 프로그램이 설치되어 있지 않으면 postfix를 설치합니다.

sudo apt install unattended-upgrades apt-listchanges bsd-mailx 

 

지메일 릴레이 서버를 이용해 우분투 서버에서 메일 발송 시스템 구축에 대해서는 아래 글을 참조하시기 바랍니다.

 

구글 지메일 이용 우분투 메일 서버 구축하기

설치를 시작하다가 중간에 이 프로그램이 서버 용량을 사용할 것인데 설치를 진행할 것인지 질문합니다. 사용하겠다는 용량은 기껏 588K 정도 되기 때문에 부담없이 Y를 누릅니다.

 

# sudo apt install unattended-upgrades apt-listchanges bsd-mailx

Reading package lists... Done

Building dependency tree       

Reading state information... Done

unattended-upgrades is already the newest version (2.3).

The following packages were automatically installed and are no longer required:

  lockfile-progs sendmail-base sendmail-cf sensible-mda

Use 'sudo apt autoremove' to remove them.

Suggested packages:

  www-browser x-terminal-emulator

The following NEW packages will be installed:

  apt-listchanges bsd-mailx

0 upgraded, 2 newly installed, 0 to remove and 31 not upgraded.

Need to get 150 kB of archives.

After this operation, 588 kB of additional disk space will be used.

Do you want to continue? [Y/n] Y

 

설정 보안 업데이트 허용

다음으로는 강제 보안 업데이트를 허용합니다. 아래와 같은 명령을 사용하면 중간에 unattended-upgrades를 사용하도록 설정할지 질문하는 팝업이 뜹니다.

sudo dpkg-reconfigure -plow unattended-upgrades 

Applying updates on a frequent basis is an important part of keeping systems secure. By default, updates need to be applied manually using package management tools. Alternatively, you can choose to have this system automatically download and install important updates.Automatically download and install stable updates?

 

오늘 목적이 바로 그것이므로 키보드를 옮겨 Yes를 선택합니다.

 

우분투 보안 자동 업데이트 설치 옵션, unattended-upgrades 사용 허용

 

unattended-upgrades 세부 옵션

이제 unattended-upgrades 세부 옵션을 정합니다. 이는 아래 파일을 편집합니다. 저는 아래 몇 가지를 조정했습니다.

 

① 업데이트 결과를 받을 이메일 주소 설정(73번째 줄)

② 보안 업데이는 종종 우분투 서버 리부팅이 필요할 경우가 있습니다. 이 경우 관리자 확인없이 리부팅 허용(93번째 줄)

③ 서버 리부팅이 필요한 경우 리부팅 시간을 위험이 적은 새벽 시간으로 설정(102번째 줄)

 

아래는 제가 설정한 내용입니다. 설명 등 군더더기 내용을 그대로 두었습니다.

 

// Automatically upgrade packages from these (origin:archive) pairs

//

// Note that in Ubuntu security updates may pull in new dependencies

// from non-security sources (e.g. chromium). By allowing the release

// pocket these get automatically pulled in.

Unattended-Upgrade::Allowed-Origins {

        "${distro_id}:${distro_codename}";

        "${distro_id}:${distro_codename}-security";

        // Extended Security Maintenance; doesn't necessarily exist for

        // every release and this system may not have it installed, but if

        // available, the policy for updates is such that unattended-upgrades

        // should also install from here by default.

        "${distro_id}ESMApps:${distro_codename}-apps-security";

        "${distro_id}ESM:${distro_codename}-infra-security";

//      "${distro_id}:${distro_codename}-updates";

//      "${distro_id}:${distro_codename}-proposed";

//      "${distro_id}:${distro_codename}-backports";

};

 

// Python regular expressions, matching packages to exclude from upgrading

Unattended-Upgrade::Package-Blacklist {

    // The following matches all packages starting with linux-

//  "linux-";

 

    // Use $ to explicitely define the end of a package name. Without

    // the $, "libc6" would match all of them.

//  "libc6$";

//  "libc6-dev$";

//  "libc6-i686$";

 

    // Special characters need escaping

//  "libstdc\+\+6$";

 

    // The following matches packages like xen-system-amd64, xen-utils-4.1,

    // xenstore-utils and libxenstore3.0

//  "(lib)?xen(store)?";

 

    // For more information about Python regular expressions, see

    // https://docs.python.org/3/howto/regex.html

};

 

// This option controls whether the development release of Ubuntu will be

// upgraded automatically. Valid values are "true", "false", and "auto".

Unattended-Upgrade::DevRelease "auto";

 

// This option allows you to control if on a unclean dpkg exit

// unattended-upgrades will automatically run

//   dpkg --force-confold --configure -a

// The default is true, to ensure updates keep getting installed

//Unattended-Upgrade::AutoFixInterruptedDpkg "true";

 

// Split the upgrade into the smallest possible chunks so that

// they can be interrupted with SIGTERM. This makes the upgrade

// a bit slower but it has the benefit that shutdown while a upgrade

// is running is possible (with a small delay)

//Unattended-Upgrade::MinimalSteps "true";

 

// Install all updates when the machine is shutting down

// instead of doing it in the background while the machine is running.

// This will (obviously) make shutdown slower.

// Unattended-upgrades increases logind's InhibitDelayMaxSec to 30s.

// This allows more time for unattended-upgrades to shut down gracefully

// or even install a few packages in InstallOnShutdown mode, but is still a

// big step back from the 30 minutes allowed for InstallOnShutdown previously.

// Users enabling InstallOnShutdown mode are advised to increase

// InhibitDelayMaxSec even further, possibly to 30 minutes.

//Unattended-Upgrade::InstallOnShutdown "false";

 

// Send email to this address for problems or packages upgrades

// If empty or unset then no email is sent, make sure that you

// have a working mail setup on your system. A package that provides

// 'mailx' must be installed. E.g. "user@example.com"

Unattended-Upgrade::Mail "업데이트 상황을 받아 볼 이메일 주소";

 

// Set this value to one of:

//    "always", "only-on-error" or "on-change"

// If this is not set, then any legacy MailOnlyOnError (boolean) value

// is used to chose between "only-on-error" and "on-change"

 

// Remove unused automatically installed kernel-related packages

// (kernel images, kernel headers and kernel version locked tools).

//Unattended-Upgrade::Remove-Unused-Kernel-Packages "true";

 

// Do automatic removal of newly unused dependencies after the upgrade

//Unattended-Upgrade::Remove-New-Unused-Dependencies "true";

 

// Do automatic removal of unused packages after the upgrade

// (equivalent to apt-get autoremove)

//Unattended-Upgrade::Remove-Unused-Dependencies "false";

 

// Automatically reboot *WITHOUT CONFIRMATION* if

//  the file /var/run/reboot-required is found after the upgrade

Unattended-Upgrade::Automatic-Reboot "true";

 

// Automatically reboot even if there are users currently logged in

// when Unattended-Upgrade::Automatic-Reboot is set to true

//Unattended-Upgrade::Automatic-Reboot-WithUsers "true";

 

// If automatic reboot is enabled and needed, reboot at the specific

// time instead of immediately

//  Default: "now"

Unattended-Upgrade::Automatic-Reboot-Time "03:00";

 

// Use apt bandwidth limit feature, this example limits the download

// speed to 70kb/sec

//Acquire::http::Dl-Limit "70";

 

// Enable logging to syslog. Default is False

// Unattended-Upgrade::SyslogEnable "false";

 

// Specify syslog facility. Default is daemon

// Unattended-Upgrade::SyslogFacility "daemon";

 

// Download and install upgrades only on AC power

// (i.e. skip or gracefully stop updates on battery)

// Unattended-Upgrade::OnlyOnACPower "true";

 

// Download and install upgrades only on non-metered connection

// (i.e. skip or gracefully stop updates on a metered connection)

// Unattended-Upgrade::Skip-Updates-On-Metered-Connections "true";

 

// Verbose logging

// Unattended-Upgrade::Verbose "false";

 

// Print debugging information both in unattended-upgrades and

// in unattended-upgrade-shutdown

// Unattended-Upgrade::Debug "false";

 

// Allow package downgrade if Pin-Priority exceeds 1000

// Unattended-Upgrade::Allow-downgrade "false";

 

APT 변경 사항 발생 시 받을 메일 주소 변경

다음으로는 listchanges.conf를 편집해 APT 변경 사항 발생 시 받아볼 이메일 주소를 root에서 설정합니다.

# vi /etc/apt/listchanges.conf 

 

여기 설정은 매우 간단한데요. 아래와 같은 항목으로 구성되어 있고 이중 메일 주소를 설정하면 됩니다.

 

[apt]

frontend=pager

which=news

email_address=업데이트

email_format=text

confirm=false

headers=false

reverse=false

save_seen=/var/lib/apt/listchanges.db

 

테스트

아래와 같은 명령을 사용해 제대로 작동하는지 확인해 봅니다.

sudo unattended-upgrades --dry-run

 

그러면 아래와 같은 형식으로 변경된 내용을 출력해 줍니다.

# sudo unattended-upgrades --dry-run 

apt-listchanges: Reading changelogs...

apt-listchanges: Reading changelogs...

/usr/bin/dpkg --status-fd 10 --no-triggers --unpack --auto-deconfigure /var/cache/apt/archives/snmp_5.8+dfsg-2ubuntu2.1_amd64.deb /var/cache/apt/archives/libsnmp35_5.8+dfsg-2ubuntu2.1_amd64.deb 

/usr/bin/dpkg --status-fd 10 --configure --pending 

apt-listchanges: Reading changelogs...

apt-listchanges: Reading changelogs...

/usr/bin/dpkg --status-fd 10 --no-triggers --unpack --auto-deconfigure /var/cache/apt/archives/glib-networking-common_2.64.2-1ubuntu0.1_all.deb /var/cache/apt/archives/glib-networking_2.64.2-1ubuntu0.1_amd64.deb /var/cache/apt/archives/glib-networking-services_2.64.2-1ubuntu0.1_amd64.deb 

/usr/bin/dpkg --status-fd 10 --configure --pending 

apt-listchanges: Reading changelogs...

apt-listchanges: Reading changelogs...

/usr/bin/dpkg --status-fd 10 --no-triggers --unpack --auto-deconfigure /var/cache/apt/archives/libsnmp-base_5.8+dfsg-2ubuntu2.1_all.deb 

/usr/bin/dpkg --status-fd 10 --configure --pending 

apt-listchanges: Reading changelogs...

apt-listchanges: Reading changelogs...

/usr/bin/dpkg --status-fd 10 --no-triggers --unpack --auto-deconfigure /var/cache/apt/archives/libseccomp2_2.4.3-1ubuntu3.20.04.2_amd64.deb 

/usr/bin/dpkg --status-fd 10 --no-triggers --configure libseccomp2:amd64 

/usr/bin/dpkg --status-fd 10 --configure --pending 

apt-listchanges: Reading changelogs...

apt-listchanges: Reading changelogs...

/usr/bin/dpkg --status-fd 10 --no-triggers --unpack --auto-deconfigure --recursive /tmp/apt-dpkg-install-m8fgGO 

/usr/bin/dpkg --status-fd 10 --configure --pending 

apt-listchanges: Reading changelogs...

apt-listchanges: Reading changelogs...

/usr/bin/dpkg --status-fd 10 --no-triggers --unpack --auto-deconfigure /var/cache/apt/archives/linux-libc-dev_5.4.0-40.44_amd64.deb 

/usr/bin/dpkg --status-fd 10 --configure --pending 

 

참고

이는 우분투 서버 보안 자동 업데이트 방법은 아래 글을 참조해 테스트 결과를 기반으로 재정리 했습니다.

 

아래 참고글은 우분투 18.04를 기준으로 했지만 저는 우분투 20.04에서 테스트해 보았습니다.

 

How to set up automatic updates for Ubuntu Linux 18.04

 

그리고 메일을 실행시마다 보내는 것은 아니고 문제가 발생하거나 패키지 업그레이드(problems or packages upgrades)가 발생시에만 보내게 됩니다.

728x90

우분투(Ubuntu)에서 시스템 및 패키지를 업데이트하고 사용하지 않는 패키지를 자동으로 삭제하는 방법

 

#!/bin/sh

sudo apt-get clean

sudo apt-get autoclean

 

sudo apt-get update

sudo apt-get -y upgrade

sudo apt-get -y dist-upgrade

 

sudo apt-get autoremove

 

sudo apt-get autoclean

sudo apt-get clean

 

sudo apt-get check

728x90

패키지 업데이트

$ sudo apt-get update

 

크롬 다운로드

$ sudo wget https://dl.google.com/linux/direct/google-chrome-stable_current_amd64.deb

 

크롬 설치

$ sudo apt install ./google-chrome-stable_current_amd64.deb

728x90

Docker 설치

Docker를 사용하면 운영체제와 독립적인 이미지를 인스턴스로 올려 컨테이너로 작동시킬 수 있다. 아키텍쳐의 구성 및 확정, 배포 방법이 비약적으로 간소화됩니다. CentOS 7에서의 설치 및 실행 방법은 아래와 같습니다.

 

# Docker 저장소 설치

$ curl -fsSL https://get.docker.com/ | sh

 

# Docker 서비스 시작

$ sudo systemctl start docker

 

# Docker 서비스 작동 상태 확인

$ sudo systemctl status docker

 

# Docker 서비스를 운영체제 부팅시 자동 시작하도록 설정

$ sudo systemctl enable docker

 

# docker 명령어를 sudo 없이 사용하기 위해 계정을 docker 그룹에 소속 (계정 재접속 필요)

$ sudo usermod -aG docker $USER 

 

# 설치된 docker 버전 확인

$ docker --version

Docker version 1.13.1, build 7d71120/1.13.1

 

# hello-world 컨테이너 실행 확인

$ docker run hello-world

Hello from Docker!

This message shows that your installation appears to be working correctly.

 

Docker Compose 설치

Docker의 단점은 애플리케이션마다 각각의 컨테이너로 독립적으로 실행된다는 것입니다.

엔터프라이즈 레벨의 아키텍쳐에서는 여러 애플리케이션이 함께 실행되어 영향을 주고 받는 것이 흔합니다.

이 것을 가능하게 하기 위해 docker-compose가 제공됩니다.

CentOS 7에서의 설치 및 실행 방법은 아래와 같습니다.

 

# docker-compose 설치

$ sudo curl -L "https://github.com/docker/compose/releases/download/1.29.1/docker-compose-$(uname -s)-$(uname -m)" -o /usr/local/bin/docker-compose

 

# docker-compose 실행 권한 부여

$ sudo chmod +x /usr/local/bin/docker-compose

 

# 설치된 docker-compose 실행 확인

$ docker-compose --version

docker-compose version 1.29.1, build c34c88b2

+ Recent posts